diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
156 files changed, 6146 insertions, 3828 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/.gitignore b/Documentation/.gitignore index c7096f11f1..3ef54e0adb 100644 --- a/Documentation/.gitignore +++ b/Documentation/.gitignore @@ -12,3 +12,4 @@ cmds-*.txt mergetools-*.txt manpage-base-url.xsl SubmittingPatches.txt +tmp-doc-diff/ diff --git a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines index 48aa4edfbd..8579530710 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines +++ b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines @@ -118,6 +118,24 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): do this fi + - If a command sequence joined with && or || or | spans multiple + lines, put each command on a separate line and put && and || and | + operators at the end of each line, rather than the start. This + means you don't need to use \ to join lines, since the above + operators imply the sequence isn't finished. + + (incorrect) + grep blob verify_pack_result \ + | awk -f print_1.awk \ + | sort >actual && + ... + + (correct) + grep blob verify_pack_result | + awk -f print_1.awk | + sort >actual && + ... + - We prefer "test" over "[ ... ]". - We do not write the noiseword "function" in front of shell @@ -358,7 +376,10 @@ For C programs: string_list for sorted string lists, a hash map (mapping struct objects) named "struct decorate", amongst other things. - - When you come up with an API, document it. + - When you come up with an API, document its functions and structures + in the header file that exposes the API to its callers. Use what is + in "strbuf.h" as a model for the appropriate tone and level of + detail. - The first #include in C files, except in platform specific compat/ implementations, must be either "git-compat-util.h", "cache.h" or diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index d079d7c73a..48d261dc2c 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ TECH_DOCS += technical/long-running-process-protocol TECH_DOCS += technical/pack-format TECH_DOCS += technical/pack-heuristics TECH_DOCS += technical/pack-protocol +TECH_DOCS += technical/partial-clone TECH_DOCS += technical/protocol-capabilities TECH_DOCS += technical/protocol-common TECH_DOCS += technical/protocol-v2 @@ -284,7 +285,7 @@ docdep_prereqs = \ mergetools-list.made $(mergetools_txt) \ cmd-list.made $(cmds_txt) -doc.dep : $(docdep_prereqs) $(wildcard *.txt) build-docdep.perl +doc.dep : $(docdep_prereqs) $(wildcard *.txt) $(wildcard config/*.txt) build-docdep.perl $(QUIET_GEN)$(RM) $@+ $@ && \ $(PERL_PATH) ./build-docdep.perl >$@+ $(QUIET_STDERR) && \ mv $@+ $@ @@ -343,7 +344,7 @@ $(OBSOLETE_HTML): %.html : %.txto asciidoc.conf mv $@+ $@ manpage-base-url.xsl: manpage-base-url.xsl.in - sed "s|@@MAN_BASE_URL@@|$(MAN_BASE_URL)|" $< > $@ + $(QUIET_GEN)sed "s|@@MAN_BASE_URL@@|$(MAN_BASE_URL)|" $< > $@ %.1 %.5 %.7 : %.xml manpage-base-url.xsl $(QUIET_XMLTO)$(RM) $@ && \ diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..130645fb29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Git v2.14.5 Release Notes +========================= + +This release is to address the recently reported CVE-2018-17456. + +Fixes since v2.14.4 +------------------- + + * Submodules' "URL"s come from the untrusted .gitmodules file, but + we blindly gave it to "git clone" to clone submodules when "git + clone --recurse-submodules" was used to clone a project that has + such a submodule. The code has been hardened to reject such + malformed URLs (e.g. one that begins with a dash). + +Credit for finding and fixing this vulnerability goes to joernchen +and Jeff King, respectively. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.15.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.15.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd2e6f8df7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.15.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +Git v2.15.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.5 to address +the recently reported CVE-2018-17456; see the release notes for that +version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb8ee02a9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +Git v2.16.5 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.5 to address +the recently reported CVE-2018-17456; see the release notes for that +version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef021be870 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Git v2.17.2 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.5 to address +the recently reported CVE-2018-17456; see the release notes for that +version for details. + +In addition, this release also teaches "fsck" and the server side +logic to reject pushes to repositories that attempt to create such a +problematic ".gitmodules" file as tracked contents, to help hosting +sites protect their customers by preventing malicious contents from +spreading. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2098cdd776 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +Git v2.18.1 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.5 and in +v2.17.2 to address the recently reported CVE-2018-17456; see the +release notes for those versions for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.0.txt index 8a0361321f..a06ccf6e2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.0.txt @@ -50,6 +50,46 @@ UI, Workflows & Features ancestor discovery during the "git fetch" transaction. (merge 42cc7485a2 jt/fetch-negotiator-skipping later to maint). + * A new configuration variable core.usereplacerefs has been added, + primarily to help server installations that want to ignore the + replace mechanism altogether. + + * Teach "git tag -s" etc. a few configuration variables (gpg.format + that can be set to "openpgp" or "x509", and gpg.<format>.program + that is used to specify what program to use to deal with the format) + to allow x.509 certs with CMS via "gpgsm" to be used instead of + openpgp via "gnupg". + + * Many more strings are prepared for l10n. + + * "git p4 submit" learns to ask its own pre-submit hook if it should + continue with submitting. + + * The test performed at the receiving end of "git push" to prevent + bad objects from entering repository can be customized via + receive.fsck.* configuration variables; we now have gained a + counterpart to do the same on the "git fetch" side, with + fetch.fsck.* configuration variables. + + * "git pull --rebase=interactive" learned "i" as a short-hand for + "interactive". + + * "git instaweb" has been adjusted to run better with newer Apache on + RedHat based distros. + + * "git range-diff" is a reimplementation of "git tbdiff" that lets us + compare individual patches in two iterations of a topic. + + * The sideband code learned to optionally paint selected keywords at + the beginning of incoming lines on the receiving end. + + * "git branch --list" learned to take the default sort order from the + 'branch.sort' configuration variable, just like "git tag --list" + pays attention to 'tag.sort'. + + * "git worktree" command learned "--quiet" option to make it less + verbose. + Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. @@ -86,9 +126,6 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. * Build and test procedure for netrc credential helper (in contrib/) has been updated. - * The conversion to pass "the_repository" and then "a_repository" - throughout the object access API continues. - * Remove unused function definitions and declarations from ewah bitmap subsystem. @@ -157,6 +194,80 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. * The singleton commit-graph in-core instance is made per in-core repository instance. + * "make DEVELOPER=1 DEVOPTS=pedantic" allows developers to compile + with -pedantic option, which may catch more problematic program + constructs and potential bugs. + + * Preparatory code to later add json output for telemetry data has + been added. + + * Update the way we use Coccinelle to find out-of-style code that + need to be modernised. + + * It is too easy to misuse system API functions such as strcat(); + these selected functions are now forbidden in this codebase and + will cause a compilation failure. + + * Add a script (in contrib/) to help users of VSCode work better with + our codebase. + + * The Travis CI scripts were taught to ship back the test data from + failed tests. + (merge aea8879a6a sg/travis-retrieve-trash-upon-failure later to maint). + + * The parse-options machinery learned to refrain from enclosing + placeholder string inside a "<bra" and "ket>" pair automatically + without PARSE_OPT_LITERAL_ARGHELP. Existing help text for option + arguments that are not formatted correctly have been identified and + fixed. + (merge 5f0df44cd7 rs/parse-opt-lithelp later to maint). + + * Noiseword "extern" has been removed from function decls in the + header files. + + * A few atoms like %(objecttype) and %(objectsize) in the format + specifier of "for-each-ref --format=<format>" can be filled without + getting the full contents of the object, but just with the object + header. These cases have been optimized by calling + oid_object_info() API (instead of reading and inspecting the data). + + * The end result of documentation update has been made to be + inspected more easily to help developers. + + * The API to iterate over all objects learned to optionally list + objects in the order they appear in packfiles, which helps locality + of access if the caller accesses these objects while as objects are + enumerated. + + * Improve built-in facility to catch broken &&-chain in the tests. + + * The more library-ish parts of the codebase learned to work on the + in-core index-state instance that is passed in by their callers, + instead of always working on the singleton "the_index" instance. + + * A test prerequisite defined by various test scripts with slightly + different semantics has been consolidated into a single copy and + made into a lazily defined one. + (merge 6ec633059a wc/make-funnynames-shared-lazy-prereq later to maint). + + * After a partial clone, repeated fetches from promisor remote would + have accumulated many packfiles marked with .promisor bit without + getting them coalesced into fewer packfiles, hurting performance. + "git repack" now learned to repack them. + + * Partially revert the support for multiple hash functions to regain + hash comparison performance; we'd think of a way to do this better + in the next cycle. + + * "git help --config" (which is used in command line completion) + missed the configuration variables not described in the main + config.txt file but are described in another file that is included + by it, which has been corrected. + + * The test linter code has learned that the end of here-doc mark + "EOF" can be quoted in a double-quote pair, not just in a + single-quote pair. + Fixes since v2.18 ----------------- @@ -202,12 +313,6 @@ Fixes since v2.18 to the submodule was changed in the range of commits in the superproject, sometimes showing "(null)". This has been corrected. - * "git submodule" did not correctly adjust core.worktree setting that - indicates whether/where a submodule repository has its associated - working tree across various state transitions, which has been - corrected. - (merge 984cd77ddb sb/submodule-core-worktree later to maint). - * Bugfix for "rebase -i" corner case regression. (merge a9279c6785 pw/rebase-i-keep-reword-after-conflict later to maint). @@ -329,6 +434,142 @@ Fixes since v2.18 * The lazy clone support had a few places where missing but promised objects were not correctly tolerated, which have been fixed. + * One of the "diff --color-moved" mode "dimmed_zebra" that was named + in an unusual way has been deprecated and replaced by + "dimmed-zebra". + (merge e3f2f5f9cd es/diff-color-moved-fix later to maint). + + * The wire-protocol v2 relies on the client to send "ref prefixes" to + limit the bandwidth spent on the initial ref advertisement. "git + clone" when learned to speak v2 forgot to do so, which has been + corrected. + (merge 402c47d939 bw/clone-ref-prefixes later to maint). + + * "git diff --histogram" had a bad memory usage pattern, which has + been rearranged to reduce the peak usage. + (merge 79cb2ebb92 sb/histogram-less-memory later to maint). + + * Code clean-up to use size_t/ssize_t when they are the right type. + (merge 7726d360b5 jk/size-t later to maint). + + * The wire-protocol v2 relies on the client to send "ref prefixes" to + limit the bandwidth spent on the initial ref advertisement. "git + fetch $remote branch:branch" that asks tags that point into the + history leading to the "branch" automatically followed sent to + narrow prefix and broke the tag following, which has been fixed. + (merge 2b554353a5 jt/tag-following-with-proto-v2-fix later to maint). + + * When the sparse checkout feature is in use, "git cherry-pick" and + other mergy operations lost the skip_worktree bit when a path that + is excluded from checkout requires content level merge, which is + resolved as the same as the HEAD version, without materializing the + merge result in the working tree, which made the path appear as + deleted. This has been corrected by preserving the skip_worktree + bit (and not materializing the file in the working tree). + (merge 2b75fb601c en/merge-recursive-skip-fix later to maint). + + * The "author-script" file "git rebase -i" creates got broken when + we started to move the command away from shell script, which is + getting fixed now. + (merge 5522bbac20 es/rebase-i-author-script-fix later to maint). + + * The automatic tree-matching in "git merge -s subtree" was broken 5 + years ago and nobody has noticed since then, which is now fixed. + (merge 2ec4150713 jk/merge-subtree-heuristics later to maint). + + * "git fetch $there refs/heads/s" ought to fetch the tip of the + branch 's', but when "refs/heads/refs/heads/s", i.e. a branch whose + name is "refs/heads/s" exists at the same time, fetched that one + instead by mistake. This has been corrected to honor the usual + disambiguation rules for abbreviated refnames. + (merge 60650a48c0 jt/refspec-dwim-precedence-fix later to maint). + + * Futureproofing a helper function that can easily be misused. + (merge 65bb21e77e es/want-color-fd-defensive later to maint). + + * The http-backend (used for smart-http transport) used to slurp the + whole input until EOF, without paying attention to CONTENT_LENGTH + that is supplied in the environment and instead expecting the Web + server to close the input stream. This has been fixed. + (merge eebfe40962 mk/http-backend-content-length later to maint). + + * "git merge --abort" etc. did not clean things up properly when + there were conflicted entries in the index in certain order that + are involved in D/F conflicts. This has been corrected. + (merge ad3762042a en/abort-df-conflict-fixes later to maint). + + * "git diff --indent-heuristic" had a bad corner case performance. + (merge 301ef85401 sb/indent-heuristic-optim later to maint). + + * The "--exec" option to "git rebase --rebase-merges" placed the exec + commands at wrong places, which has been corrected. + + * "git verify-tag" and "git verify-commit" have been taught to use + the exit status of underlying "gpg --verify" to signal bad or + untrusted signature they found. + (merge 4e5dc9ca17 jc/gpg-status later to maint). + + * "git mergetool" stopped and gave an extra prompt to continue after + the last path has been handled, which did not make much sense. + (merge d651a54b8a ng/mergetool-lose-final-prompt later to maint). + + * Among the three codepaths we use O_APPEND to open a file for + appending, one used for writing GIT_TRACE output requires O_APPEND + implementation that behaves sensibly when multiple processes are + writing to the same file. POSIX emulation used in the Windows port + has been updated to improve in this area. + (merge d641097589 js/mingw-o-append later to maint). + + * "git pull --rebase -v" in a repository with a submodule barfed as + an intermediate process did not understand what "-v(erbose)" flag + meant, which has been fixed. + (merge e84c3cf3dc sb/pull-rebase-submodule later to maint). + + * Recent update to "git config" broke updating variable in a + subsection, which has been corrected. + (merge bff7df7a87 sb/config-write-fix later to maint). + + * When "git rebase -i" is told to squash two or more commits into + one, it labeled the log message for each commit with its number. + It correctly called the first one "1st commit", but the next one + was "commit #1", which was off-by-one. This has been corrected. + (merge dd2e36ebac pw/rebase-i-squash-number-fix later to maint). + + * "git rebase -i", when a 'merge <branch>' insn in its todo list + fails, segfaulted, which has been (minimally) corrected. + (merge bc9238bb09 pw/rebase-i-merge-segv-fix later to maint). + + * "git cherry-pick --quit" failed to remove CHERRY_PICK_HEAD even + though we won't be in a cherry-pick session after it returns, which + has been corrected. + (merge 3e7dd99208 nd/cherry-pick-quit-fix later to maint). + + * In a recent update in 2.18 era, "git pack-objects" started + producing a larger than necessary packfiles by missing + opportunities to use large deltas. This has been corrected. + + * The meaning of the possible values the "core.checkStat" + configuration variable can take were not adequately documented, + which has been fixed. + (merge 9bf5d4c4e2 nd/config-core-checkstat-doc later to maint). + + * Recent "git rebase -i" update started to write bogusly formatted + author-script, with a matching broken reading code. These are + fixed. + + * Recent addition of "directory rename" heuristics to the + merge-recursive backend makes the command susceptible to false + positives and false negatives. In the context of "git am -3", + which does not know about surrounding unmodified paths and thus + cannot inform the merge machinery about the full trees involved, + this risk is particularly severe. As such, the heuristic is + disabled for "git am -3" to keep the machinery "more stupid but + predictable". + + * "git merge-base" in 2.19-rc1 has performance regression when the + (experimental) commit-graph feature is in use, which has been + mitigated. + * Code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc. (merge aee9be2ebe sg/update-ref-stdin-cleanup later to maint). (merge 037714252f jc/clean-after-sanity-tests later to maint). @@ -344,3 +585,31 @@ Fixes since v2.18 (merge 6aaded5509 tb/config-default later to maint). (merge 022d2ac1f3 sb/blame-color later to maint). (merge 5a06a20e0c bp/test-drop-caches-for-windows later to maint). + (merge dd61cc1c2e jk/ui-color-always-to-auto later to maint). + (merge 1e83b9bfdd sb/trailers-docfix later to maint). + (merge ab29f1b329 sg/fast-import-dump-refs-on-checkpoint-fix later to maint). + (merge 6a8ad880f0 jn/subtree-test-fixes later to maint). + (merge ffbd51cc60 nd/pack-objects-threading-doc later to maint). + (merge e9dac7be60 es/mw-to-git-chain-fix later to maint). + (merge fe583c6c7a rs/remote-mv-leakfix later to maint). + (merge 69885ab015 en/t3031-title-fix later to maint). + (merge 8578037bed nd/config-blame-sort later to maint). + (merge 8ad169c4ba hn/config-in-code-comment later to maint). + (merge b7446fcfdf ar/t4150-am-scissors-test-fix later to maint). + (merge a8132410ee js/typofixes later to maint). + (merge 388d0ff6e5 en/update-index-doc later to maint). + (merge e05aa688dd jc/update-index-doc later to maint). + (merge 10c600172c sg/t5310-empty-input-fix later to maint). + (merge 5641eb9465 jh/partial-clone-doc later to maint). + (merge 2711b1ad5e ab/submodule-relative-url-tests later to maint). + (merge ce528de023 ab/unconditional-free-and-null later to maint). + (merge bbc072f5d8 rs/opt-updates later to maint). + (merge 69d846f053 jk/use-compat-util-in-test-tool later to maint). + (merge 1820703045 js/larger-timestamps later to maint). + (merge c8b35b95e1 sg/t4051-fix later to maint). + (merge 30612cb670 sg/t0020-conversion-fix later to maint). + (merge 15da753709 sg/t7501-thinkofix later to maint). + (merge 79b04f9b60 sg/t3903-missing-fix later to maint). + (merge 2745817028 sg/t3420-autostash-fix later to maint). + (merge 7afb0d6777 sg/test-rebase-editor-fix later to maint). + (merge 6c6ce21baa es/freebsd-iconv-portability later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da7672674e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +Git v2.19.1 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.5 and in +v2.17.2 to address the recently reported CVE-2018-17456; see the +release notes for those versions for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..519c89407c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,585 @@ +Git Release Notes +================= + +Backward Compatibility Notes +---------------------------- + + * "git branch -l <foo>" used to be a way to ask a reflog to be + created while creating a new branch, but that is no longer the + case. It is a short-hand for "git branch --list <foo>" now. + + * "git push" into refs/tags/* hierarchy is rejected without getting + forced, but "git fetch" (misguidedly) used the "fast forwarding" + rule used for the refs/heads/* hierarchy; this has been corrected, + which means some fetches of tags that did not fail with older + version of Git will fail without "--force" with this version. + + * "git help -a" now gives verbose output (same as "git help -av"). + Those who want the old output may say "git help --no-verbose -a".. + + * "git cpn --help", when "cpn" is an alias to, say, "cherry-pick -n", + reported only the alias expansion of "cpn" in earlier versions of + Git. It now runs "git cherry-pick --help" to show the manual page + of the command, while sending the alias expansion to the standard + error stream. + + * "git send-email" learned to grab address-looking string on any + trailer whose name ends with "-by". This is a backward-incompatible + change. Adding "--suppress-cc=misc-by" on the command line, or + setting sendemail.suppresscc configuration variable to "misc-by", + can be used to disable this behaviour. + + +Updates since v2.19 +------------------- + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * Running "git clone" against a project that contain two files with + pathnames that differ only in cases on a case insensitive + filesystem would result in one of the files lost because the + underlying filesystem is incapable of holding both at the same + time. An attempt is made to detect such a case and warn. + + * "git checkout -b newbranch [HEAD]" should not have to do as much as + checking out a commit different from HEAD. An attempt is made to + optimize this special case. + + * "git rev-list --stdin </dev/null" used to be an error; it now shows + no output without an error. "git rev-list --stdin --default HEAD" + still falls back to the given default when nothing is given on the + standard input. + + * Lift code from GitHub to restrict delta computation so that an + object that exists in one fork is not made into a delta against + another object that does not appear in the same forked repository. + + * "git format-patch" learned new "--interdiff" and "--range-diff" + options to explain the difference between this version and the + previous attempt in the cover letter (or after the three-dashes as + a comment). + + * "git mailinfo" used in "git am" learned to make a best-effort + recovery of a patch corrupted by MUA that sends text/plain with + format=flawed option. + (merge 3aa4d81f88 rs/mailinfo-format-flowed later to maint). + + * The rules used by "git push" and "git fetch" to determine if a ref + can or cannot be updated were inconsistent; specifically, fetching + to update existing tags were allowed even though tags are supposed + to be unmoving anchoring points. "git fetch" was taught to forbid + updates to existing tags without the "--force" option. + + * "git multi-pack-index" learned to detect corruption in the .midx + file it uses, and this feature has been integrated into "git fsck". + + * Generation of (experimental) commit-graph files have so far been + fairly silent, even though it takes noticeable amount of time in a + meaningfully large repository. The users will now see progress + output. + + * The minimum version of Windows supported by Windows port of Git is + now set to Vista. + + * The completion script (in contrib/) learned to complete a handful of + options "git stash list" command takes. + + * The completion script (in contrib/) learned that "git fetch + --multiple" only takes remote names as arguments and no refspecs. + + * "git status" learns to show progress bar when refreshing the index + takes a long time. + (merge ae9af12287 nd/status-refresh-progress later to maint). + + * "git help -a" and "git help -av" give different pieces of + information, and generally the "verbose" version is more friendly + to the new users. "git help -a" by default now uses the more + verbose output (with "--no-verbose", you can go back to the + original). Also "git help -av" now lists aliases and external + commands, which it did not used to. + + * Unlike "grep", "git grep" by default recurses to the whole tree. + The command learned "git grep --recursive" option, so that "git + grep --no-recursive" can serve as a synonym to setting the + max-depth to 0. + + * When pushing into a repository that borrows its objects from an + alternate object store, "git receive-pack" that responds to the + push request on the other side lists the tips of refs in the + alternate to reduce the amount of objects transferred. This + sometimes is detrimental when the number of refs in the alternate + is absurdly large, in which case the bandwidth saved in potentially + fewer objects transferred is wasted in excessively large ref + advertisement. The alternate refs that are advertised are now + configurable with a pair of configuration variables. + + * "git cmd --help" when "cmd" is aliased used to only say "cmd is + aliased to ...". Now it shows that to the standard error stream + and runs "git $cmd --help" where $cmd is the first word of the + alias expansion. + + * The documentation of "git gc" has been updated to mention that it + is no longer limited to "pruning away crufts" but also updates + ancillary files like commit-graph as a part of repository + optimization. + + * "git p4 unshelve" improvements. + + * The logic to select the default user name and e-mail on Windows has + been improved. + (merge 501afcb8b0 js/mingw-default-ident later to maint). + + * The "rev-list --filter" feature learned to exclude all trees via + "tree:0" filter. + + * "git send-email" learned to grab address-looking string on any + trailer whose name ends with "-by"; --suppress-cc=misc-by on the + command line, or setting sendemail.suppresscc configuration + variable to "misc-by", can be used to disable this behaviour. + + * Developer builds now uses -Wunused-function compilation option. + + * One of our CI tests to run with "unusual/experimental/random" + settings now also uses commit-graph and midx. + + * "git mergetool" learned to take the "--[no-]gui" option, just like + "git difftool" does. + + * "git rebase -i" learned a new insn, 'break', that the user can + insert in the to-do list. Upon hitting it, the command returns + control back to the user. + + * New "--pretty=format:" placeholders %GF and %GP that show the GPG + key fingerprints have been invented. + + * On platforms with recent cURL library, http.sslBackend configuration + variable can be used to choose a different SSL backend at runtime. + The Windows port uses this mechanism to switch between OpenSSL and + Secure Channel while talking over the HTTPS protocol. + + * "git send-email" learned to disable SMTP authentication via the + "--smtp-auth=none" option, even when the smtp username is given + (which turns the authentication on by default). + + * A fourth class of configuration files (in addition to the + traditional "system wide", "per user in the $HOME directory" and + "per repository in the $GIT_DIR/config") has been introduced so + that different worktrees that share the same repository (hence the + same $GIT_DIR/config file) can use different customization. + + * A pattern with '**' that does not have a slash on either side used + to be an invalid one, but the code now treats such double-asterisks + the same way as two normal asterisks that happen to be adjacent to + each other. + (merge e5bbe09e88 nd/wildmatch-double-asterisk later to maint). + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * When there are too many packfiles in a repository (which is not + recommended), looking up an object in these would require + consulting many pack .idx files; a new mechanism to have a single + file that consolidates all of these .idx files is introduced. + + * "git submodule update" is getting rewritten piece-by-piece into C. + + * The code for computing history reachability has been shuffled, + obtained a bunch of new tests to cover them, and then being + improved. + + * The unpack_trees() API used in checking out a branch and merging + walks one or more trees along with the index. When the cache-tree + in the index tells us that we are walking a tree whose flattened + contents is known (i.e. matches a span in the index), as linearly + scanning a span in the index is much more efficient than having to + open tree objects recursively and listing their entries, the walk + can be optimized, which has been done. + + * When creating a thin pack, which allows objects to be made into a + delta against another object that is not in the resulting pack but + is known to be present on the receiving end, the code learned to + take advantage of the reachability bitmap; this allows the server + to send a delta against a base beyond the "boundary" commit. + + * spatch transformation to replace boolean uses of !hashcmp() to + newly introduced oideq() is added, and applied, to regain + performance lost due to support of multiple hash algorithms. + + * Fix a bug in which the same path could be registered under multiple + worktree entries if the path was missing (for instance, was removed + manually). Also, as a convenience, expand the number of cases in + which --force is applicable. + + * Split Documentation/config.txt for easier maintenance. + (merge 6014363f0b nd/config-split later to maint). + + * Test helper binaries clean-up. + (merge c9a1f4161f nd/test-tool later to maint). + + * Various tests have been updated to make it easier to swap the + hash function used for object identification. + (merge ae0c89d41b bc/hash-independent-tests later to maint). + + * Update fsck.skipList implementation and documentation. + (merge 371a655074 ab/fsck-skiplist later to maint). + + * An alias that expands to another alias has so far been forbidden, + but now it is allowed to create such an alias. + + * Various test scripts have been updated for style and also correct + handling of exit status of various commands. + + * "gc --auto" ended up calling exit(-1) upon error, which has been + corrected to use exit(1). Also the error reporting behaviour when + daemonized has been updated to exit with zero status when stopping + due to a previously discovered error (which implies there is no + point running gc to improve the situation); we used to exit with + failure in such a case. + + * Various codepaths in the core-ish part learned to work on an + arbitrary in-core index structure, not necessarily the default + instance "the_index". + (merge b3c7eef9b0 nd/the-index later to maint). + + * Code clean-up in the internal machinery used by "git status" and + "git commit --dry-run". + (merge 73ba5d78b4 ss/wt-status-committable later to maint). + + * Some environment variables that control the runtime options of Git + used during tests are getting renamed for consistency. + (merge 4231d1ba99 bp/rename-test-env-var later to maint). + + * A new extension to the index file has been introduced, which allows + the index file to be read in parallel for performance. + + * The oidset API was built on top of the oidmap API which in turn is + on the hashmap API. Replace the implementation to build on top of + the khash API and gain performance. + + * Over some transports, fetching objects with an exact commit object + name can be done without first seeing the ref advertisements. The + code has been optimized to exploit this. + + * In a partial clone that will lazily be hydrated from the + originating repository, we generally want to avoid "does this + object exist (locally)?" on objects that we deliberately omitted + when we created the clone. The cache-tree codepath (which is used + to write a tree object out of the index) however insisted that the + object exists, even for paths that are outside of the partial + checkout area. The code has been updated to avoid such a check. + + * To help developers, an EditorConfig file that attempts to follow + the project convention has been added. + (merge b548d698a0 bc/editorconfig later to maint). + + * The result of coverage test can be combined with "git blame" to + check the test coverage of code introduced recently with a new + 'coverage-diff' tool (in contrib/). + (merge 783faedd65 ds/coverage-diff later to maint). + + * An experiment to fuzz test a few areas, hopefully we can gain more + coverage to various areas. + + * More codepaths are moving away from hardcoded hash sizes. + + * The way the Windows port figures out the current directory has been + improved. + + * The way DLLs are loaded on the Windows port has been improved. + + * Some tests have been reorganized and renamed; "ls t/" now gives a + better overview of what is tested for these scripts than before. + + * "git rebase" and "git rebase -i" have been reimplemented in C. + + * Windows port learned to use nano-second resolution file timestamps. + + * The overly large Documentation/config.txt file have been split into + million little pieces. This potentially allows each individual piece + included into the manual page of the command it affects more easily. + + * Replace three string-list instances used as look-up tables in "git + fetch" with hashmaps. + + * Unify code to read the author-script used in "git am" and the + commands that use the sequencer machinery, e.g. "git rebase -i". + + * In preparation to the day when we can deprecate and remove the + "rebase -p", make sure we can skip and later remove tests for + it. + + * The history traversal used to implement the tag-following has been + optimized by introducing a new helper. + + * The helper function to refresh the cached stat information in the + in-core index has learned to perform the lstat() part of the + operation in parallel on multi-core platforms. + + * The code to traverse objects for reachability, used to decide what + objects are unreferenced and expendable, have been taught to also + consider per-worktree refs of other worktrees as starting points to + prevent data loss. + + * "git add" needs to internally run "diff-files" equivalent, and the + codepath learned the same optimization as "diff-files" has to run + lstat(2) in parallel to find which paths have been updated in the + working tree. + + * The procedure to install dependencies before testing at Travis CI + is getting revamped for both simplicity and flexibility, taking + advantage of the recent move to the vm-based environment. + + * The support for format-patch (and send-email) by the command-line + completion script (in contrib/) has been simplified a bit. + + +Fixes since v2.19 +----------------- + + * "git interpret-trailers" and its underlying machinery had a buggy + code that attempted to ignore patch text after commit log message, + which triggered in various codepaths that will always get the log + message alone and never get such an input. + (merge 66e83d9b41 jk/trailer-fixes later to maint). + + * Malformed or crafted data in packstream can make our code attempt + to read or write past the allocated buffer and abort, instead of + reporting an error, which has been fixed. + + * "git rebase -i" did not clear the state files correctly when a run + of "squash/fixup" is aborted and then the user manually amended the + commit instead, which has been corrected. + (merge 10d2f35436 js/rebase-i-autosquash-fix later to maint). + + * When fsmonitor is in use, after operation on submodules updates + .gitmodules, we lost track of the fact that we did so and relied on + stale fsmonitor data. + (merge 43f1180814 bp/mv-submodules-with-fsmonitor later to maint). + + * Fix for a long-standing bug that leaves the index file corrupt when + it shrinks during a partial commit. + (merge 6c003d6ffb jk/reopen-tempfile-truncate later to maint). + + * Further fix for O_APPEND emulation on Windows + (merge eeaf7ddac7 js/mingw-o-append later to maint). + + * A corner case bugfix in "git rerere" code. + (merge ad2bf0d9b4 en/rerere-multi-stage-1-fix later to maint). + + * "git add ':(attr:foo)'" is not supported and is supposed to be + rejected while the command line arguments are parsed, but we fail + to reject such a command line upfront. + (merge 84d938b732 nd/attr-pathspec-fix later to maint). + + * Recent update broke the reachability algorithm when refs (e.g. + tags) that point at objects that are not commit were involved, + which has been fixed. + + * "git rebase" etc. in Git 2.19 fails to abort when given an empty + commit log message as result of editing, which has been corrected. + (merge a3ec9eaf38 en/sequencer-empty-edit-result-aborts later to maint). + + * The code to backfill objects in lazily cloned repository did not + work correctly, which has been corrected. + (merge e68302011c jt/lazy-object-fetch-fix later to maint). + + * Update error messages given by "git remote" and make them consistent. + (merge 5025425dff ms/remote-error-message-update later to maint). + + * "git update-ref" learned to make both "--no-deref" and "--stdin" + work at the same time. + (merge d345e9fbe7 en/update-ref-no-deref-stdin later to maint). + + * Recently added "range-diff" had a corner-case bug to cause it + segfault, which has been corrected. + (merge e467a90c7a tg/range-diff-corner-case-fix later to maint). + + * The recently introduced commit-graph auxiliary data is incompatible + with mechanisms such as replace & grafts that "breaks" immutable + nature of the object reference relationship. Disable optimizations + based on its use (and updating existing commit-graph) when these + incompatible features are in use in the repository. + (merge 829a321569 ds/commit-graph-with-grafts later to maint). + + * The mailmap file update. + (merge 255eb03edf jn/mailmap-update later to maint). + + * The code in "git status" sometimes hit an assertion failure. This + was caused by a structure that was reused without cleaning the data + used for the first run, which has been corrected. + (merge 3e73cc62c0 en/status-multiple-renames-to-the-same-target-fix later to maint). + + * "git fetch $repo $object" in a partial clone did not correctly + fetch the asked-for object that is referenced by an object in + promisor packfile, which has been fixed. + + * A corner-case bugfix. + (merge c5cbb27cb5 sm/show-superproject-while-conflicted later to maint). + + * Various fixes to "diff --color-moved-ws". + + * A partial clone that is configured to lazily fetch missing objects + will on-demand issue a "git fetch" request to the originating + repository to fill not-yet-obtained objects. The request has been + optimized for requesting a tree object (and not the leaf blob + objects contained in it) by telling the originating repository that + no blobs are needed. + (merge 4c7f9567ea jt/non-blob-lazy-fetch later to maint). + + * The codepath to support the experimental split-index mode had + remaining "racily clean" issues fixed. + (merge 4c490f3d32 sg/split-index-racefix later to maint). + + * "git log --graph" showing an octopus merge sometimes miscounted the + number of display columns it is consuming to show the merge and its + parent commits, which has been corrected. + (merge 04005834ed np/log-graph-octopus-fix later to maint). + + * "git range-diff" did not work well when the compared ranges had + changes in submodules and the "--submodule=log" was used. + + * The implementation of run_command() API on the UNIX platforms had a + bug that caused a command not on $PATH to be found in the current + directory. + (merge f67b980771 jk/run-command-notdot later to maint). + + * A mutex used in "git pack-objects" were not correctly initialized + and this caused "git repack" to dump core on Windows. + (merge 34204c8166 js/pack-objects-mutex-init-fix later to maint). + + * Under certain circumstances, "git diff D:/a/b/c D:/a/b/d" on + Windows would strip initial parts from the paths because they + were not recognized as absolute, which has been corrected. + (merge ffd04e92e2 js/diff-notice-has-drive-prefix later to maint). + + * The receive.denyCurrentBranch=updateInstead codepath kicked in even + when the push should have been rejected due to other reasons, such + as it does not fast-forward or the update-hook rejects it, which + has been corrected. + (merge b072a25fad jc/receive-deny-current-branch-fix later to maint). + + * The logic to determine the archive type "git archive" uses did not + correctly kick in for "git archive --remote", which has been + corrected. + + * "git repack" in a shallow clone did not correctly update the + shallow points in the repository, leading to a repository that + does not pass fsck. + (merge 5dcfbf564c js/shallow-and-fetch-prune later to maint). + + * Some codepaths failed to form a proper URL when .gitmodules record + the URL to a submodule repository as relative to the repository of + superproject, which has been corrected. + (merge e0a862fdaf sb/submodule-url-to-absolute later to maint). + + * "git fetch" over protocol v2 into a shallow repository failed to + fetch full history behind a new tip of history that was diverged + before the cut-off point of the history that was previously fetched + shallowly. + + * The command line completion machinery (in contrib/) has been + updated to allow the completion script to tweak the list of options + that are reported by the parse-options machinery correctly. + (merge 276b49ff34 nd/completion-negation later to maint). + + * Operations on promisor objects make sense in the context of only a + small subset of the commands that internally use the revisions + machinery, but the "--exclude-promisor-objects" option were taken + and led to nonsense results by commands like "log", to which it + didn't make much sense. This has been corrected. + (merge 669b1d2aae md/exclude-promisor-objects-fix later to maint). + + * The "container" mode of TravisCI is going away. Our .travis.yml + file is getting prepared for the transition. + (merge 32ee384be8 ss/travis-ci-force-vm-mode later to maint). + + * Our test scripts can now take the '-V' option as a synonym for the + '--verbose-log' option. + (merge a5f52c6dab sg/test-verbose-log later to maint). + + * A regression in Git 2.12 era made "git fsck" fall into an infinite + loop while processing truncated loose objects. + (merge 18ad13e5b2 jk/detect-truncated-zlib-input later to maint). + + * "git ls-remote $there foo" was broken by recent update for the + protocol v2 and stopped showing refs that match 'foo' that are not + refs/{heads,tags}/foo, which has been fixed. + (merge 6a139cdd74 jk/proto-v2-ref-prefix-fix later to maint). + + * Additional comment on a tricky piece of code to help developers. + (merge 0afbe3e806 jk/stream-pack-non-delta-clarification later to maint). + + * A couple of tests used to leave the repository in a state that is + deliberately corrupt, which have been corrected. + (merge aa984dbe5e ab/pack-tests-cleanup later to maint). + + * The submodule support has been updated to read from the blob at + HEAD:.gitmodules when the .gitmodules file is missing from the + working tree. + (merge 2b1257e463 ao/submodule-wo-gitmodules-checked-out later to maint). + + * "git fetch" was a bit loose in parsing responses from the other side + when talking over the protocol v2. + + * "git rev-parse --exclude=* --branches --branches" (i.e. first + saying "add only things that do not match '*' out of all branches" + and then adding all branches, without any exclusion this time") + worked as expected, but "--exclude=* --all --all" did not work the + same way, which has been fixed. + (merge 5221048092 ag/rev-parse-all-exclude-fix later to maint). + + * "git send-email --transfer-encoding=..." in recent versions of Git + sometimes produced an empty "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" header, + which has been corrected. + (merge 3c88e46f1a al/send-email-auto-cte-fixup later to maint). + + * The interface into "xdiff" library used to discover the offset and + size of a generated patch hunk by first formatting it into the + textual hunk header "@@ -n,m +k,l @@" and then parsing the numbers + out. A new interface has been introduced to allow callers a more + direct access to them. + (merge 5eade0746e jk/xdiff-interface later to maint). + + * Pathspec matching against a tree object were buggy when negative + pathspec elements were involved, which has been fixed. + (merge b7845cebc0 nd/tree-walk-path-exclusion later to maint). + + * Code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc. + (merge 96a7501aad ts/doc-build-manpage-xsl-quietly later to maint). + (merge b9b07efdb2 tg/conflict-marker-size later to maint). + (merge fa0aeea770 sg/doc-trace-appends later to maint). + (merge d64324cb60 tb/void-check-attr later to maint). + (merge c3b9bc94b9 en/double-semicolon-fix later to maint). + (merge 79336116f5 sg/t3701-tighten-trace later to maint). + (merge 801fa63a90 jk/dev-build-format-security later to maint). + (merge 0597dd62ba sb/string-list-remove-unused later to maint). + (merge db2d36fad8 bw/protocol-v2 later to maint). + (merge 456d7cd3a9 sg/split-index-test later to maint). + (merge 7b6057c852 tq/refs-internal-comment-fix later to maint). + (merge 29e8dc50ad tg/t5551-with-curl-7.61.1 later to maint). + (merge 55f6bce2c9 fe/doc-updates later to maint). + (merge 7987d2232d jk/check-everything-connected-is-long-gone later to maint). + (merge 4ba3c9be47 dz/credential-doc-url-matching-rules later to maint). + (merge 4c399442f7 ma/commit-graph-docs later to maint). + (merge fc0503b04e ma/t1400-undebug-test later to maint). + (merge e56b53553a nd/packobjectshook-doc-fix later to maint). + (merge c56170a0c4 ma/mailing-list-address-in-git-help later to maint). + (merge 6e8fc70fce rs/sequencer-oidset-insert-avoids-dups later to maint). + (merge ad0b8f9575 mw/doc-typofixes later to maint). + (merge d9f079ad1a jc/how-to-document-api later to maint). + (merge b1492bf315 ma/t7005-bash-workaround later to maint). + (merge ac1f98a0df du/rev-parse-is-plumbing later to maint). + (merge ca8ed443a5 mm/doc-no-dashed-git later to maint). + (merge ce366a8144 du/get-tar-commit-id-is-plumbing later to maint). + (merge 61018fe9e0 du/cherry-is-plumbing later to maint). + (merge c7e5fe79b9 sb/strbuf-h-update later to maint). + (merge 8d2008196b tq/branch-create-wo-branch-get later to maint). + (merge 2e3c894f4b tq/branch-style-fix later to maint). + (merge c5d844af9c sg/doc-show-branch-typofix later to maint). + (merge 081d91618b ah/doc-updates later to maint). + (merge b84c783882 jc/cocci-preincr later to maint). + (merge 5e495f8122 uk/merge-subtree-doc-update later to maint). + (merge aaaa881822 jk/uploadpack-packobjectshook-fix later to maint). + (merge 3063477445 tb/char-may-be-unsigned later to maint). + (merge 8c64bc9420 sg/test-rebase-editor-fix later to maint). + (merge 71571cd7d6 ma/sequencer-do-reset-saner-loop-termination later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index b44fd51f27..ec8b205145 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -80,7 +80,9 @@ GitHub-Travis CI hints section for details. Do not forget to update the documentation to describe the updated behavior and make sure that the resulting documentation set formats -well. It is currently a liberal mixture of US and UK English norms for +well (try the Documentation/doc-diff script). + +We currently have a liberal mixture of US and UK English norms for spelling and grammar, which is somewhat unfortunate. A huge patch that touches the files all over the place only to correct the inconsistency is not welcome, though. Potential clashes with other changes that can diff --git a/Documentation/config.txt b/Documentation/config.txt index 90241ed77c..3e735f1a9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config.txt @@ -2,8 +2,9 @@ CONFIGURATION FILE ------------------ The Git configuration file contains a number of variables that affect -the Git commands' behavior. The `.git/config` file in each repository -is used to store the configuration for that repository, and +the Git commands' behavior. The files `.git/config` and optionally +`config.worktree` (see `extensions.worktreeConfig` below) in each +repository are used to store the configuration for that repository, and `$HOME/.gitconfig` is used to store a per-user configuration as fallback values for the `.git/config` file. The file `/etc/gitconfig` can be used to store a system-wide default configuration. @@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ boolean:: false;; Boolean false literals are `no`, `off`, `false`, `0` and the empty string. + -When converting value to the canonical form using `--bool` type +When converting a value to its canonical form using the `--type=bool` type specifier, 'git config' will ensure that the output is "true" or "false" (spelled in lowercase). @@ -287,3363 +288,159 @@ inventing new variables for use in your own tool, make sure their names do not conflict with those that are used by Git itself and other popular tools, and describe them in your documentation. +include::config/advice.txt[] -advice.*:: - These variables control various optional help messages designed to - aid new users. All 'advice.*' variables default to 'true', and you - can tell Git that you do not need help by setting these to 'false': -+ --- - pushUpdateRejected:: - Set this variable to 'false' if you want to disable - 'pushNonFFCurrent', - 'pushNonFFMatching', 'pushAlreadyExists', - 'pushFetchFirst', and 'pushNeedsForce' - simultaneously. - pushNonFFCurrent:: - Advice shown when linkgit:git-push[1] fails due to a - non-fast-forward update to the current branch. - pushNonFFMatching:: - Advice shown when you ran linkgit:git-push[1] and pushed - 'matching refs' explicitly (i.e. you used ':', or - specified a refspec that isn't your current branch) and - it resulted in a non-fast-forward error. - pushAlreadyExists:: - Shown when linkgit:git-push[1] rejects an update that - does not qualify for fast-forwarding (e.g., a tag.) - pushFetchFirst:: - Shown when linkgit:git-push[1] rejects an update that - tries to overwrite a remote ref that points at an - object we do not have. - pushNeedsForce:: - Shown when linkgit:git-push[1] rejects an update that - tries to overwrite a remote ref that points at an - object that is not a commit-ish, or make the remote - ref point at an object that is not a commit-ish. - statusHints:: - Show directions on how to proceed from the current - state in the output of linkgit:git-status[1], in - the template shown when writing commit messages in - linkgit:git-commit[1], and in the help message shown - by linkgit:git-checkout[1] when switching branch. - statusUoption:: - Advise to consider using the `-u` option to linkgit:git-status[1] - when the command takes more than 2 seconds to enumerate untracked - files. - commitBeforeMerge:: - Advice shown when linkgit:git-merge[1] refuses to - merge to avoid overwriting local changes. - resolveConflict:: - Advice shown by various commands when conflicts - prevent the operation from being performed. - implicitIdentity:: - Advice on how to set your identity configuration when - your information is guessed from the system username and - domain name. - detachedHead:: - Advice shown when you used linkgit:git-checkout[1] to - move to the detach HEAD state, to instruct how to create - a local branch after the fact. - checkoutAmbiguousRemoteBranchName:: - Advice shown when the argument to - linkgit:git-checkout[1] ambiguously resolves to a - remote tracking branch on more than one remote in - situations where an unambiguous argument would have - otherwise caused a remote-tracking branch to be - checked out. See the `checkout.defaultRemote` - configuration variable for how to set a given remote - to used by default in some situations where this - advice would be printed. - amWorkDir:: - Advice that shows the location of the patch file when - linkgit:git-am[1] fails to apply it. - rmHints:: - In case of failure in the output of linkgit:git-rm[1], - show directions on how to proceed from the current state. - addEmbeddedRepo:: - Advice on what to do when you've accidentally added one - git repo inside of another. - ignoredHook:: - Advice shown if a hook is ignored because the hook is not - set as executable. - waitingForEditor:: - Print a message to the terminal whenever Git is waiting for - editor input from the user. --- - -core.fileMode:: - Tells Git if the executable bit of files in the working tree - is to be honored. -+ -Some filesystems lose the executable bit when a file that is -marked as executable is checked out, or checks out a -non-executable file with executable bit on. -linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] probe the filesystem -to see if it handles the executable bit correctly -and this variable is automatically set as necessary. -+ -A repository, however, may be on a filesystem that handles -the filemode correctly, and this variable is set to 'true' -when created, but later may be made accessible from another -environment that loses the filemode (e.g. exporting ext4 via -CIFS mount, visiting a Cygwin created repository with -Git for Windows or Eclipse). -In such a case it may be necessary to set this variable to 'false'. -See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. -+ -The default is true (when core.filemode is not specified in the config file). - -core.hideDotFiles:: - (Windows-only) If true, mark newly-created directories and files whose - name starts with a dot as hidden. If 'dotGitOnly', only the `.git/` - directory is hidden, but no other files starting with a dot. The - default mode is 'dotGitOnly'. - -core.ignoreCase:: - Internal variable which enables various workarounds to enable - Git to work better on filesystems that are not case sensitive, - like APFS, HFS+, FAT, NTFS, etc. For example, if a directory listing - finds "makefile" when Git expects "Makefile", Git will assume - it is really the same file, and continue to remember it as - "Makefile". -+ -The default is false, except linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] -will probe and set core.ignoreCase true if appropriate when the repository -is created. -+ -Git relies on the proper configuration of this variable for your operating -and file system. Modifying this value may result in unexpected behavior. - -core.precomposeUnicode:: - This option is only used by Mac OS implementation of Git. - When core.precomposeUnicode=true, Git reverts the unicode decomposition - of filenames done by Mac OS. This is useful when sharing a repository - between Mac OS and Linux or Windows. - (Git for Windows 1.7.10 or higher is needed, or Git under cygwin 1.7). - When false, file names are handled fully transparent by Git, - which is backward compatible with older versions of Git. - -core.protectHFS:: - If set to true, do not allow checkout of paths that would - be considered equivalent to `.git` on an HFS+ filesystem. - Defaults to `true` on Mac OS, and `false` elsewhere. - -core.protectNTFS:: - If set to true, do not allow checkout of paths that would - cause problems with the NTFS filesystem, e.g. conflict with - 8.3 "short" names. - Defaults to `true` on Windows, and `false` elsewhere. - -core.fsmonitor:: - If set, the value of this variable is used as a command which - will identify all files that may have changed since the - requested date/time. This information is used to speed up git by - avoiding unnecessary processing of files that have not changed. - See the "fsmonitor-watchman" section of linkgit:githooks[5]. - -core.trustctime:: - If false, the ctime differences between the index and the - working tree are ignored; useful when the inode change time - is regularly modified by something outside Git (file system - crawlers and some backup systems). - See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. True by default. - -core.splitIndex:: - If true, the split-index feature of the index will be used. - See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. False by default. - -core.untrackedCache:: - Determines what to do about the untracked cache feature of the - index. It will be kept, if this variable is unset or set to - `keep`. It will automatically be added if set to `true`. And - it will automatically be removed, if set to `false`. Before - setting it to `true`, you should check that mtime is working - properly on your system. - See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. `keep` by default. - -core.checkStat:: - Determines which stat fields to match between the index - and work tree. The user can set this to 'default' or - 'minimal'. Default (or explicitly 'default'), is to check - all fields, including the sub-second part of mtime and ctime. - -core.quotePath:: - Commands that output paths (e.g. 'ls-files', 'diff'), will - quote "unusual" characters in the pathname by enclosing the - pathname in double-quotes and escaping those characters with - backslashes in the same way C escapes control characters (e.g. - `\t` for TAB, `\n` for LF, `\\` for backslash) or bytes with - values larger than 0x80 (e.g. octal `\302\265` for "micro" in - UTF-8). If this variable is set to false, bytes higher than - 0x80 are not considered "unusual" any more. Double-quotes, - backslash and control characters are always escaped regardless - of the setting of this variable. A simple space character is - not considered "unusual". Many commands can output pathnames - completely verbatim using the `-z` option. The default value - is true. - -core.eol:: - Sets the line ending type to use in the working directory for - files that have the `text` property set when core.autocrlf is false. - Alternatives are 'lf', 'crlf' and 'native', which uses the platform's - native line ending. The default value is `native`. See - linkgit:gitattributes[5] for more information on end-of-line - conversion. - -core.safecrlf:: - If true, makes Git check if converting `CRLF` is reversible when - end-of-line conversion is active. Git will verify if a command - modifies a file in the work tree either directly or indirectly. - For example, committing a file followed by checking out the - same file should yield the original file in the work tree. If - this is not the case for the current setting of - `core.autocrlf`, Git will reject the file. The variable can - be set to "warn", in which case Git will only warn about an - irreversible conversion but continue the operation. -+ -CRLF conversion bears a slight chance of corrupting data. -When it is enabled, Git will convert CRLF to LF during commit and LF to -CRLF during checkout. A file that contains a mixture of LF and -CRLF before the commit cannot be recreated by Git. For text -files this is the right thing to do: it corrects line endings -such that we have only LF line endings in the repository. -But for binary files that are accidentally classified as text the -conversion can corrupt data. -+ -If you recognize such corruption early you can easily fix it by -setting the conversion type explicitly in .gitattributes. Right -after committing you still have the original file in your work -tree and this file is not yet corrupted. You can explicitly tell -Git that this file is binary and Git will handle the file -appropriately. -+ -Unfortunately, the desired effect of cleaning up text files with -mixed line endings and the undesired effect of corrupting binary -files cannot be distinguished. In both cases CRLFs are removed -in an irreversible way. For text files this is the right thing -to do because CRLFs are line endings, while for binary files -converting CRLFs corrupts data. -+ -Note, this safety check does not mean that a checkout will generate a -file identical to the original file for a different setting of -`core.eol` and `core.autocrlf`, but only for the current one. For -example, a text file with `LF` would be accepted with `core.eol=lf` -and could later be checked out with `core.eol=crlf`, in which case the -resulting file would contain `CRLF`, although the original file -contained `LF`. However, in both work trees the line endings would be -consistent, that is either all `LF` or all `CRLF`, but never mixed. A -file with mixed line endings would be reported by the `core.safecrlf` -mechanism. - -core.autocrlf:: - Setting this variable to "true" is the same as setting - the `text` attribute to "auto" on all files and core.eol to "crlf". - Set to true if you want to have `CRLF` line endings in your - working directory and the repository has LF line endings. - This variable can be set to 'input', - in which case no output conversion is performed. - -core.checkRoundtripEncoding:: - A comma and/or whitespace separated list of encodings that Git - performs UTF-8 round trip checks on if they are used in an - `working-tree-encoding` attribute (see linkgit:gitattributes[5]). - The default value is `SHIFT-JIS`. - -core.symlinks:: - If false, symbolic links are checked out as small plain files that - contain the link text. linkgit:git-update-index[1] and - linkgit:git-add[1] will not change the recorded type to regular - file. Useful on filesystems like FAT that do not support - symbolic links. -+ -The default is true, except linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] -will probe and set core.symlinks false if appropriate when the repository -is created. - -core.gitProxy:: - A "proxy command" to execute (as 'command host port') instead - of establishing direct connection to the remote server when - using the Git protocol for fetching. If the variable value is - in the "COMMAND for DOMAIN" format, the command is applied only - on hostnames ending with the specified domain string. This variable - may be set multiple times and is matched in the given order; - the first match wins. -+ -Can be overridden by the `GIT_PROXY_COMMAND` environment variable -(which always applies universally, without the special "for" -handling). -+ -The special string `none` can be used as the proxy command to -specify that no proxy be used for a given domain pattern. -This is useful for excluding servers inside a firewall from -proxy use, while defaulting to a common proxy for external domains. - -core.sshCommand:: - If this variable is set, `git fetch` and `git push` will - use the specified command instead of `ssh` when they need to - connect to a remote system. The command is in the same form as - the `GIT_SSH_COMMAND` environment variable and is overridden - when the environment variable is set. - -core.ignoreStat:: - If true, Git will avoid using lstat() calls to detect if files have - changed by setting the "assume-unchanged" bit for those tracked files - which it has updated identically in both the index and working tree. -+ -When files are modified outside of Git, the user will need to stage -the modified files explicitly (e.g. see 'Examples' section in -linkgit:git-update-index[1]). -Git will not normally detect changes to those files. -+ -This is useful on systems where lstat() calls are very slow, such as -CIFS/Microsoft Windows. -+ -False by default. - -core.preferSymlinkRefs:: - Instead of the default "symref" format for HEAD - and other symbolic reference files, use symbolic links. - This is sometimes needed to work with old scripts that - expect HEAD to be a symbolic link. - -core.bare:: - If true this repository is assumed to be 'bare' and has no - working directory associated with it. If this is the case a - number of commands that require a working directory will be - disabled, such as linkgit:git-add[1] or linkgit:git-merge[1]. -+ -This setting is automatically guessed by linkgit:git-clone[1] or -linkgit:git-init[1] when the repository was created. By default a -repository that ends in "/.git" is assumed to be not bare (bare = -false), while all other repositories are assumed to be bare (bare -= true). - -core.worktree:: - Set the path to the root of the working tree. - If `GIT_COMMON_DIR` environment variable is set, core.worktree - is ignored and not used for determining the root of working tree. - This can be overridden by the `GIT_WORK_TREE` environment - variable and the `--work-tree` command-line option. - The value can be an absolute path or relative to the path to - the .git directory, which is either specified by --git-dir - or GIT_DIR, or automatically discovered. - If --git-dir or GIT_DIR is specified but none of - --work-tree, GIT_WORK_TREE and core.worktree is specified, - the current working directory is regarded as the top level - of your working tree. -+ -Note that this variable is honored even when set in a configuration -file in a ".git" subdirectory of a directory and its value differs -from the latter directory (e.g. "/path/to/.git/config" has -core.worktree set to "/different/path"), which is most likely a -misconfiguration. Running Git commands in the "/path/to" directory will -still use "/different/path" as the root of the work tree and can cause -confusion unless you know what you are doing (e.g. you are creating a -read-only snapshot of the same index to a location different from the -repository's usual working tree). - -core.logAllRefUpdates:: - Enable the reflog. Updates to a ref <ref> is logged to the file - "`$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>`", by appending the new and old - SHA-1, the date/time and the reason of the update, but - only when the file exists. If this configuration - variable is set to `true`, missing "`$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>`" - file is automatically created for branch heads (i.e. under - `refs/heads/`), remote refs (i.e. under `refs/remotes/`), - note refs (i.e. under `refs/notes/`), and the symbolic ref `HEAD`. - If it is set to `always`, then a missing reflog is automatically - created for any ref under `refs/`. -+ -This information can be used to determine what commit -was the tip of a branch "2 days ago". -+ -This value is true by default in a repository that has -a working directory associated with it, and false by -default in a bare repository. - -core.repositoryFormatVersion:: - Internal variable identifying the repository format and layout - version. - -core.sharedRepository:: - When 'group' (or 'true'), the repository is made shareable between - several users in a group (making sure all the files and objects are - group-writable). When 'all' (or 'world' or 'everybody'), the - repository will be readable by all users, additionally to being - group-shareable. When 'umask' (or 'false'), Git will use permissions - reported by umask(2). When '0xxx', where '0xxx' is an octal number, - files in the repository will have this mode value. '0xxx' will override - user's umask value (whereas the other options will only override - requested parts of the user's umask value). Examples: '0660' will make - the repo read/write-able for the owner and group, but inaccessible to - others (equivalent to 'group' unless umask is e.g. '0022'). '0640' is a - repository that is group-readable but not group-writable. - See linkgit:git-init[1]. False by default. - -core.warnAmbiguousRefs:: - If true, Git will warn you if the ref name you passed it is ambiguous - and might match multiple refs in the repository. True by default. - -core.compression:: - An integer -1..9, indicating a default compression level. - -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no compression, - and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being slowest. - If set, this provides a default to other compression variables, - such as `core.looseCompression` and `pack.compression`. - -core.looseCompression:: - An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects that - are not in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no - compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being - slowest. If not set, defaults to core.compression. If that is - not set, defaults to 1 (best speed). - -core.packedGitWindowSize:: - Number of bytes of a pack file to map into memory in a - single mapping operation. Larger window sizes may allow - your system to process a smaller number of large pack files - more quickly. Smaller window sizes will negatively affect - performance due to increased calls to the operating system's - memory manager, but may improve performance when accessing - a large number of large pack files. -+ -Default is 1 MiB if NO_MMAP was set at compile time, otherwise 32 -MiB on 32 bit platforms and 1 GiB on 64 bit platforms. This should -be reasonable for all users/operating systems. You probably do -not need to adjust this value. -+ -Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. +include::config/core.txt[] -core.packedGitLimit:: - Maximum number of bytes to map simultaneously into memory - from pack files. If Git needs to access more than this many - bytes at once to complete an operation it will unmap existing - regions to reclaim virtual address space within the process. -+ -Default is 256 MiB on 32 bit platforms and 32 TiB (effectively -unlimited) on 64 bit platforms. -This should be reasonable for all users/operating systems, except on -the largest projects. You probably do not need to adjust this value. -+ -Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. - -core.deltaBaseCacheLimit:: - Maximum number of bytes to reserve for caching base objects - that may be referenced by multiple deltified objects. By storing the - entire decompressed base objects in a cache Git is able - to avoid unpacking and decompressing frequently used base - objects multiple times. -+ -Default is 96 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable -for all users/operating systems, except on the largest projects. -You probably do not need to adjust this value. -+ -Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. - -core.bigFileThreshold:: - Files larger than this size are stored deflated, without - attempting delta compression. Storing large files without - delta compression avoids excessive memory usage, at the - slight expense of increased disk usage. Additionally files - larger than this size are always treated as binary. -+ -Default is 512 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable -for most projects as source code and other text files can still -be delta compressed, but larger binary media files won't be. -+ -Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. - -core.excludesFile:: - Specifies the pathname to the file that contains patterns to - describe paths that are not meant to be tracked, in addition - to '.gitignore' (per-directory) and '.git/info/exclude'. - Defaults to `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/ignore`. - If `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME` is either not set or empty, `$HOME/.config/git/ignore` - is used instead. See linkgit:gitignore[5]. - -core.askPass:: - Some commands (e.g. svn and http interfaces) that interactively - ask for a password can be told to use an external program given - via the value of this variable. Can be overridden by the `GIT_ASKPASS` - environment variable. If not set, fall back to the value of the - `SSH_ASKPASS` environment variable or, failing that, a simple password - prompt. The external program shall be given a suitable prompt as - command-line argument and write the password on its STDOUT. - -core.attributesFile:: - In addition to '.gitattributes' (per-directory) and - '.git/info/attributes', Git looks into this file for attributes - (see linkgit:gitattributes[5]). Path expansions are made the same - way as for `core.excludesFile`. Its default value is - `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/attributes`. If `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME` is either not - set or empty, `$HOME/.config/git/attributes` is used instead. - -core.hooksPath:: - By default Git will look for your hooks in the - '$GIT_DIR/hooks' directory. Set this to different path, - e.g. '/etc/git/hooks', and Git will try to find your hooks in - that directory, e.g. '/etc/git/hooks/pre-receive' instead of - in '$GIT_DIR/hooks/pre-receive'. -+ -The path can be either absolute or relative. A relative path is -taken as relative to the directory where the hooks are run (see -the "DESCRIPTION" section of linkgit:githooks[5]). -+ -This configuration variable is useful in cases where you'd like to -centrally configure your Git hooks instead of configuring them on a -per-repository basis, or as a more flexible and centralized -alternative to having an `init.templateDir` where you've changed -default hooks. - -core.editor:: - Commands such as `commit` and `tag` that let you edit - messages by launching an editor use the value of this - variable when it is set, and the environment variable - `GIT_EDITOR` is not set. See linkgit:git-var[1]. - -core.commentChar:: - Commands such as `commit` and `tag` that let you edit - messages consider a line that begins with this character - commented, and removes them after the editor returns - (default '#'). -+ -If set to "auto", `git-commit` would select a character that is not -the beginning character of any line in existing commit messages. - -core.filesRefLockTimeout:: - The length of time, in milliseconds, to retry when trying to - lock an individual reference. Value 0 means not to retry at - all; -1 means to try indefinitely. Default is 100 (i.e., - retry for 100ms). - -core.packedRefsTimeout:: - The length of time, in milliseconds, to retry when trying to - lock the `packed-refs` file. Value 0 means not to retry at - all; -1 means to try indefinitely. Default is 1000 (i.e., - retry for 1 second). - -sequence.editor:: - Text editor used by `git rebase -i` for editing the rebase instruction file. - The value is meant to be interpreted by the shell when it is used. - It can be overridden by the `GIT_SEQUENCE_EDITOR` environment variable. - When not configured the default commit message editor is used instead. - -core.pager:: - Text viewer for use by Git commands (e.g., 'less'). The value - is meant to be interpreted by the shell. The order of preference - is the `$GIT_PAGER` environment variable, then `core.pager` - configuration, then `$PAGER`, and then the default chosen at - compile time (usually 'less'). -+ -When the `LESS` environment variable is unset, Git sets it to `FRX` -(if `LESS` environment variable is set, Git does not change it at -all). If you want to selectively override Git's default setting -for `LESS`, you can set `core.pager` to e.g. `less -S`. This will -be passed to the shell by Git, which will translate the final -command to `LESS=FRX less -S`. The environment does not set the -`S` option but the command line does, instructing less to truncate -long lines. Similarly, setting `core.pager` to `less -+F` will -deactivate the `F` option specified by the environment from the -command-line, deactivating the "quit if one screen" behavior of -`less`. One can specifically activate some flags for particular -commands: for example, setting `pager.blame` to `less -S` enables -line truncation only for `git blame`. -+ -Likewise, when the `LV` environment variable is unset, Git sets it -to `-c`. You can override this setting by exporting `LV` with -another value or setting `core.pager` to `lv +c`. - -core.whitespace:: - A comma separated list of common whitespace problems to - notice. 'git diff' will use `color.diff.whitespace` to - highlight them, and 'git apply --whitespace=error' will - consider them as errors. You can prefix `-` to disable - any of them (e.g. `-trailing-space`): -+ -* `blank-at-eol` treats trailing whitespaces at the end of the line - as an error (enabled by default). -* `space-before-tab` treats a space character that appears immediately - before a tab character in the initial indent part of the line as an - error (enabled by default). -* `indent-with-non-tab` treats a line that is indented with space - characters instead of the equivalent tabs as an error (not enabled by - default). -* `tab-in-indent` treats a tab character in the initial indent part of - the line as an error (not enabled by default). -* `blank-at-eof` treats blank lines added at the end of file as an error - (enabled by default). -* `trailing-space` is a short-hand to cover both `blank-at-eol` and - `blank-at-eof`. -* `cr-at-eol` treats a carriage-return at the end of line as - part of the line terminator, i.e. with it, `trailing-space` - does not trigger if the character before such a carriage-return - is not a whitespace (not enabled by default). -* `tabwidth=<n>` tells how many character positions a tab occupies; this - is relevant for `indent-with-non-tab` and when Git fixes `tab-in-indent` - errors. The default tab width is 8. Allowed values are 1 to 63. - -core.fsyncObjectFiles:: - This boolean will enable 'fsync()' when writing object files. -+ -This is a total waste of time and effort on a filesystem that orders -data writes properly, but can be useful for filesystems that do not use -journalling (traditional UNIX filesystems) or that only journal metadata -and not file contents (OS X's HFS+, or Linux ext3 with "data=writeback"). +extensions.worktreeConfig:: + If set, by default "git config" reads from both "config" and + "config.worktree" file from GIT_DIR in that order. In + multiple working directory mode, "config" file is shared while + "config.worktree" is per-working directory (i.e., it's in + GIT_COMMON_DIR/worktrees/<id>/config.worktree) -core.preloadIndex:: - Enable parallel index preload for operations like 'git diff' -+ -This can speed up operations like 'git diff' and 'git status' especially -on filesystems like NFS that have weak caching semantics and thus -relatively high IO latencies. When enabled, Git will do the -index comparison to the filesystem data in parallel, allowing -overlapping IO's. Defaults to true. - -core.createObject:: - You can set this to 'link', in which case a hardlink followed by - a delete of the source are used to make sure that object creation - will not overwrite existing objects. -+ -On some file system/operating system combinations, this is unreliable. -Set this config setting to 'rename' there; However, This will remove the -check that makes sure that existing object files will not get overwritten. - -core.notesRef:: - When showing commit messages, also show notes which are stored in - the given ref. The ref must be fully qualified. If the given - ref does not exist, it is not an error but means that no - notes should be printed. -+ -This setting defaults to "refs/notes/commits", and it can be overridden by -the `GIT_NOTES_REF` environment variable. See linkgit:git-notes[1]. - -gc.commitGraph:: - If true, then gc will rewrite the commit-graph file when - linkgit:git-gc[1] is run. When using linkgit:git-gc[1] - '--auto' the commit-graph will be updated if housekeeping is - required. Default is false. See linkgit:git-commit-graph[1] - for details. - -core.sparseCheckout:: - Enable "sparse checkout" feature. See section "Sparse checkout" in - linkgit:git-read-tree[1] for more information. - -core.abbrev:: - Set the length object names are abbreviated to. If - unspecified or set to "auto", an appropriate value is - computed based on the approximate number of packed objects - in your repository, which hopefully is enough for - abbreviated object names to stay unique for some time. - The minimum length is 4. - -add.ignoreErrors:: -add.ignore-errors (deprecated):: - Tells 'git add' to continue adding files when some files cannot be - added due to indexing errors. Equivalent to the `--ignore-errors` - option of linkgit:git-add[1]. `add.ignore-errors` is deprecated, - as it does not follow the usual naming convention for configuration - variables. - -alias.*:: - Command aliases for the linkgit:git[1] command wrapper - e.g. - after defining "alias.last = cat-file commit HEAD", the invocation - "git last" is equivalent to "git cat-file commit HEAD". To avoid - confusion and troubles with script usage, aliases that - hide existing Git commands are ignored. Arguments are split by - spaces, the usual shell quoting and escaping is supported. - A quote pair or a backslash can be used to quote them. -+ -If the alias expansion is prefixed with an exclamation point, -it will be treated as a shell command. For example, defining -"alias.new = !gitk --all --not ORIG_HEAD", the invocation -"git new" is equivalent to running the shell command -"gitk --all --not ORIG_HEAD". Note that shell commands will be -executed from the top-level directory of a repository, which may -not necessarily be the current directory. -`GIT_PREFIX` is set as returned by running 'git rev-parse --show-prefix' -from the original current directory. See linkgit:git-rev-parse[1]. - -am.keepcr:: - If true, git-am will call git-mailsplit for patches in mbox format - with parameter `--keep-cr`. In this case git-mailsplit will - not remove `\r` from lines ending with `\r\n`. Can be overridden - by giving `--no-keep-cr` from the command line. - See linkgit:git-am[1], linkgit:git-mailsplit[1]. - -am.threeWay:: - By default, `git am` will fail if the patch does not apply cleanly. When - set to true, this setting tells `git am` to fall back on 3-way merge if - the patch records the identity of blobs it is supposed to apply to and - we have those blobs available locally (equivalent to giving the `--3way` - option from the command line). Defaults to `false`. - See linkgit:git-am[1]. - -apply.ignoreWhitespace:: - When set to 'change', tells 'git apply' to ignore changes in - whitespace, in the same way as the `--ignore-space-change` - option. - When set to one of: no, none, never, false tells 'git apply' to - respect all whitespace differences. - See linkgit:git-apply[1]. - -apply.whitespace:: - Tells 'git apply' how to handle whitespaces, in the same way - as the `--whitespace` option. See linkgit:git-apply[1]. - -blame.showRoot:: - Do not treat root commits as boundaries in linkgit:git-blame[1]. - This option defaults to false. - -blame.blankBoundary:: - Show blank commit object name for boundary commits in - linkgit:git-blame[1]. This option defaults to false. - -blame.showEmail:: - Show the author email instead of author name in linkgit:git-blame[1]. - This option defaults to false. - -blame.date:: - Specifies the format used to output dates in linkgit:git-blame[1]. - If unset the iso format is used. For supported values, - see the discussion of the `--date` option at linkgit:git-log[1]. - -branch.autoSetupMerge:: - Tells 'git branch' and 'git checkout' to set up new branches - so that linkgit:git-pull[1] will appropriately merge from the - starting point branch. Note that even if this option is not set, - this behavior can be chosen per-branch using the `--track` - and `--no-track` options. The valid settings are: `false` -- no - automatic setup is done; `true` -- automatic setup is done when the - starting point is a remote-tracking branch; `always` -- - automatic setup is done when the starting point is either a - local branch or remote-tracking - branch. This option defaults to true. - -branch.autoSetupRebase:: - When a new branch is created with 'git branch' or 'git checkout' - that tracks another branch, this variable tells Git to set - up pull to rebase instead of merge (see "branch.<name>.rebase"). - When `never`, rebase is never automatically set to true. - When `local`, rebase is set to true for tracked branches of - other local branches. - When `remote`, rebase is set to true for tracked branches of - remote-tracking branches. - When `always`, rebase will be set to true for all tracking - branches. - See "branch.autoSetupMerge" for details on how to set up a - branch to track another branch. - This option defaults to never. - -branch.<name>.remote:: - When on branch <name>, it tells 'git fetch' and 'git push' - which remote to fetch from/push to. The remote to push to - may be overridden with `remote.pushDefault` (for all branches). - The remote to push to, for the current branch, may be further - overridden by `branch.<name>.pushRemote`. If no remote is - configured, or if you are not on any branch, it defaults to - `origin` for fetching and `remote.pushDefault` for pushing. - Additionally, `.` (a period) is the current local repository - (a dot-repository), see `branch.<name>.merge`'s final note below. - -branch.<name>.pushRemote:: - When on branch <name>, it overrides `branch.<name>.remote` for - pushing. It also overrides `remote.pushDefault` for pushing - from branch <name>. When you pull from one place (e.g. your - upstream) and push to another place (e.g. your own publishing - repository), you would want to set `remote.pushDefault` to - specify the remote to push to for all branches, and use this - option to override it for a specific branch. - -branch.<name>.merge:: - Defines, together with branch.<name>.remote, the upstream branch - for the given branch. It tells 'git fetch'/'git pull'/'git rebase' which - branch to merge and can also affect 'git push' (see push.default). - When in branch <name>, it tells 'git fetch' the default - refspec to be marked for merging in FETCH_HEAD. The value is - handled like the remote part of a refspec, and must match a - ref which is fetched from the remote given by - "branch.<name>.remote". - The merge information is used by 'git pull' (which at first calls - 'git fetch') to lookup the default branch for merging. Without - this option, 'git pull' defaults to merge the first refspec fetched. - Specify multiple values to get an octopus merge. - If you wish to setup 'git pull' so that it merges into <name> from - another branch in the local repository, you can point - branch.<name>.merge to the desired branch, and use the relative path - setting `.` (a period) for branch.<name>.remote. - -branch.<name>.mergeOptions:: - Sets default options for merging into branch <name>. The syntax and - supported options are the same as those of linkgit:git-merge[1], but - option values containing whitespace characters are currently not - supported. - -branch.<name>.rebase:: - When true, rebase the branch <name> on top of the fetched branch, - instead of merging the default branch from the default remote when - "git pull" is run. See "pull.rebase" for doing this in a non - branch-specific manner. -+ -When `merges`, pass the `--rebase-merges` option to 'git rebase' -so that the local merge commits are included in the rebase (see -linkgit:git-rebase[1] for details). -+ -When preserve, also pass `--preserve-merges` along to 'git rebase' -so that locally committed merge commits will not be flattened -by running 'git pull'. -+ -When the value is `interactive`, the rebase is run in interactive mode. -+ -*NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use -it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] -for details). - -branch.<name>.description:: - Branch description, can be edited with - `git branch --edit-description`. Branch description is - automatically added in the format-patch cover letter or - request-pull summary. - -browser.<tool>.cmd:: - Specify the command to invoke the specified browser. The - specified command is evaluated in shell with the URLs passed - as arguments. (See linkgit:git-web{litdd}browse[1].) - -browser.<tool>.path:: - Override the path for the given tool that may be used to - browse HTML help (see `-w` option in linkgit:git-help[1]) or a - working repository in gitweb (see linkgit:git-instaweb[1]). - -checkout.defaultRemote:: - When you run 'git checkout <something>' and only have one - remote, it may implicitly fall back on checking out and - tracking e.g. 'origin/<something>'. This stops working as soon - as you have more than one remote with a '<something>' - reference. This setting allows for setting the name of a - preferred remote that should always win when it comes to - disambiguation. The typical use-case is to set this to - `origin`. -+ -Currently this is used by linkgit:git-checkout[1] when 'git checkout -<something>' will checkout the '<something>' branch on another remote, -and by linkgit:git-worktree[1] when 'git worktree add' refers to a -remote branch. This setting might be used for other checkout-like -commands or functionality in the future. - -clean.requireForce:: - A boolean to make git-clean do nothing unless given -f, - -i or -n. Defaults to true. - -color.advice:: - A boolean to enable/disable color in hints (e.g. when a push - failed, see `advice.*` for a list). May be set to `always`, - `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors - are used only when the error output goes to a terminal. If - unset, then the value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). - -color.advice.hint:: - Use customized color for hints. - -color.branch:: - A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of - linkgit:git-branch[1]. May be set to `always`, - `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors are used - only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the - value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). - -color.branch.<slot>:: - Use customized color for branch coloration. `<slot>` is one of - `current` (the current branch), `local` (a local branch), - `remote` (a remote-tracking branch in refs/remotes/), - `upstream` (upstream tracking branch), `plain` (other - refs). - -color.diff:: - Whether to use ANSI escape sequences to add color to patches. - If this is set to `always`, linkgit:git-diff[1], - linkgit:git-log[1], and linkgit:git-show[1] will use color - for all patches. If it is set to `true` or `auto`, those - commands will only use color when output is to the terminal. - If unset, then the value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by - default). -+ -This does not affect linkgit:git-format-patch[1] or the -'git-diff-{asterisk}' plumbing commands. Can be overridden on the -command line with the `--color[=<when>]` option. - -diff.colorMoved:: - If set to either a valid `<mode>` or a true value, moved lines - in a diff are colored differently, for details of valid modes - see '--color-moved' in linkgit:git-diff[1]. If simply set to - true the default color mode will be used. When set to false, - moved lines are not colored. - -diff.colorMovedWS:: - When moved lines are colored using e.g. the `diff.colorMoved` setting, - this option controls the `<mode>` how spaces are treated - for details of valid modes see '--color-moved-ws' in linkgit:git-diff[1]. - -color.diff.<slot>:: - Use customized color for diff colorization. `<slot>` specifies - which part of the patch to use the specified color, and is one - of `context` (context text - `plain` is a historical synonym), - `meta` (metainformation), `frag` - (hunk header), 'func' (function in hunk header), `old` (removed lines), - `new` (added lines), `commit` (commit headers), `whitespace` - (highlighting whitespace errors), `oldMoved` (deleted lines), - `newMoved` (added lines), `oldMovedDimmed`, `oldMovedAlternative`, - `oldMovedAlternativeDimmed`, `newMovedDimmed`, `newMovedAlternative` - `newMovedAlternativeDimmed` (See the '<mode>' - setting of '--color-moved' in linkgit:git-diff[1] for details), - `contextDimmed`, `oldDimmed`, `newDimmed`, `contextBold`, - `oldBold`, and `newBold` (see linkgit:git-range-diff[1] for details). - -color.decorate.<slot>:: - Use customized color for 'git log --decorate' output. `<slot>` is one - of `branch`, `remoteBranch`, `tag`, `stash` or `HEAD` for local - branches, remote-tracking branches, tags, stash and HEAD, respectively - and `grafted` for grafted commits. - -color.grep:: - When set to `always`, always highlight matches. When `false` (or - `never`), never. When set to `true` or `auto`, use color only - when the output is written to the terminal. If unset, then the - value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). - -color.grep.<slot>:: - Use customized color for grep colorization. `<slot>` specifies which - part of the line to use the specified color, and is one of -+ --- -`context`;; - non-matching text in context lines (when using `-A`, `-B`, or `-C`) -`filename`;; - filename prefix (when not using `-h`) -`function`;; - function name lines (when using `-p`) -`lineNumber`;; - line number prefix (when using `-n`) -`column`;; - column number prefix (when using `--column`) -`match`;; - matching text (same as setting `matchContext` and `matchSelected`) -`matchContext`;; - matching text in context lines -`matchSelected`;; - matching text in selected lines -`selected`;; - non-matching text in selected lines -`separator`;; - separators between fields on a line (`:`, `-`, and `=`) - and between hunks (`--`) --- - -color.interactive:: - When set to `always`, always use colors for interactive prompts - and displays (such as those used by "git-add --interactive" and - "git-clean --interactive"). When false (or `never`), never. - When set to `true` or `auto`, use colors only when the output is - to the terminal. If unset, then the value of `color.ui` is - used (`auto` by default). - -color.interactive.<slot>:: - Use customized color for 'git add --interactive' and 'git clean - --interactive' output. `<slot>` may be `prompt`, `header`, `help` - or `error`, for four distinct types of normal output from - interactive commands. - -color.pager:: - A boolean to enable/disable colored output when the pager is in - use (default is true). - -color.push:: - A boolean to enable/disable color in push errors. May be set to - `always`, `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which - case colors are used only when the error output goes to a terminal. - If unset, then the value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). - -color.push.error:: - Use customized color for push errors. - -color.showBranch:: - A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of - linkgit:git-show-branch[1]. May be set to `always`, - `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors are used - only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the - value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). - -color.status:: - A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of - linkgit:git-status[1]. May be set to `always`, - `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors are used - only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the - value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). - -color.status.<slot>:: - Use customized color for status colorization. `<slot>` is - one of `header` (the header text of the status message), - `added` or `updated` (files which are added but not committed), - `changed` (files which are changed but not added in the index), - `untracked` (files which are not tracked by Git), - `branch` (the current branch), - `nobranch` (the color the 'no branch' warning is shown in, defaulting - to red), - `localBranch` or `remoteBranch` (the local and remote branch names, - respectively, when branch and tracking information is displayed in the - status short-format), or - `unmerged` (files which have unmerged changes). - -color.blame.repeatedLines:: - Use the customized color for the part of git-blame output that - is repeated meta information per line (such as commit id, - author name, date and timezone). Defaults to cyan. - -color.blame.highlightRecent:: - This can be used to color the metadata of a blame line depending - on age of the line. -+ -This setting should be set to a comma-separated list of color and date settings, -starting and ending with a color, the dates should be set from oldest to newest. -The metadata will be colored given the colors if the the line was introduced -before the given timestamp, overwriting older timestamped colors. -+ -Instead of an absolute timestamp relative timestamps work as well, e.g. -2.weeks.ago is valid to address anything older than 2 weeks. -+ -It defaults to 'blue,12 month ago,white,1 month ago,red', which colors -everything older than one year blue, recent changes between one month and -one year old are kept white, and lines introduced within the last month are -colored red. - -blame.coloring:: - This determines the coloring scheme to be applied to blame - output. It can be 'repeatedLines', 'highlightRecent', - or 'none' which is the default. - -color.transport:: - A boolean to enable/disable color when pushes are rejected. May be - set to `always`, `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which - case colors are used only when the error output goes to a terminal. - If unset, then the value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). - -color.transport.rejected:: - Use customized color when a push was rejected. - -color.ui:: - This variable determines the default value for variables such - as `color.diff` and `color.grep` that control the use of color - per command family. Its scope will expand as more commands learn - configuration to set a default for the `--color` option. Set it - to `false` or `never` if you prefer Git commands not to use - color unless enabled explicitly with some other configuration - or the `--color` option. Set it to `always` if you want all - output not intended for machine consumption to use color, to - `true` or `auto` (this is the default since Git 1.8.4) if you - want such output to use color when written to the terminal. - -column.ui:: - Specify whether supported commands should output in columns. - This variable consists of a list of tokens separated by spaces - or commas: -+ -These options control when the feature should be enabled -(defaults to 'never'): -+ --- -`always`;; - always show in columns -`never`;; - never show in columns -`auto`;; - show in columns if the output is to the terminal --- -+ -These options control layout (defaults to 'column'). Setting any -of these implies 'always' if none of 'always', 'never', or 'auto' are -specified. -+ --- -`column`;; - fill columns before rows -`row`;; - fill rows before columns -`plain`;; - show in one column --- -+ -Finally, these options can be combined with a layout option (defaults -to 'nodense'): -+ --- -`dense`;; - make unequal size columns to utilize more space -`nodense`;; - make equal size columns --- - -column.branch:: - Specify whether to output branch listing in `git branch` in columns. - See `column.ui` for details. - -column.clean:: - Specify the layout when list items in `git clean -i`, which always - shows files and directories in columns. See `column.ui` for details. - -column.status:: - Specify whether to output untracked files in `git status` in columns. - See `column.ui` for details. - -column.tag:: - Specify whether to output tag listing in `git tag` in columns. - See `column.ui` for details. - -commit.cleanup:: - This setting overrides the default of the `--cleanup` option in - `git commit`. See linkgit:git-commit[1] for details. Changing the - default can be useful when you always want to keep lines that begin - with comment character `#` in your log message, in which case you - would do `git config commit.cleanup whitespace` (note that you will - have to remove the help lines that begin with `#` in the commit log - template yourself, if you do this). - -commit.gpgSign:: - - A boolean to specify whether all commits should be GPG signed. - Use of this option when doing operations such as rebase can - result in a large number of commits being signed. It may be - convenient to use an agent to avoid typing your GPG passphrase - several times. - -commit.status:: - A boolean to enable/disable inclusion of status information in the - commit message template when using an editor to prepare the commit - message. Defaults to true. - -commit.template:: - Specify the pathname of a file to use as the template for - new commit messages. - -commit.verbose:: - A boolean or int to specify the level of verbose with `git commit`. - See linkgit:git-commit[1]. - -credential.helper:: - Specify an external helper to be called when a username or - password credential is needed; the helper may consult external - storage to avoid prompting the user for the credentials. Note - that multiple helpers may be defined. See linkgit:gitcredentials[7] - for details. - -credential.useHttpPath:: - When acquiring credentials, consider the "path" component of an http - or https URL to be important. Defaults to false. See - linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for more information. - -credential.username:: - If no username is set for a network authentication, use this username - by default. See credential.<context>.* below, and - linkgit:gitcredentials[7]. - -credential.<url>.*:: - Any of the credential.* options above can be applied selectively to - some credentials. For example "credential.https://example.com.username" - would set the default username only for https connections to - example.com. See linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for details on how URLs are - matched. - -credentialCache.ignoreSIGHUP:: - Tell git-credential-cache--daemon to ignore SIGHUP, instead of quitting. - -completion.commands:: - This is only used by git-completion.bash to add or remove - commands from the list of completed commands. Normally only - porcelain commands and a few select others are completed. You - can add more commands, separated by space, in this - variable. Prefixing the command with '-' will remove it from - the existing list. - -include::diff-config.txt[] - -difftool.<tool>.path:: - Override the path for the given tool. This is useful in case - your tool is not in the PATH. - -difftool.<tool>.cmd:: - Specify the command to invoke the specified diff tool. - The specified command is evaluated in shell with the following - variables available: 'LOCAL' is set to the name of the temporary - file containing the contents of the diff pre-image and 'REMOTE' - is set to the name of the temporary file containing the contents - of the diff post-image. - -difftool.prompt:: - Prompt before each invocation of the diff tool. - -fastimport.unpackLimit:: - If the number of objects imported by linkgit:git-fast-import[1] - is below this limit, then the objects will be unpacked into - loose object files. However if the number of imported objects - equals or exceeds this limit then the pack will be stored as a - pack. Storing the pack from a fast-import can make the import - operation complete faster, especially on slow filesystems. If - not set, the value of `transfer.unpackLimit` is used instead. - -fetch.recurseSubmodules:: - This option can be either set to a boolean value or to 'on-demand'. - Setting it to a boolean changes the behavior of fetch and pull to - unconditionally recurse into submodules when set to true or to not - recurse at all when set to false. When set to 'on-demand' (the default - value), fetch and pull will only recurse into a populated submodule - when its superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule's - reference. - -fetch.fsckObjects:: - If it is set to true, git-fetch-pack will check all fetched - objects. It will abort in the case of a malformed object or a - broken link. The result of an abort are only dangling objects. - Defaults to false. If not set, the value of `transfer.fsckObjects` - is used instead. - -fetch.unpackLimit:: - If the number of objects fetched over the Git native - transfer is below this - limit, then the objects will be unpacked into loose object - files. However if the number of received objects equals or - exceeds this limit then the received pack will be stored as - a pack, after adding any missing delta bases. Storing the - pack from a push can make the push operation complete faster, - especially on slow filesystems. If not set, the value of - `transfer.unpackLimit` is used instead. - -fetch.prune:: - If true, fetch will automatically behave as if the `--prune` - option was given on the command line. See also `remote.<name>.prune` - and the PRUNING section of linkgit:git-fetch[1]. - -fetch.pruneTags:: - If true, fetch will automatically behave as if the - `refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*` refspec was provided when pruning, - if not set already. This allows for setting both this option - and `fetch.prune` to maintain a 1=1 mapping to upstream - refs. See also `remote.<name>.pruneTags` and the PRUNING - section of linkgit:git-fetch[1]. - -fetch.output:: - Control how ref update status is printed. Valid values are - `full` and `compact`. Default value is `full`. See section - OUTPUT in linkgit:git-fetch[1] for detail. - -fetch.negotiationAlgorithm:: - Control how information about the commits in the local repository is - sent when negotiating the contents of the packfile to be sent by the - server. Set to "skipping" to use an algorithm that skips commits in an - effort to converge faster, but may result in a larger-than-necessary - packfile; any other value instructs Git to use the default algorithm - that never skips commits (unless the server has acknowledged it or one - of its descendants). - -format.attach:: - Enable multipart/mixed attachments as the default for - 'format-patch'. The value can also be a double quoted string - which will enable attachments as the default and set the - value as the boundary. See the --attach option in - linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. - -format.from:: - Provides the default value for the `--from` option to format-patch. - Accepts a boolean value, or a name and email address. If false, - format-patch defaults to `--no-from`, using commit authors directly in - the "From:" field of patch mails. If true, format-patch defaults to - `--from`, using your committer identity in the "From:" field of patch - mails and including a "From:" field in the body of the patch mail if - different. If set to a non-boolean value, format-patch uses that - value instead of your committer identity. Defaults to false. - -format.numbered:: - A boolean which can enable or disable sequence numbers in patch - subjects. It defaults to "auto" which enables it only if there - is more than one patch. It can be enabled or disabled for all - messages by setting it to "true" or "false". See --numbered - option in linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. - -format.headers:: - Additional email headers to include in a patch to be submitted - by mail. See linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. - -format.to:: -format.cc:: - Additional recipients to include in a patch to be submitted - by mail. See the --to and --cc options in - linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. - -format.subjectPrefix:: - The default for format-patch is to output files with the '[PATCH]' - subject prefix. Use this variable to change that prefix. - -format.signature:: - The default for format-patch is to output a signature containing - the Git version number. Use this variable to change that default. - Set this variable to the empty string ("") to suppress - signature generation. - -format.signatureFile:: - Works just like format.signature except the contents of the - file specified by this variable will be used as the signature. - -format.suffix:: - The default for format-patch is to output files with the suffix - `.patch`. Use this variable to change that suffix (make sure to - include the dot if you want it). - -format.pretty:: - The default pretty format for log/show/whatchanged command, - See linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], - linkgit:git-whatchanged[1]. - -format.thread:: - The default threading style for 'git format-patch'. Can be - a boolean value, or `shallow` or `deep`. `shallow` threading - makes every mail a reply to the head of the series, - where the head is chosen from the cover letter, the - `--in-reply-to`, and the first patch mail, in this order. - `deep` threading makes every mail a reply to the previous one. - A true boolean value is the same as `shallow`, and a false - value disables threading. - -format.signOff:: - A boolean value which lets you enable the `-s/--signoff` option of - format-patch by default. *Note:* Adding the Signed-off-by: line to a - patch should be a conscious act and means that you certify you have - the rights to submit this work under the same open source license. - Please see the 'SubmittingPatches' document for further discussion. - -format.coverLetter:: - A boolean that controls whether to generate a cover-letter when - format-patch is invoked, but in addition can be set to "auto", to - generate a cover-letter only when there's more than one patch. - -format.outputDirectory:: - Set a custom directory to store the resulting files instead of the - current working directory. - -format.useAutoBase:: - A boolean value which lets you enable the `--base=auto` option of - format-patch by default. - -filter.<driver>.clean:: - The command which is used to convert the content of a worktree - file to a blob upon checkin. See linkgit:gitattributes[5] for - details. - -filter.<driver>.smudge:: - The command which is used to convert the content of a blob - object to a worktree file upon checkout. See - linkgit:gitattributes[5] for details. - -fsck.<msg-id>:: - Allows overriding the message type (error, warn or ignore) of a - specific message ID such as `missingEmail`. -+ -For convenience, fsck prefixes the error/warning with the message ID, -e.g. "missingEmail: invalid author/committer line - missing email" means -that setting `fsck.missingEmail = ignore` will hide that issue. -+ -This feature is intended to support working with legacy repositories -which cannot be repaired without disruptive changes. - -fsck.skipList:: - The path to a sorted list of object names (i.e. one SHA-1 per - line) that are known to be broken in a non-fatal way and should - be ignored. This feature is useful when an established project - should be accepted despite early commits containing errors that - can be safely ignored such as invalid committer email addresses. - Note: corrupt objects cannot be skipped with this setting. - -gc.aggressiveDepth:: - The depth parameter used in the delta compression - algorithm used by 'git gc --aggressive'. This defaults - to 50. - -gc.aggressiveWindow:: - The window size parameter used in the delta compression - algorithm used by 'git gc --aggressive'. This defaults - to 250. - -gc.auto:: - When there are approximately more than this many loose - objects in the repository, `git gc --auto` will pack them. - Some Porcelain commands use this command to perform a - light-weight garbage collection from time to time. The - default value is 6700. Setting this to 0 disables it. - -gc.autoPackLimit:: - When there are more than this many packs that are not - marked with `*.keep` file in the repository, `git gc - --auto` consolidates them into one larger pack. The - default value is 50. Setting this to 0 disables it. - -gc.autoDetach:: - Make `git gc --auto` return immediately and run in background - if the system supports it. Default is true. - -gc.bigPackThreshold:: - If non-zero, all packs larger than this limit are kept when - `git gc` is run. This is very similar to `--keep-base-pack` - except that all packs that meet the threshold are kept, not - just the base pack. Defaults to zero. Common unit suffixes of - 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. -+ -Note that if the number of kept packs is more than gc.autoPackLimit, -this configuration variable is ignored, all packs except the base pack -will be repacked. After this the number of packs should go below -gc.autoPackLimit and gc.bigPackThreshold should be respected again. - -gc.logExpiry:: - If the file gc.log exists, then `git gc --auto` won't run - unless that file is more than 'gc.logExpiry' old. Default is - "1.day". See `gc.pruneExpire` for more ways to specify its - value. - -gc.packRefs:: - Running `git pack-refs` in a repository renders it - unclonable by Git versions prior to 1.5.1.2 over dumb - transports such as HTTP. This variable determines whether - 'git gc' runs `git pack-refs`. This can be set to `notbare` - to enable it within all non-bare repos or it can be set to a - boolean value. The default is `true`. - -gc.pruneExpire:: - When 'git gc' is run, it will call 'prune --expire 2.weeks.ago'. - Override the grace period with this config variable. The value - "now" may be used to disable this grace period and always prune - unreachable objects immediately, or "never" may be used to - suppress pruning. This feature helps prevent corruption when - 'git gc' runs concurrently with another process writing to the - repository; see the "NOTES" section of linkgit:git-gc[1]. - -gc.worktreePruneExpire:: - When 'git gc' is run, it calls - 'git worktree prune --expire 3.months.ago'. - This config variable can be used to set a different grace - period. The value "now" may be used to disable the grace - period and prune `$GIT_DIR/worktrees` immediately, or "never" - may be used to suppress pruning. - -gc.reflogExpire:: -gc.<pattern>.reflogExpire:: - 'git reflog expire' removes reflog entries older than - this time; defaults to 90 days. The value "now" expires all - entries immediately, and "never" suppresses expiration - altogether. With "<pattern>" (e.g. - "refs/stash") in the middle the setting applies only to - the refs that match the <pattern>. - -gc.reflogExpireUnreachable:: -gc.<pattern>.reflogExpireUnreachable:: - 'git reflog expire' removes reflog entries older than - this time and are not reachable from the current tip; - defaults to 30 days. The value "now" expires all entries - immediately, and "never" suppresses expiration altogether. - With "<pattern>" (e.g. "refs/stash") - in the middle, the setting applies only to the refs that - match the <pattern>. - -gc.rerereResolved:: - Records of conflicted merge you resolved earlier are - kept for this many days when 'git rerere gc' is run. - You can also use more human-readable "1.month.ago", etc. - The default is 60 days. See linkgit:git-rerere[1]. - -gc.rerereUnresolved:: - Records of conflicted merge you have not resolved are - kept for this many days when 'git rerere gc' is run. - You can also use more human-readable "1.month.ago", etc. - The default is 15 days. See linkgit:git-rerere[1]. - -gitcvs.commitMsgAnnotation:: - Append this string to each commit message. Set to empty string - to disable this feature. Defaults to "via git-CVS emulator". - -gitcvs.enabled:: - Whether the CVS server interface is enabled for this repository. - See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. - -gitcvs.logFile:: - Path to a log file where the CVS server interface well... logs - various stuff. See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. - -gitcvs.usecrlfattr:: - If true, the server will look up the end-of-line conversion - attributes for files to determine the `-k` modes to use. If - the attributes force Git to treat a file as text, - the `-k` mode will be left blank so CVS clients will - treat it as text. If they suppress text conversion, the file - will be set with '-kb' mode, which suppresses any newline munging - the client might otherwise do. If the attributes do not allow - the file type to be determined, then `gitcvs.allBinary` is - used. See linkgit:gitattributes[5]. - -gitcvs.allBinary:: - This is used if `gitcvs.usecrlfattr` does not resolve - the correct '-kb' mode to use. If true, all - unresolved files are sent to the client in - mode '-kb'. This causes the client to treat them - as binary files, which suppresses any newline munging it - otherwise might do. Alternatively, if it is set to "guess", - then the contents of the file are examined to decide if - it is binary, similar to `core.autocrlf`. - -gitcvs.dbName:: - Database used by git-cvsserver to cache revision information - derived from the Git repository. The exact meaning depends on the - used database driver, for SQLite (which is the default driver) this - is a filename. Supports variable substitution (see - linkgit:git-cvsserver[1] for details). May not contain semicolons (`;`). - Default: '%Ggitcvs.%m.sqlite' - -gitcvs.dbDriver:: - Used Perl DBI driver. You can specify any available driver - for this here, but it might not work. git-cvsserver is tested - with 'DBD::SQLite', reported to work with 'DBD::Pg', and - reported *not* to work with 'DBD::mysql'. Experimental feature. - May not contain double colons (`:`). Default: 'SQLite'. - See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. - -gitcvs.dbUser, gitcvs.dbPass:: - Database user and password. Only useful if setting `gitcvs.dbDriver`, - since SQLite has no concept of database users and/or passwords. - 'gitcvs.dbUser' supports variable substitution (see - linkgit:git-cvsserver[1] for details). - -gitcvs.dbTableNamePrefix:: - Database table name prefix. Prepended to the names of any - database tables used, allowing a single database to be used - for several repositories. Supports variable substitution (see - linkgit:git-cvsserver[1] for details). Any non-alphabetic - characters will be replaced with underscores. - -All gitcvs variables except for `gitcvs.usecrlfattr` and -`gitcvs.allBinary` can also be specified as -'gitcvs.<access_method>.<varname>' (where 'access_method' -is one of "ext" and "pserver") to make them apply only for the given -access method. - -gitweb.category:: -gitweb.description:: -gitweb.owner:: -gitweb.url:: - See linkgit:gitweb[1] for description. - -gitweb.avatar:: -gitweb.blame:: -gitweb.grep:: -gitweb.highlight:: -gitweb.patches:: -gitweb.pickaxe:: -gitweb.remote_heads:: -gitweb.showSizes:: -gitweb.snapshot:: - See linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] for description. - -grep.lineNumber:: - If set to true, enable `-n` option by default. - -grep.column:: - If set to true, enable the `--column` option by default. - -grep.patternType:: - Set the default matching behavior. Using a value of 'basic', 'extended', - 'fixed', or 'perl' will enable the `--basic-regexp`, `--extended-regexp`, - `--fixed-strings`, or `--perl-regexp` option accordingly, while the - value 'default' will return to the default matching behavior. - -grep.extendedRegexp:: - If set to true, enable `--extended-regexp` option by default. This - option is ignored when the `grep.patternType` option is set to a value - other than 'default'. - -grep.threads:: - Number of grep worker threads to use. - See `grep.threads` in linkgit:git-grep[1] for more information. - -grep.fallbackToNoIndex:: - If set to true, fall back to git grep --no-index if git grep - is executed outside of a git repository. Defaults to false. - -gpg.program:: - Use this custom program instead of "`gpg`" found on `$PATH` when - making or verifying a PGP signature. The program must support the - same command-line interface as GPG, namely, to verify a detached - signature, "`gpg --verify $file - <$signature`" is run, and the - program is expected to signal a good signature by exiting with - code 0, and to generate an ASCII-armored detached signature, the - standard input of "`gpg -bsau $key`" is fed with the contents to be - signed, and the program is expected to send the result to its - standard output. - -gui.commitMsgWidth:: - Defines how wide the commit message window is in the - linkgit:git-gui[1]. "75" is the default. - -gui.diffContext:: - Specifies how many context lines should be used in calls to diff - made by the linkgit:git-gui[1]. The default is "5". - -gui.displayUntracked:: - Determines if linkgit:git-gui[1] shows untracked files - in the file list. The default is "true". - -gui.encoding:: - Specifies the default encoding to use for displaying of - file contents in linkgit:git-gui[1] and linkgit:gitk[1]. - It can be overridden by setting the 'encoding' attribute - for relevant files (see linkgit:gitattributes[5]). - If this option is not set, the tools default to the - locale encoding. - -gui.matchTrackingBranch:: - Determines if new branches created with linkgit:git-gui[1] should - default to tracking remote branches with matching names or - not. Default: "false". - -gui.newBranchTemplate:: - Is used as suggested name when creating new branches using the - linkgit:git-gui[1]. - -gui.pruneDuringFetch:: - "true" if linkgit:git-gui[1] should prune remote-tracking branches when - performing a fetch. The default value is "false". - -gui.trustmtime:: - Determines if linkgit:git-gui[1] should trust the file modification - timestamp or not. By default the timestamps are not trusted. - -gui.spellingDictionary:: - Specifies the dictionary used for spell checking commit messages in - the linkgit:git-gui[1]. When set to "none" spell checking is turned - off. - -gui.fastCopyBlame:: - If true, 'git gui blame' uses `-C` instead of `-C -C` for original - location detection. It makes blame significantly faster on huge - repositories at the expense of less thorough copy detection. - -gui.copyBlameThreshold:: - Specifies the threshold to use in 'git gui blame' original location - detection, measured in alphanumeric characters. See the - linkgit:git-blame[1] manual for more information on copy detection. - -gui.blamehistoryctx:: - Specifies the radius of history context in days to show in - linkgit:gitk[1] for the selected commit, when the `Show History - Context` menu item is invoked from 'git gui blame'. If this - variable is set to zero, the whole history is shown. - -guitool.<name>.cmd:: - Specifies the shell command line to execute when the corresponding item - of the linkgit:git-gui[1] `Tools` menu is invoked. This option is - mandatory for every tool. The command is executed from the root of - the working directory, and in the environment it receives the name of - the tool as `GIT_GUITOOL`, the name of the currently selected file as - 'FILENAME', and the name of the current branch as 'CUR_BRANCH' (if - the head is detached, 'CUR_BRANCH' is empty). - -guitool.<name>.needsFile:: - Run the tool only if a diff is selected in the GUI. It guarantees - that 'FILENAME' is not empty. - -guitool.<name>.noConsole:: - Run the command silently, without creating a window to display its - output. - -guitool.<name>.noRescan:: - Don't rescan the working directory for changes after the tool - finishes execution. - -guitool.<name>.confirm:: - Show a confirmation dialog before actually running the tool. - -guitool.<name>.argPrompt:: - Request a string argument from the user, and pass it to the tool - through the `ARGS` environment variable. Since requesting an - argument implies confirmation, the 'confirm' option has no effect - if this is enabled. If the option is set to 'true', 'yes', or '1', - the dialog uses a built-in generic prompt; otherwise the exact - value of the variable is used. - -guitool.<name>.revPrompt:: - Request a single valid revision from the user, and set the - `REVISION` environment variable. In other aspects this option - is similar to 'argPrompt', and can be used together with it. - -guitool.<name>.revUnmerged:: - Show only unmerged branches in the 'revPrompt' subdialog. - This is useful for tools similar to merge or rebase, but not - for things like checkout or reset. - -guitool.<name>.title:: - Specifies the title to use for the prompt dialog. The default - is the tool name. - -guitool.<name>.prompt:: - Specifies the general prompt string to display at the top of - the dialog, before subsections for 'argPrompt' and 'revPrompt'. - The default value includes the actual command. - -help.browser:: - Specify the browser that will be used to display help in the - 'web' format. See linkgit:git-help[1]. - -help.format:: - Override the default help format used by linkgit:git-help[1]. - Values 'man', 'info', 'web' and 'html' are supported. 'man' is - the default. 'web' and 'html' are the same. - -help.autoCorrect:: - Automatically correct and execute mistyped commands after - waiting for the given number of deciseconds (0.1 sec). If more - than one command can be deduced from the entered text, nothing - will be executed. If the value of this option is negative, - the corrected command will be executed immediately. If the - value is 0 - the command will be just shown but not executed. - This is the default. - -help.htmlPath:: - Specify the path where the HTML documentation resides. File system paths - and URLs are supported. HTML pages will be prefixed with this path when - help is displayed in the 'web' format. This defaults to the documentation - path of your Git installation. - -http.proxy:: - Override the HTTP proxy, normally configured using the 'http_proxy', - 'https_proxy', and 'all_proxy' environment variables (see `curl(1)`). In - addition to the syntax understood by curl, it is possible to specify a - proxy string with a user name but no password, in which case git will - attempt to acquire one in the same way it does for other credentials. See - linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for more information. The syntax thus is - '[protocol://][user[:password]@]proxyhost[:port]'. This can be overridden - on a per-remote basis; see remote.<name>.proxy - -http.proxyAuthMethod:: - Set the method with which to authenticate against the HTTP proxy. This - only takes effect if the configured proxy string contains a user name part - (i.e. is of the form 'user@host' or 'user@host:port'). This can be - overridden on a per-remote basis; see `remote.<name>.proxyAuthMethod`. - Both can be overridden by the `GIT_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHMETHOD` environment - variable. Possible values are: -+ --- -* `anyauth` - Automatically pick a suitable authentication method. It is - assumed that the proxy answers an unauthenticated request with a 407 - status code and one or more Proxy-authenticate headers with supported - authentication methods. This is the default. -* `basic` - HTTP Basic authentication -* `digest` - HTTP Digest authentication; this prevents the password from being - transmitted to the proxy in clear text -* `negotiate` - GSS-Negotiate authentication (compare the --negotiate option - of `curl(1)`) -* `ntlm` - NTLM authentication (compare the --ntlm option of `curl(1)`) --- - -http.emptyAuth:: - Attempt authentication without seeking a username or password. This - can be used to attempt GSS-Negotiate authentication without specifying - a username in the URL, as libcurl normally requires a username for - authentication. - -http.delegation:: - Control GSSAPI credential delegation. The delegation is disabled - by default in libcurl since version 7.21.7. Set parameter to tell - the server what it is allowed to delegate when it comes to user - credentials. Used with GSS/kerberos. Possible values are: -+ --- -* `none` - Don't allow any delegation. -* `policy` - Delegates if and only if the OK-AS-DELEGATE flag is set in the - Kerberos service ticket, which is a matter of realm policy. -* `always` - Unconditionally allow the server to delegate. --- - - -http.extraHeader:: - Pass an additional HTTP header when communicating with a server. If - more than one such entry exists, all of them are added as extra - headers. To allow overriding the settings inherited from the system - config, an empty value will reset the extra headers to the empty list. - -http.cookieFile:: - The pathname of a file containing previously stored cookie lines, - which should be used - in the Git http session, if they match the server. The file format - of the file to read cookies from should be plain HTTP headers or - the Netscape/Mozilla cookie file format (see `curl(1)`). - NOTE that the file specified with http.cookieFile is used only as - input unless http.saveCookies is set. - -http.saveCookies:: - If set, store cookies received during requests to the file specified by - http.cookieFile. Has no effect if http.cookieFile is unset. - -http.sslVersion:: - The SSL version to use when negotiating an SSL connection, if you - want to force the default. The available and default version - depend on whether libcurl was built against NSS or OpenSSL and the - particular configuration of the crypto library in use. Internally - this sets the 'CURLOPT_SSL_VERSION' option; see the libcurl - documentation for more details on the format of this option and - for the ssl version supported. Actually the possible values of - this option are: - - - sslv2 - - sslv3 - - tlsv1 - - tlsv1.0 - - tlsv1.1 - - tlsv1.2 - - tlsv1.3 +include::config/add.txt[] -+ -Can be overridden by the `GIT_SSL_VERSION` environment variable. -To force git to use libcurl's default ssl version and ignore any -explicit http.sslversion option, set `GIT_SSL_VERSION` to the -empty string. - -http.sslCipherList:: - A list of SSL ciphers to use when negotiating an SSL connection. - The available ciphers depend on whether libcurl was built against - NSS or OpenSSL and the particular configuration of the crypto - library in use. Internally this sets the 'CURLOPT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST' - option; see the libcurl documentation for more details on the format - of this list. -+ -Can be overridden by the `GIT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST` environment variable. -To force git to use libcurl's default cipher list and ignore any -explicit http.sslCipherList option, set `GIT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST` to the -empty string. - -http.sslVerify:: - Whether to verify the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing - over HTTPS. Defaults to true. Can be overridden by the - `GIT_SSL_NO_VERIFY` environment variable. - -http.sslCert:: - File containing the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing - over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the `GIT_SSL_CERT` environment - variable. - -http.sslKey:: - File containing the SSL private key when fetching or pushing - over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the `GIT_SSL_KEY` environment - variable. - -http.sslCertPasswordProtected:: - Enable Git's password prompt for the SSL certificate. Otherwise - OpenSSL will prompt the user, possibly many times, if the - certificate or private key is encrypted. Can be overridden by the - `GIT_SSL_CERT_PASSWORD_PROTECTED` environment variable. - -http.sslCAInfo:: - File containing the certificates to verify the peer with when - fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the - `GIT_SSL_CAINFO` environment variable. - -http.sslCAPath:: - Path containing files with the CA certificates to verify the peer - with when fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden - by the `GIT_SSL_CAPATH` environment variable. - -http.pinnedpubkey:: - Public key of the https service. It may either be the filename of - a PEM or DER encoded public key file or a string starting with - 'sha256//' followed by the base64 encoded sha256 hash of the - public key. See also libcurl 'CURLOPT_PINNEDPUBLICKEY'. git will - exit with an error if this option is set but not supported by - cURL. - -http.sslTry:: - Attempt to use AUTH SSL/TLS and encrypted data transfers - when connecting via regular FTP protocol. This might be needed - if the FTP server requires it for security reasons or you wish - to connect securely whenever remote FTP server supports it. - Default is false since it might trigger certificate verification - errors on misconfigured servers. - -http.maxRequests:: - How many HTTP requests to launch in parallel. Can be overridden - by the `GIT_HTTP_MAX_REQUESTS` environment variable. Default is 5. - -http.minSessions:: - The number of curl sessions (counted across slots) to be kept across - requests. They will not be ended with curl_easy_cleanup() until - http_cleanup() is invoked. If USE_CURL_MULTI is not defined, this - value will be capped at 1. Defaults to 1. - -http.postBuffer:: - Maximum size in bytes of the buffer used by smart HTTP - transports when POSTing data to the remote system. - For requests larger than this buffer size, HTTP/1.1 and - Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used to avoid creating a - massive pack file locally. Default is 1 MiB, which is - sufficient for most requests. - -http.lowSpeedLimit, http.lowSpeedTime:: - If the HTTP transfer speed is less than 'http.lowSpeedLimit' - for longer than 'http.lowSpeedTime' seconds, the transfer is aborted. - Can be overridden by the `GIT_HTTP_LOW_SPEED_LIMIT` and - `GIT_HTTP_LOW_SPEED_TIME` environment variables. - -http.noEPSV:: - A boolean which disables using of EPSV ftp command by curl. - This can helpful with some "poor" ftp servers which don't - support EPSV mode. Can be overridden by the `GIT_CURL_FTP_NO_EPSV` - environment variable. Default is false (curl will use EPSV). - -http.userAgent:: - The HTTP USER_AGENT string presented to an HTTP server. The default - value represents the version of the client Git such as git/1.7.1. - This option allows you to override this value to a more common value - such as Mozilla/4.0. This may be necessary, for instance, if - connecting through a firewall that restricts HTTP connections to a set - of common USER_AGENT strings (but not including those like git/1.7.1). - Can be overridden by the `GIT_HTTP_USER_AGENT` environment variable. - -http.followRedirects:: - Whether git should follow HTTP redirects. If set to `true`, git - will transparently follow any redirect issued by a server it - encounters. If set to `false`, git will treat all redirects as - errors. If set to `initial`, git will follow redirects only for - the initial request to a remote, but not for subsequent - follow-up HTTP requests. Since git uses the redirected URL as - the base for the follow-up requests, this is generally - sufficient. The default is `initial`. - -http.<url>.*:: - Any of the http.* options above can be applied selectively to some URLs. - For a config key to match a URL, each element of the config key is - compared to that of the URL, in the following order: -+ --- -. Scheme (e.g., `https` in `https://example.com/`). This field - must match exactly between the config key and the URL. - -. Host/domain name (e.g., `example.com` in `https://example.com/`). - This field must match between the config key and the URL. It is - possible to specify a `*` as part of the host name to match all subdomains - at this level. `https://*.example.com/` for example would match - `https://foo.example.com/`, but not `https://foo.bar.example.com/`. - -. Port number (e.g., `8080` in `http://example.com:8080/`). - This field must match exactly between the config key and the URL. - Omitted port numbers are automatically converted to the correct - default for the scheme before matching. - -. Path (e.g., `repo.git` in `https://example.com/repo.git`). The - path field of the config key must match the path field of the URL - either exactly or as a prefix of slash-delimited path elements. This means - a config key with path `foo/` matches URL path `foo/bar`. A prefix can only - match on a slash (`/`) boundary. Longer matches take precedence (so a config - key with path `foo/bar` is a better match to URL path `foo/bar` than a config - key with just path `foo/`). - -. User name (e.g., `user` in `https://user@example.com/repo.git`). If - the config key has a user name it must match the user name in the - URL exactly. If the config key does not have a user name, that - config key will match a URL with any user name (including none), - but at a lower precedence than a config key with a user name. --- -+ -The list above is ordered by decreasing precedence; a URL that matches -a config key's path is preferred to one that matches its user name. For example, -if the URL is `https://user@example.com/foo/bar` a config key match of -`https://example.com/foo` will be preferred over a config key match of -`https://user@example.com`. -+ -All URLs are normalized before attempting any matching (the password part, -if embedded in the URL, is always ignored for matching purposes) so that -equivalent URLs that are simply spelled differently will match properly. -Environment variable settings always override any matches. The URLs that are -matched against are those given directly to Git commands. This means any URLs -visited as a result of a redirection do not participate in matching. - -ssh.variant:: - By default, Git determines the command line arguments to use - based on the basename of the configured SSH command (configured - using the environment variable `GIT_SSH` or `GIT_SSH_COMMAND` or - the config setting `core.sshCommand`). If the basename is - unrecognized, Git will attempt to detect support of OpenSSH - options by first invoking the configured SSH command with the - `-G` (print configuration) option and will subsequently use - OpenSSH options (if that is successful) or no options besides - the host and remote command (if it fails). -+ -The config variable `ssh.variant` can be set to override this detection. -Valid values are `ssh` (to use OpenSSH options), `plink`, `putty`, -`tortoiseplink`, `simple` (no options except the host and remote command). -The default auto-detection can be explicitly requested using the value -`auto`. Any other value is treated as `ssh`. This setting can also be -overridden via the environment variable `GIT_SSH_VARIANT`. -+ -The current command-line parameters used for each variant are as -follows: -+ --- +include::config/alias.txt[] -* `ssh` - [-p port] [-4] [-6] [-o option] [username@]host command +include::config/am.txt[] -* `simple` - [username@]host command +include::config/apply.txt[] -* `plink` or `putty` - [-P port] [-4] [-6] [username@]host command +include::config/blame.txt[] -* `tortoiseplink` - [-P port] [-4] [-6] -batch [username@]host command +include::config/branch.txt[] --- -+ -Except for the `simple` variant, command-line parameters are likely to -change as git gains new features. - -i18n.commitEncoding:: - Character encoding the commit messages are stored in; Git itself - does not care per se, but this information is necessary e.g. when - importing commits from emails or in the gitk graphical history - browser (and possibly at other places in the future or in other - porcelains). See e.g. linkgit:git-mailinfo[1]. Defaults to 'utf-8'. - -i18n.logOutputEncoding:: - Character encoding the commit messages are converted to when - running 'git log' and friends. - -imap:: - The configuration variables in the 'imap' section are described - in linkgit:git-imap-send[1]. - -index.version:: - Specify the version with which new index files should be - initialized. This does not affect existing repositories. - -init.templateDir:: - Specify the directory from which templates will be copied. - (See the "TEMPLATE DIRECTORY" section of linkgit:git-init[1].) - -instaweb.browser:: - Specify the program that will be used to browse your working - repository in gitweb. See linkgit:git-instaweb[1]. - -instaweb.httpd:: - The HTTP daemon command-line to start gitweb on your working - repository. See linkgit:git-instaweb[1]. - -instaweb.local:: - If true the web server started by linkgit:git-instaweb[1] will - be bound to the local IP (127.0.0.1). - -instaweb.modulePath:: - The default module path for linkgit:git-instaweb[1] to use - instead of /usr/lib/apache2/modules. Only used if httpd - is Apache. - -instaweb.port:: - The port number to bind the gitweb httpd to. See - linkgit:git-instaweb[1]. - -interactive.singleKey:: - In interactive commands, allow the user to provide one-letter - input with a single key (i.e., without hitting enter). - Currently this is used by the `--patch` mode of - linkgit:git-add[1], linkgit:git-checkout[1], linkgit:git-commit[1], - linkgit:git-reset[1], and linkgit:git-stash[1]. Note that this - setting is silently ignored if portable keystroke input - is not available; requires the Perl module Term::ReadKey. - -interactive.diffFilter:: - When an interactive command (such as `git add --patch`) shows - a colorized diff, git will pipe the diff through the shell - command defined by this configuration variable. The command may - mark up the diff further for human consumption, provided that it - retains a one-to-one correspondence with the lines in the - original diff. Defaults to disabled (no filtering). - -log.abbrevCommit:: - If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and - linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--abbrev-commit`. You may - override this option with `--no-abbrev-commit`. - -log.date:: - Set the default date-time mode for the 'log' command. - Setting a value for log.date is similar to using 'git log''s - `--date` option. See linkgit:git-log[1] for details. - -log.decorate:: - Print out the ref names of any commits that are shown by the log - command. If 'short' is specified, the ref name prefixes 'refs/heads/', - 'refs/tags/' and 'refs/remotes/' will not be printed. If 'full' is - specified, the full ref name (including prefix) will be printed. - If 'auto' is specified, then if the output is going to a terminal, - the ref names are shown as if 'short' were given, otherwise no ref - names are shown. This is the same as the `--decorate` option - of the `git log`. - -log.follow:: - If `true`, `git log` will act as if the `--follow` option was used when - a single <path> is given. This has the same limitations as `--follow`, - i.e. it cannot be used to follow multiple files and does not work well - on non-linear history. - -log.graphColors:: - A list of colors, separated by commas, that can be used to draw - history lines in `git log --graph`. - -log.showRoot:: - If true, the initial commit will be shown as a big creation event. - This is equivalent to a diff against an empty tree. - Tools like linkgit:git-log[1] or linkgit:git-whatchanged[1], which - normally hide the root commit will now show it. True by default. - -log.showSignature:: - If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and - linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--show-signature`. - -log.mailmap:: - If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and - linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--use-mailmap`. - -mailinfo.scissors:: - If true, makes linkgit:git-mailinfo[1] (and therefore - linkgit:git-am[1]) act by default as if the --scissors option - was provided on the command-line. When active, this features - removes everything from the message body before a scissors - line (i.e. consisting mainly of ">8", "8<" and "-"). - -mailmap.file:: - The location of an augmenting mailmap file. The default - mailmap, located in the root of the repository, is loaded - first, then the mailmap file pointed to by this variable. - The location of the mailmap file may be in a repository - subdirectory, or somewhere outside of the repository itself. - See linkgit:git-shortlog[1] and linkgit:git-blame[1]. - -mailmap.blob:: - Like `mailmap.file`, but consider the value as a reference to a - blob in the repository. If both `mailmap.file` and - `mailmap.blob` are given, both are parsed, with entries from - `mailmap.file` taking precedence. In a bare repository, this - defaults to `HEAD:.mailmap`. In a non-bare repository, it - defaults to empty. - -man.viewer:: - Specify the programs that may be used to display help in the - 'man' format. See linkgit:git-help[1]. - -man.<tool>.cmd:: - Specify the command to invoke the specified man viewer. The - specified command is evaluated in shell with the man page - passed as argument. (See linkgit:git-help[1].) - -man.<tool>.path:: - Override the path for the given tool that may be used to - display help in the 'man' format. See linkgit:git-help[1]. - -include::merge-config.txt[] - -mergetool.<tool>.path:: - Override the path for the given tool. This is useful in case - your tool is not in the PATH. - -mergetool.<tool>.cmd:: - Specify the command to invoke the specified merge tool. The - specified command is evaluated in shell with the following - variables available: 'BASE' is the name of a temporary file - containing the common base of the files to be merged, if available; - 'LOCAL' is the name of a temporary file containing the contents of - the file on the current branch; 'REMOTE' is the name of a temporary - file containing the contents of the file from the branch being - merged; 'MERGED' contains the name of the file to which the merge - tool should write the results of a successful merge. - -mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode:: - For a custom merge command, specify whether the exit code of - the merge command can be used to determine whether the merge was - successful. If this is not set to true then the merge target file - timestamp is checked and the merge assumed to have been successful - if the file has been updated, otherwise the user is prompted to - indicate the success of the merge. - -mergetool.meld.hasOutput:: - Older versions of `meld` do not support the `--output` option. - Git will attempt to detect whether `meld` supports `--output` - by inspecting the output of `meld --help`. Configuring - `mergetool.meld.hasOutput` will make Git skip these checks and - use the configured value instead. Setting `mergetool.meld.hasOutput` - to `true` tells Git to unconditionally use the `--output` option, - and `false` avoids using `--output`. - -mergetool.keepBackup:: - After performing a merge, the original file with conflict markers - can be saved as a file with a `.orig` extension. If this variable - is set to `false` then this file is not preserved. Defaults to - `true` (i.e. keep the backup files). - -mergetool.keepTemporaries:: - When invoking a custom merge tool, Git uses a set of temporary - files to pass to the tool. If the tool returns an error and this - variable is set to `true`, then these temporary files will be - preserved, otherwise they will be removed after the tool has - exited. Defaults to `false`. - -mergetool.writeToTemp:: - Git writes temporary 'BASE', 'LOCAL', and 'REMOTE' versions of - conflicting files in the worktree by default. Git will attempt - to use a temporary directory for these files when set `true`. - Defaults to `false`. - -mergetool.prompt:: - Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program. - -notes.mergeStrategy:: - Which merge strategy to choose by default when resolving notes - conflicts. Must be one of `manual`, `ours`, `theirs`, `union`, or - `cat_sort_uniq`. Defaults to `manual`. See "NOTES MERGE STRATEGIES" - section of linkgit:git-notes[1] for more information on each strategy. - -notes.<name>.mergeStrategy:: - Which merge strategy to choose when doing a notes merge into - refs/notes/<name>. This overrides the more general - "notes.mergeStrategy". See the "NOTES MERGE STRATEGIES" section in - linkgit:git-notes[1] for more information on the available strategies. - -notes.displayRef:: - The (fully qualified) refname from which to show notes when - showing commit messages. The value of this variable can be set - to a glob, in which case notes from all matching refs will be - shown. You may also specify this configuration variable - several times. A warning will be issued for refs that do not - exist, but a glob that does not match any refs is silently - ignored. -+ -This setting can be overridden with the `GIT_NOTES_DISPLAY_REF` -environment variable, which must be a colon separated list of refs or -globs. -+ -The effective value of "core.notesRef" (possibly overridden by -GIT_NOTES_REF) is also implicitly added to the list of refs to be -displayed. - -notes.rewrite.<command>:: - When rewriting commits with <command> (currently `amend` or - `rebase`) and this variable is set to `true`, Git - automatically copies your notes from the original to the - rewritten commit. Defaults to `true`, but see - "notes.rewriteRef" below. - -notes.rewriteMode:: - When copying notes during a rewrite (see the - "notes.rewrite.<command>" option), determines what to do if - the target commit already has a note. Must be one of - `overwrite`, `concatenate`, `cat_sort_uniq`, or `ignore`. - Defaults to `concatenate`. -+ -This setting can be overridden with the `GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_MODE` -environment variable. - -notes.rewriteRef:: - When copying notes during a rewrite, specifies the (fully - qualified) ref whose notes should be copied. The ref may be a - glob, in which case notes in all matching refs will be copied. - You may also specify this configuration several times. -+ -Does not have a default value; you must configure this variable to -enable note rewriting. Set it to `refs/notes/commits` to enable -rewriting for the default commit notes. -+ -This setting can be overridden with the `GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_REF` -environment variable, which must be a colon separated list of refs or -globs. - -pack.window:: - The size of the window used by linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] when no - window size is given on the command line. Defaults to 10. - -pack.depth:: - The maximum delta depth used by linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] when no - maximum depth is given on the command line. Defaults to 50. - Maximum value is 4095. - -pack.windowMemory:: - The maximum size of memory that is consumed by each thread - in linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] for pack window memory when - no limit is given on the command line. The value can be - suffixed with "k", "m", or "g". When left unconfigured (or - set explicitly to 0), there will be no limit. - -pack.compression:: - An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects - in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no - compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being - slowest. If not set, defaults to core.compression. If that is - not set, defaults to -1, the zlib default, which is "a default - compromise between speed and compression (currently equivalent - to level 6)." -+ -Note that changing the compression level will not automatically recompress -all existing objects. You can force recompression by passing the -F option -to linkgit:git-repack[1]. - -pack.deltaCacheSize:: - The maximum memory in bytes used for caching deltas in - linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] before writing them out to a pack. - This cache is used to speed up the writing object phase by not - having to recompute the final delta result once the best match - for all objects is found. Repacking large repositories on machines - which are tight with memory might be badly impacted by this though, - especially if this cache pushes the system into swapping. - A value of 0 means no limit. The smallest size of 1 byte may be - used to virtually disable this cache. Defaults to 256 MiB. - -pack.deltaCacheLimit:: - The maximum size of a delta, that is cached in - linkgit:git-pack-objects[1]. This cache is used to speed up the - writing object phase by not having to recompute the final delta - result once the best match for all objects is found. - Defaults to 1000. Maximum value is 65535. - -pack.threads:: - Specifies the number of threads to spawn when searching for best - delta matches. This requires that linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] - be compiled with pthreads otherwise this option is ignored with a - warning. This is meant to reduce packing time on multiprocessor - machines. The required amount of memory for the delta search window - is however multiplied by the number of threads. - Specifying 0 will cause Git to auto-detect the number of CPU's - and set the number of threads accordingly. - -pack.indexVersion:: - Specify the default pack index version. Valid values are 1 for - legacy pack index used by Git versions prior to 1.5.2, and 2 for - the new pack index with capabilities for packs larger than 4 GB - as well as proper protection against the repacking of corrupted - packs. Version 2 is the default. Note that version 2 is enforced - and this config option ignored whenever the corresponding pack is - larger than 2 GB. -+ -If you have an old Git that does not understand the version 2 `*.idx` file, -cloning or fetching over a non native protocol (e.g. "http") -that will copy both `*.pack` file and corresponding `*.idx` file from the -other side may give you a repository that cannot be accessed with your -older version of Git. If the `*.pack` file is smaller than 2 GB, however, -you can use linkgit:git-index-pack[1] on the *.pack file to regenerate -the `*.idx` file. - -pack.packSizeLimit:: - The maximum size of a pack. This setting only affects - packing to a file when repacking, i.e. the git:// protocol - is unaffected. It can be overridden by the `--max-pack-size` - option of linkgit:git-repack[1]. Reaching this limit results - in the creation of multiple packfiles; which in turn prevents - bitmaps from being created. - The minimum size allowed is limited to 1 MiB. - The default is unlimited. - Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are - supported. - -pack.useBitmaps:: - When true, git will use pack bitmaps (if available) when packing - to stdout (e.g., during the server side of a fetch). Defaults to - true. You should not generally need to turn this off unless - you are debugging pack bitmaps. - -pack.writeBitmaps (deprecated):: - This is a deprecated synonym for `repack.writeBitmaps`. - -pack.writeBitmapHashCache:: - When true, git will include a "hash cache" section in the bitmap - index (if one is written). This cache can be used to feed git's - delta heuristics, potentially leading to better deltas between - bitmapped and non-bitmapped objects (e.g., when serving a fetch - between an older, bitmapped pack and objects that have been - pushed since the last gc). The downside is that it consumes 4 - bytes per object of disk space, and that JGit's bitmap - implementation does not understand it, causing it to complain if - Git and JGit are used on the same repository. Defaults to false. - -pager.<cmd>:: - If the value is boolean, turns on or off pagination of the - output of a particular Git subcommand when writing to a tty. - Otherwise, turns on pagination for the subcommand using the - pager specified by the value of `pager.<cmd>`. If `--paginate` - or `--no-pager` is specified on the command line, it takes - precedence over this option. To disable pagination for all - commands, set `core.pager` or `GIT_PAGER` to `cat`. - -pretty.<name>:: - Alias for a --pretty= format string, as specified in - linkgit:git-log[1]. Any aliases defined here can be used just - as the built-in pretty formats could. For example, - running `git config pretty.changelog "format:* %H %s"` - would cause the invocation `git log --pretty=changelog` - to be equivalent to running `git log "--pretty=format:* %H %s"`. - Note that an alias with the same name as a built-in format - will be silently ignored. - -protocol.allow:: - If set, provide a user defined default policy for all protocols which - don't explicitly have a policy (`protocol.<name>.allow`). By default, - if unset, known-safe protocols (http, https, git, ssh, file) have a - default policy of `always`, known-dangerous protocols (ext) have a - default policy of `never`, and all other protocols have a default - policy of `user`. Supported policies: -+ --- +include::config/browser.txt[] -* `always` - protocol is always able to be used. +include::config/checkout.txt[] -* `never` - protocol is never able to be used. +include::config/clean.txt[] -* `user` - protocol is only able to be used when `GIT_PROTOCOL_FROM_USER` is - either unset or has a value of 1. This policy should be used when you want a - protocol to be directly usable by the user but don't want it used by commands which - execute clone/fetch/push commands without user input, e.g. recursive - submodule initialization. +include::config/color.txt[] --- +include::config/column.txt[] -protocol.<name>.allow:: - Set a policy to be used by protocol `<name>` with clone/fetch/push - commands. See `protocol.allow` above for the available policies. -+ -The protocol names currently used by git are: -+ --- - - `file`: any local file-based path (including `file://` URLs, - or local paths) - - - `git`: the anonymous git protocol over a direct TCP - connection (or proxy, if configured) - - - `ssh`: git over ssh (including `host:path` syntax, - `ssh://`, etc). - - - `http`: git over http, both "smart http" and "dumb http". - Note that this does _not_ include `https`; if you want to configure - both, you must do so individually. - - - any external helpers are named by their protocol (e.g., use - `hg` to allow the `git-remote-hg` helper) --- - -protocol.version:: - Experimental. If set, clients will attempt to communicate with a - server using the specified protocol version. If unset, no - attempt will be made by the client to communicate using a - particular protocol version, this results in protocol version 0 - being used. - Supported versions: -+ --- - -* `0` - the original wire protocol. - -* `1` - the original wire protocol with the addition of a version string - in the initial response from the server. - --- - -pull.ff:: - By default, Git does not create an extra merge commit when merging - a commit that is a descendant of the current commit. Instead, the - tip of the current branch is fast-forwarded. When set to `false`, - this variable tells Git to create an extra merge commit in such - a case (equivalent to giving the `--no-ff` option from the command - line). When set to `only`, only such fast-forward merges are - allowed (equivalent to giving the `--ff-only` option from the - command line). This setting overrides `merge.ff` when pulling. - -pull.rebase:: - When true, rebase branches on top of the fetched branch, instead - of merging the default branch from the default remote when "git - pull" is run. See "branch.<name>.rebase" for setting this on a - per-branch basis. -+ -When `merges`, pass the `--rebase-merges` option to 'git rebase' -so that the local merge commits are included in the rebase (see -linkgit:git-rebase[1] for details). -+ -When preserve, also pass `--preserve-merges` along to 'git rebase' -so that locally committed merge commits will not be flattened -by running 'git pull'. -+ -When the value is `interactive`, the rebase is run in interactive mode. -+ -*NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use -it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] -for details). - -pull.octopus:: - The default merge strategy to use when pulling multiple branches - at once. - -pull.twohead:: - The default merge strategy to use when pulling a single branch. - -push.default:: - Defines the action `git push` should take if no refspec is - explicitly given. Different values are well-suited for - specific workflows; for instance, in a purely central workflow - (i.e. the fetch source is equal to the push destination), - `upstream` is probably what you want. Possible values are: -+ --- +include::config/commit.txt[] -* `nothing` - do not push anything (error out) unless a refspec is - explicitly given. This is primarily meant for people who want to - avoid mistakes by always being explicit. +include::config/credential.txt[] -* `current` - push the current branch to update a branch with the same - name on the receiving end. Works in both central and non-central - workflows. +include::config/completion.txt[] -* `upstream` - push the current branch back to the branch whose - changes are usually integrated into the current branch (which is - called `@{upstream}`). This mode only makes sense if you are - pushing to the same repository you would normally pull from - (i.e. central workflow). +include::config/diff.txt[] -* `tracking` - This is a deprecated synonym for `upstream`. +include::config/difftool.txt[] -* `simple` - in centralized workflow, work like `upstream` with an - added safety to refuse to push if the upstream branch's name is - different from the local one. -+ -When pushing to a remote that is different from the remote you normally -pull from, work as `current`. This is the safest option and is suited -for beginners. -+ -This mode has become the default in Git 2.0. - -* `matching` - push all branches having the same name on both ends. - This makes the repository you are pushing to remember the set of - branches that will be pushed out (e.g. if you always push 'maint' - and 'master' there and no other branches, the repository you push - to will have these two branches, and your local 'maint' and - 'master' will be pushed there). -+ -To use this mode effectively, you have to make sure _all_ the -branches you would push out are ready to be pushed out before -running 'git push', as the whole point of this mode is to allow you -to push all of the branches in one go. If you usually finish work -on only one branch and push out the result, while other branches are -unfinished, this mode is not for you. Also this mode is not -suitable for pushing into a shared central repository, as other -people may add new branches there, or update the tip of existing -branches outside your control. -+ -This used to be the default, but not since Git 2.0 (`simple` is the -new default). - --- - -push.followTags:: - If set to true enable `--follow-tags` option by default. You - may override this configuration at time of push by specifying - `--no-follow-tags`. - -push.gpgSign:: - May be set to a boolean value, or the string 'if-asked'. A true - value causes all pushes to be GPG signed, as if `--signed` is - passed to linkgit:git-push[1]. The string 'if-asked' causes - pushes to be signed if the server supports it, as if - `--signed=if-asked` is passed to 'git push'. A false value may - override a value from a lower-priority config file. An explicit - command-line flag always overrides this config option. - -push.pushOption:: - When no `--push-option=<option>` argument is given from the - command line, `git push` behaves as if each <value> of - this variable is given as `--push-option=<value>`. -+ -This is a multi-valued variable, and an empty value can be used in a -higher priority configuration file (e.g. `.git/config` in a -repository) to clear the values inherited from a lower priority -configuration files (e.g. `$HOME/.gitconfig`). -+ --- - -Example: - -/etc/gitconfig - push.pushoption = a - push.pushoption = b - -~/.gitconfig - push.pushoption = c - -repo/.git/config - push.pushoption = - push.pushoption = b - -This will result in only b (a and c are cleared). - --- - -push.recurseSubmodules:: - Make sure all submodule commits used by the revisions to be pushed - are available on a remote-tracking branch. If the value is 'check' - then Git will verify that all submodule commits that changed in the - revisions to be pushed are available on at least one remote of the - submodule. If any commits are missing, the push will be aborted and - exit with non-zero status. If the value is 'on-demand' then all - submodules that changed in the revisions to be pushed will be - pushed. If on-demand was not able to push all necessary revisions - it will also be aborted and exit with non-zero status. If the value - is 'no' then default behavior of ignoring submodules when pushing - is retained. You may override this configuration at time of push by - specifying '--recurse-submodules=check|on-demand|no'. - -include::rebase-config.txt[] - -receive.advertiseAtomic:: - By default, git-receive-pack will advertise the atomic push - capability to its clients. If you don't want to advertise this - capability, set this variable to false. - -receive.advertisePushOptions:: - When set to true, git-receive-pack will advertise the push options - capability to its clients. False by default. - -receive.autogc:: - By default, git-receive-pack will run "git-gc --auto" after - receiving data from git-push and updating refs. You can stop - it by setting this variable to false. - -receive.certNonceSeed:: - By setting this variable to a string, `git receive-pack` - will accept a `git push --signed` and verifies it by using - a "nonce" protected by HMAC using this string as a secret - key. - -receive.certNonceSlop:: - When a `git push --signed` sent a push certificate with a - "nonce" that was issued by a receive-pack serving the same - repository within this many seconds, export the "nonce" - found in the certificate to `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE` to the - hooks (instead of what the receive-pack asked the sending - side to include). This may allow writing checks in - `pre-receive` and `post-receive` a bit easier. Instead of - checking `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_SLOP` environment variable - that records by how many seconds the nonce is stale to - decide if they want to accept the certificate, they only - can check `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_STATUS` is `OK`. - -receive.fsckObjects:: - If it is set to true, git-receive-pack will check all received - objects. It will abort in the case of a malformed object or a - broken link. The result of an abort are only dangling objects. - Defaults to false. If not set, the value of `transfer.fsckObjects` - is used instead. - -receive.fsck.<msg-id>:: - When `receive.fsckObjects` is set to true, errors can be switched - to warnings and vice versa by configuring the `receive.fsck.<msg-id>` - setting where the `<msg-id>` is the fsck message ID and the value - is one of `error`, `warn` or `ignore`. For convenience, fsck prefixes - the error/warning with the message ID, e.g. "missingEmail: invalid - author/committer line - missing email" means that setting - `receive.fsck.missingEmail = ignore` will hide that issue. -+ -This feature is intended to support working with legacy repositories -which would not pass pushing when `receive.fsckObjects = true`, allowing -the host to accept repositories with certain known issues but still catch -other issues. - -receive.fsck.skipList:: - The path to a sorted list of object names (i.e. one SHA-1 per - line) that are known to be broken in a non-fatal way and should - be ignored. This feature is useful when an established project - should be accepted despite early commits containing errors that - can be safely ignored such as invalid committer email addresses. - Note: corrupt objects cannot be skipped with this setting. - -receive.keepAlive:: - After receiving the pack from the client, `receive-pack` may - produce no output (if `--quiet` was specified) while processing - the pack, causing some networks to drop the TCP connection. - With this option set, if `receive-pack` does not transmit - any data in this phase for `receive.keepAlive` seconds, it will - send a short keepalive packet. The default is 5 seconds; set - to 0 to disable keepalives entirely. - -receive.unpackLimit:: - If the number of objects received in a push is below this - limit then the objects will be unpacked into loose object - files. However if the number of received objects equals or - exceeds this limit then the received pack will be stored as - a pack, after adding any missing delta bases. Storing the - pack from a push can make the push operation complete faster, - especially on slow filesystems. If not set, the value of - `transfer.unpackLimit` is used instead. - -receive.maxInputSize:: - If the size of the incoming pack stream is larger than this - limit, then git-receive-pack will error out, instead of - accepting the pack file. If not set or set to 0, then the size - is unlimited. - -receive.denyDeletes:: - If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update that deletes - the ref. Use this to prevent such a ref deletion via a push. - -receive.denyDeleteCurrent:: - If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update that - deletes the currently checked out branch of a non-bare repository. - -receive.denyCurrentBranch:: - If set to true or "refuse", git-receive-pack will deny a ref update - to the currently checked out branch of a non-bare repository. - Such a push is potentially dangerous because it brings the HEAD - out of sync with the index and working tree. If set to "warn", - print a warning of such a push to stderr, but allow the push to - proceed. If set to false or "ignore", allow such pushes with no - message. Defaults to "refuse". -+ -Another option is "updateInstead" which will update the working -tree if pushing into the current branch. This option is -intended for synchronizing working directories when one side is not easily -accessible via interactive ssh (e.g. a live web site, hence the requirement -that the working directory be clean). This mode also comes in handy when -developing inside a VM to test and fix code on different Operating Systems. -+ -By default, "updateInstead" will refuse the push if the working tree or -the index have any difference from the HEAD, but the `push-to-checkout` -hook can be used to customize this. See linkgit:githooks[5]. - -receive.denyNonFastForwards:: - If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update which is - not a fast-forward. Use this to prevent such an update via a push, - even if that push is forced. This configuration variable is - set when initializing a shared repository. - -receive.hideRefs:: - This variable is the same as `transfer.hideRefs`, but applies - only to `receive-pack` (and so affects pushes, but not fetches). - An attempt to update or delete a hidden ref by `git push` is - rejected. - -receive.updateServerInfo:: - If set to true, git-receive-pack will run git-update-server-info - after receiving data from git-push and updating refs. - -receive.shallowUpdate:: - If set to true, .git/shallow can be updated when new refs - require new shallow roots. Otherwise those refs are rejected. - -remote.pushDefault:: - The remote to push to by default. Overrides - `branch.<name>.remote` for all branches, and is overridden by - `branch.<name>.pushRemote` for specific branches. - -remote.<name>.url:: - The URL of a remote repository. See linkgit:git-fetch[1] or - linkgit:git-push[1]. - -remote.<name>.pushurl:: - The push URL of a remote repository. See linkgit:git-push[1]. - -remote.<name>.proxy:: - For remotes that require curl (http, https and ftp), the URL to - the proxy to use for that remote. Set to the empty string to - disable proxying for that remote. - -remote.<name>.proxyAuthMethod:: - For remotes that require curl (http, https and ftp), the method to use for - authenticating against the proxy in use (probably set in - `remote.<name>.proxy`). See `http.proxyAuthMethod`. - -remote.<name>.fetch:: - The default set of "refspec" for linkgit:git-fetch[1]. See - linkgit:git-fetch[1]. - -remote.<name>.push:: - The default set of "refspec" for linkgit:git-push[1]. See - linkgit:git-push[1]. - -remote.<name>.mirror:: - If true, pushing to this remote will automatically behave - as if the `--mirror` option was given on the command line. - -remote.<name>.skipDefaultUpdate:: - If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating - using linkgit:git-fetch[1] or the `update` subcommand of - linkgit:git-remote[1]. - -remote.<name>.skipFetchAll:: - If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating - using linkgit:git-fetch[1] or the `update` subcommand of - linkgit:git-remote[1]. - -remote.<name>.receivepack:: - The default program to execute on the remote side when pushing. See - option --receive-pack of linkgit:git-push[1]. - -remote.<name>.uploadpack:: - The default program to execute on the remote side when fetching. See - option --upload-pack of linkgit:git-fetch-pack[1]. - -remote.<name>.tagOpt:: - Setting this value to --no-tags disables automatic tag following when - fetching from remote <name>. Setting it to --tags will fetch every - tag from remote <name>, even if they are not reachable from remote - branch heads. Passing these flags directly to linkgit:git-fetch[1] can - override this setting. See options --tags and --no-tags of - linkgit:git-fetch[1]. - -remote.<name>.vcs:: - Setting this to a value <vcs> will cause Git to interact with - the remote with the git-remote-<vcs> helper. - -remote.<name>.prune:: - When set to true, fetching from this remote by default will also - remove any remote-tracking references that no longer exist on the - remote (as if the `--prune` option was given on the command line). - Overrides `fetch.prune` settings, if any. - -remote.<name>.pruneTags:: - When set to true, fetching from this remote by default will also - remove any local tags that no longer exist on the remote if pruning - is activated in general via `remote.<name>.prune`, `fetch.prune` or - `--prune`. Overrides `fetch.pruneTags` settings, if any. -+ -See also `remote.<name>.prune` and the PRUNING section of -linkgit:git-fetch[1]. - -remotes.<group>:: - The list of remotes which are fetched by "git remote update - <group>". See linkgit:git-remote[1]. - -repack.useDeltaBaseOffset:: - By default, linkgit:git-repack[1] creates packs that use - delta-base offset. If you need to share your repository with - Git older than version 1.4.4, either directly or via a dumb - protocol such as http, then you need to set this option to - "false" and repack. Access from old Git versions over the - native protocol are unaffected by this option. - -repack.packKeptObjects:: - If set to true, makes `git repack` act as if - `--pack-kept-objects` was passed. See linkgit:git-repack[1] for - details. Defaults to `false` normally, but `true` if a bitmap - index is being written (either via `--write-bitmap-index` or - `repack.writeBitmaps`). - -repack.writeBitmaps:: - When true, git will write a bitmap index when packing all - objects to disk (e.g., when `git repack -a` is run). This - index can speed up the "counting objects" phase of subsequent - packs created for clones and fetches, at the cost of some disk - space and extra time spent on the initial repack. This has - no effect if multiple packfiles are created. - Defaults to false. - -rerere.autoUpdate:: - When set to true, `git-rerere` updates the index with the - resulting contents after it cleanly resolves conflicts using - previously recorded resolution. Defaults to false. - -rerere.enabled:: - Activate recording of resolved conflicts, so that identical - conflict hunks can be resolved automatically, should they be - encountered again. By default, linkgit:git-rerere[1] is - enabled if there is an `rr-cache` directory under the - `$GIT_DIR`, e.g. if "rerere" was previously used in the - repository. - -sendemail.identity:: - A configuration identity. When given, causes values in the - 'sendemail.<identity>' subsection to take precedence over - values in the 'sendemail' section. The default identity is - the value of `sendemail.identity`. - -sendemail.smtpEncryption:: - See linkgit:git-send-email[1] for description. Note that this - setting is not subject to the 'identity' mechanism. - -sendemail.smtpssl (deprecated):: - Deprecated alias for 'sendemail.smtpEncryption = ssl'. - -sendemail.smtpsslcertpath:: - Path to ca-certificates (either a directory or a single file). - Set it to an empty string to disable certificate verification. - -sendemail.<identity>.*:: - Identity-specific versions of the 'sendemail.*' parameters - found below, taking precedence over those when this - identity is selected, through either the command-line or - `sendemail.identity`. - -sendemail.aliasesFile:: -sendemail.aliasFileType:: -sendemail.annotate:: -sendemail.bcc:: -sendemail.cc:: -sendemail.ccCmd:: -sendemail.chainReplyTo:: -sendemail.confirm:: -sendemail.envelopeSender:: -sendemail.from:: -sendemail.multiEdit:: -sendemail.signedoffbycc:: -sendemail.smtpPass:: -sendemail.suppresscc:: -sendemail.suppressFrom:: -sendemail.to:: -sendemail.tocmd:: -sendemail.smtpDomain:: -sendemail.smtpServer:: -sendemail.smtpServerPort:: -sendemail.smtpServerOption:: -sendemail.smtpUser:: -sendemail.thread:: -sendemail.transferEncoding:: -sendemail.validate:: -sendemail.xmailer:: - See linkgit:git-send-email[1] for description. - -sendemail.signedoffcc (deprecated):: - Deprecated alias for `sendemail.signedoffbycc`. - -sendemail.smtpBatchSize:: - Number of messages to be sent per connection, after that a relogin - will happen. If the value is 0 or undefined, send all messages in - one connection. - See also the `--batch-size` option of linkgit:git-send-email[1]. - -sendemail.smtpReloginDelay:: - Seconds wait before reconnecting to smtp server. - See also the `--relogin-delay` option of linkgit:git-send-email[1]. - -showbranch.default:: - The default set of branches for linkgit:git-show-branch[1]. - See linkgit:git-show-branch[1]. - -splitIndex.maxPercentChange:: - When the split index feature is used, this specifies the - percent of entries the split index can contain compared to the - total number of entries in both the split index and the shared - index before a new shared index is written. - The value should be between 0 and 100. If the value is 0 then - a new shared index is always written, if it is 100 a new - shared index is never written. - By default the value is 20, so a new shared index is written - if the number of entries in the split index would be greater - than 20 percent of the total number of entries. - See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. - -splitIndex.sharedIndexExpire:: - When the split index feature is used, shared index files that - were not modified since the time this variable specifies will - be removed when a new shared index file is created. The value - "now" expires all entries immediately, and "never" suppresses - expiration altogether. - The default value is "2.weeks.ago". - Note that a shared index file is considered modified (for the - purpose of expiration) each time a new split-index file is - either created based on it or read from it. - See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. - -status.relativePaths:: - By default, linkgit:git-status[1] shows paths relative to the - current directory. Setting this variable to `false` shows paths - relative to the repository root (this was the default for Git - prior to v1.5.4). - -status.short:: - Set to true to enable --short by default in linkgit:git-status[1]. - The option --no-short takes precedence over this variable. - -status.branch:: - Set to true to enable --branch by default in linkgit:git-status[1]. - The option --no-branch takes precedence over this variable. - -status.displayCommentPrefix:: - If set to true, linkgit:git-status[1] will insert a comment - prefix before each output line (starting with - `core.commentChar`, i.e. `#` by default). This was the - behavior of linkgit:git-status[1] in Git 1.8.4 and previous. - Defaults to false. - -status.renameLimit:: - The number of files to consider when performing rename detection - in linkgit:git-status[1] and linkgit:git-commit[1]. Defaults to - the value of diff.renameLimit. - -status.renames:: - Whether and how Git detects renames in linkgit:git-status[1] and - linkgit:git-commit[1] . If set to "false", rename detection is - disabled. If set to "true", basic rename detection is enabled. - If set to "copies" or "copy", Git will detect copies, as well. - Defaults to the value of diff.renames. - -status.showStash:: - If set to true, linkgit:git-status[1] will display the number of - entries currently stashed away. - Defaults to false. - -status.showUntrackedFiles:: - By default, linkgit:git-status[1] and linkgit:git-commit[1] show - files which are not currently tracked by Git. Directories which - contain only untracked files, are shown with the directory name - only. Showing untracked files means that Git needs to lstat() all - the files in the whole repository, which might be slow on some - systems. So, this variable controls how the commands displays - the untracked files. Possible values are: -+ --- -* `no` - Show no untracked files. -* `normal` - Show untracked files and directories. -* `all` - Show also individual files in untracked directories. --- -+ -If this variable is not specified, it defaults to 'normal'. -This variable can be overridden with the -u|--untracked-files option -of linkgit:git-status[1] and linkgit:git-commit[1]. - -status.submoduleSummary:: - Defaults to false. - If this is set to a non zero number or true (identical to -1 or an - unlimited number), the submodule summary will be enabled and a - summary of commits for modified submodules will be shown (see - --summary-limit option of linkgit:git-submodule[1]). Please note - that the summary output command will be suppressed for all - submodules when `diff.ignoreSubmodules` is set to 'all' or only - for those submodules where `submodule.<name>.ignore=all`. The only - exception to that rule is that status and commit will show staged - submodule changes. To - also view the summary for ignored submodules you can either use - the --ignore-submodules=dirty command-line option or the 'git - submodule summary' command, which shows a similar output but does - not honor these settings. - -stash.showPatch:: - If this is set to true, the `git stash show` command without an - option will show the stash entry in patch form. Defaults to false. - See description of 'show' command in linkgit:git-stash[1]. - -stash.showStat:: - If this is set to true, the `git stash show` command without an - option will show diffstat of the stash entry. Defaults to true. - See description of 'show' command in linkgit:git-stash[1]. - -submodule.<name>.url:: - The URL for a submodule. This variable is copied from the .gitmodules - file to the git config via 'git submodule init'. The user can change - the configured URL before obtaining the submodule via 'git submodule - update'. If neither submodule.<name>.active or submodule.active are - set, the presence of this variable is used as a fallback to indicate - whether the submodule is of interest to git commands. - See linkgit:git-submodule[1] and linkgit:gitmodules[5] for details. - -submodule.<name>.update:: - The method by which a submodule is updated by 'git submodule update', - which is the only affected command, others such as - 'git checkout --recurse-submodules' are unaffected. It exists for - historical reasons, when 'git submodule' was the only command to - interact with submodules; settings like `submodule.active` - and `pull.rebase` are more specific. It is populated by - `git submodule init` from the linkgit:gitmodules[5] file. - See description of 'update' command in linkgit:git-submodule[1]. - -submodule.<name>.branch:: - The remote branch name for a submodule, used by `git submodule - update --remote`. Set this option to override the value found in - the `.gitmodules` file. See linkgit:git-submodule[1] and - linkgit:gitmodules[5] for details. - -submodule.<name>.fetchRecurseSubmodules:: - This option can be used to control recursive fetching of this - submodule. It can be overridden by using the --[no-]recurse-submodules - command-line option to "git fetch" and "git pull". - This setting will override that from in the linkgit:gitmodules[5] - file. - -submodule.<name>.ignore:: - Defines under what circumstances "git status" and the diff family show - a submodule as modified. When set to "all", it will never be considered - modified (but it will nonetheless show up in the output of status and - commit when it has been staged), "dirty" will ignore all changes - to the submodules work tree and - takes only differences between the HEAD of the submodule and the commit - recorded in the superproject into account. "untracked" will additionally - let submodules with modified tracked files in their work tree show up. - Using "none" (the default when this option is not set) also shows - submodules that have untracked files in their work tree as changed. - This setting overrides any setting made in .gitmodules for this submodule, - both settings can be overridden on the command line by using the - "--ignore-submodules" option. The 'git submodule' commands are not - affected by this setting. - -submodule.<name>.active:: - Boolean value indicating if the submodule is of interest to git - commands. This config option takes precedence over the - submodule.active config option. See linkgit:gitsubmodules[7] for - details. - -submodule.active:: - A repeated field which contains a pathspec used to match against a - submodule's path to determine if the submodule is of interest to git - commands. See linkgit:gitsubmodules[7] for details. - -submodule.recurse:: - Specifies if commands recurse into submodules by default. This - applies to all commands that have a `--recurse-submodules` option, - except `clone`. - Defaults to false. - -submodule.fetchJobs:: - Specifies how many submodules are fetched/cloned at the same time. - A positive integer allows up to that number of submodules fetched - in parallel. A value of 0 will give some reasonable default. - If unset, it defaults to 1. - -submodule.alternateLocation:: - Specifies how the submodules obtain alternates when submodules are - cloned. Possible values are `no`, `superproject`. - By default `no` is assumed, which doesn't add references. When the - value is set to `superproject` the submodule to be cloned computes - its alternates location relative to the superprojects alternate. - -submodule.alternateErrorStrategy:: - Specifies how to treat errors with the alternates for a submodule - as computed via `submodule.alternateLocation`. Possible values are - `ignore`, `info`, `die`. Default is `die`. - -tag.forceSignAnnotated:: - A boolean to specify whether annotated tags created should be GPG signed. - If `--annotate` is specified on the command line, it takes - precedence over this option. - -tag.sort:: - This variable controls the sort ordering of tags when displayed by - linkgit:git-tag[1]. Without the "--sort=<value>" option provided, the - value of this variable will be used as the default. - -tar.umask:: - This variable can be used to restrict the permission bits of - tar archive entries. The default is 0002, which turns off the - world write bit. The special value "user" indicates that the - archiving user's umask will be used instead. See umask(2) and - linkgit:git-archive[1]. - -transfer.fsckObjects:: - When `fetch.fsckObjects` or `receive.fsckObjects` are - not set, the value of this variable is used instead. - Defaults to false. - -transfer.hideRefs:: - String(s) `receive-pack` and `upload-pack` use to decide which - refs to omit from their initial advertisements. Use more than - one definition to specify multiple prefix strings. A ref that is - under the hierarchies listed in the value of this variable is - excluded, and is hidden when responding to `git push` or `git - fetch`. See `receive.hideRefs` and `uploadpack.hideRefs` for - program-specific versions of this config. -+ -You may also include a `!` in front of the ref name to negate the entry, -explicitly exposing it, even if an earlier entry marked it as hidden. -If you have multiple hideRefs values, later entries override earlier ones -(and entries in more-specific config files override less-specific ones). -+ -If a namespace is in use, the namespace prefix is stripped from each -reference before it is matched against `transfer.hiderefs` patterns. -For example, if `refs/heads/master` is specified in `transfer.hideRefs` and -the current namespace is `foo`, then `refs/namespaces/foo/refs/heads/master` -is omitted from the advertisements but `refs/heads/master` and -`refs/namespaces/bar/refs/heads/master` are still advertised as so-called -"have" lines. In order to match refs before stripping, add a `^` in front of -the ref name. If you combine `!` and `^`, `!` must be specified first. -+ -Even if you hide refs, a client may still be able to steal the target -objects via the techniques described in the "SECURITY" section of the -linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] man page; it's best to keep private data in a -separate repository. - -transfer.unpackLimit:: - When `fetch.unpackLimit` or `receive.unpackLimit` are - not set, the value of this variable is used instead. - The default value is 100. - -uploadarchive.allowUnreachable:: - If true, allow clients to use `git archive --remote` to request - any tree, whether reachable from the ref tips or not. See the - discussion in the "SECURITY" section of - linkgit:git-upload-archive[1] for more details. Defaults to - `false`. - -uploadpack.hideRefs:: - This variable is the same as `transfer.hideRefs`, but applies - only to `upload-pack` (and so affects only fetches, not pushes). - An attempt to fetch a hidden ref by `git fetch` will fail. See - also `uploadpack.allowTipSHA1InWant`. - -uploadpack.allowTipSHA1InWant:: - When `uploadpack.hideRefs` is in effect, allow `upload-pack` - to accept a fetch request that asks for an object at the tip - of a hidden ref (by default, such a request is rejected). - See also `uploadpack.hideRefs`. Even if this is false, a client - may be able to steal objects via the techniques described in the - "SECURITY" section of the linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] man page; it's - best to keep private data in a separate repository. - -uploadpack.allowReachableSHA1InWant:: - Allow `upload-pack` to accept a fetch request that asks for an - object that is reachable from any ref tip. However, note that - calculating object reachability is computationally expensive. - Defaults to `false`. Even if this is false, a client may be able - to steal objects via the techniques described in the "SECURITY" - section of the linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] man page; it's best to - keep private data in a separate repository. - -uploadpack.allowAnySHA1InWant:: - Allow `upload-pack` to accept a fetch request that asks for any - object at all. - Defaults to `false`. - -uploadpack.keepAlive:: - When `upload-pack` has started `pack-objects`, there may be a - quiet period while `pack-objects` prepares the pack. Normally - it would output progress information, but if `--quiet` was used - for the fetch, `pack-objects` will output nothing at all until - the pack data begins. Some clients and networks may consider - the server to be hung and give up. Setting this option instructs - `upload-pack` to send an empty keepalive packet every - `uploadpack.keepAlive` seconds. Setting this option to 0 - disables keepalive packets entirely. The default is 5 seconds. - -uploadpack.packObjectsHook:: - If this option is set, when `upload-pack` would run - `git pack-objects` to create a packfile for a client, it will - run this shell command instead. The `pack-objects` command and - arguments it _would_ have run (including the `git pack-objects` - at the beginning) are appended to the shell command. The stdin - and stdout of the hook are treated as if `pack-objects` itself - was run. I.e., `upload-pack` will feed input intended for - `pack-objects` to the hook, and expects a completed packfile on - stdout. - -uploadpack.allowFilter:: - If this option is set, `upload-pack` will support partial - clone and partial fetch object filtering. -+ -Note that this configuration variable is ignored if it is seen in the -repository-level config (this is a safety measure against fetching from -untrusted repositories). - -uploadpack.allowRefInWant:: - If this option is set, `upload-pack` will support the `ref-in-want` - feature of the protocol version 2 `fetch` command. This feature - is intended for the benefit of load-balanced servers which may - not have the same view of what OIDs their refs point to due to - replication delay. - -url.<base>.insteadOf:: - Any URL that starts with this value will be rewritten to - start, instead, with <base>. In cases where some site serves a - large number of repositories, and serves them with multiple - access methods, and some users need to use different access - methods, this feature allows people to specify any of the - equivalent URLs and have Git automatically rewrite the URL to - the best alternative for the particular user, even for a - never-before-seen repository on the site. When more than one - insteadOf strings match a given URL, the longest match is used. -+ -Note that any protocol restrictions will be applied to the rewritten -URL. If the rewrite changes the URL to use a custom protocol or remote -helper, you may need to adjust the `protocol.*.allow` config to permit -the request. In particular, protocols you expect to use for submodules -must be set to `always` rather than the default of `user`. See the -description of `protocol.allow` above. - -url.<base>.pushInsteadOf:: - Any URL that starts with this value will not be pushed to; - instead, it will be rewritten to start with <base>, and the - resulting URL will be pushed to. In cases where some site serves - a large number of repositories, and serves them with multiple - access methods, some of which do not allow push, this feature - allows people to specify a pull-only URL and have Git - automatically use an appropriate URL to push, even for a - never-before-seen repository on the site. When more than one - pushInsteadOf strings match a given URL, the longest match is - used. If a remote has an explicit pushurl, Git will ignore this - setting for that remote. - -user.email:: - Your email address to be recorded in any newly created commits. - Can be overridden by the `GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL`, `GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL`, and - `EMAIL` environment variables. See linkgit:git-commit-tree[1]. - -user.name:: - Your full name to be recorded in any newly created commits. - Can be overridden by the `GIT_AUTHOR_NAME` and `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME` - environment variables. See linkgit:git-commit-tree[1]. - -user.useConfigOnly:: - Instruct Git to avoid trying to guess defaults for `user.email` - and `user.name`, and instead retrieve the values only from the - configuration. For example, if you have multiple email addresses - and would like to use a different one for each repository, then - with this configuration option set to `true` in the global config - along with a name, Git will prompt you to set up an email before - making new commits in a newly cloned repository. - Defaults to `false`. - -user.signingKey:: - If linkgit:git-tag[1] or linkgit:git-commit[1] is not selecting the - key you want it to automatically when creating a signed tag or - commit, you can override the default selection with this variable. - This option is passed unchanged to gpg's --local-user parameter, - so you may specify a key using any method that gpg supports. - -versionsort.prereleaseSuffix (deprecated):: - Deprecated alias for `versionsort.suffix`. Ignored if - `versionsort.suffix` is set. - -versionsort.suffix:: - Even when version sort is used in linkgit:git-tag[1], tagnames - with the same base version but different suffixes are still sorted - lexicographically, resulting e.g. in prerelease tags appearing - after the main release (e.g. "1.0-rc1" after "1.0"). This - variable can be specified to determine the sorting order of tags - with different suffixes. -+ -By specifying a single suffix in this variable, any tagname containing -that suffix will appear before the corresponding main release. E.g. if -the variable is set to "-rc", then all "1.0-rcX" tags will appear before -"1.0". If specified multiple times, once per suffix, then the order of -suffixes in the configuration will determine the sorting order of tagnames -with those suffixes. E.g. if "-pre" appears before "-rc" in the -configuration, then all "1.0-preX" tags will be listed before any -"1.0-rcX" tags. The placement of the main release tag relative to tags -with various suffixes can be determined by specifying the empty suffix -among those other suffixes. E.g. if the suffixes "-rc", "", "-ck" and -"-bfs" appear in the configuration in this order, then all "v4.8-rcX" tags -are listed first, followed by "v4.8", then "v4.8-ckX" and finally -"v4.8-bfsX". -+ -If more than one suffixes match the same tagname, then that tagname will -be sorted according to the suffix which starts at the earliest position in -the tagname. If more than one different matching suffixes start at -that earliest position, then that tagname will be sorted according to the -longest of those suffixes. -The sorting order between different suffixes is undefined if they are -in multiple config files. - -web.browser:: - Specify a web browser that may be used by some commands. - Currently only linkgit:git-instaweb[1] and linkgit:git-help[1] - may use it. - -worktree.guessRemote:: - With `add`, if no branch argument, and neither of `-b` nor - `-B` nor `--detach` are given, the command defaults to - creating a new branch from HEAD. If `worktree.guessRemote` is - set to true, `worktree add` tries to find a remote-tracking - branch whose name uniquely matches the new branch name. If - such a branch exists, it is checked out and set as "upstream" - for the new branch. If no such match can be found, it falls - back to creating a new branch from the current HEAD. +include::config/fastimport.txt[] + +include::config/fetch.txt[] + +include::config/format.txt[] + +include::config/filter.txt[] + +include::config/fsck.txt[] + +include::config/gc.txt[] + +include::config/gitcvs.txt[] + +include::config/gitweb.txt[] + +include::config/grep.txt[] + +include::config/gpg.txt[] + +include::config/gui.txt[] + +include::config/guitool.txt[] + +include::config/help.txt[] + +include::config/http.txt[] + +include::config/i18n.txt[] + +include::config/imap.txt[] + +include::config/index.txt[] + +include::config/init.txt[] + +include::config/instaweb.txt[] + +include::config/interactive.txt[] + +include::config/log.txt[] + +include::config/mailinfo.txt[] + +include::config/mailmap.txt[] + +include::config/man.txt[] + +include::config/merge.txt[] + +include::config/mergetool.txt[] + +include::config/notes.txt[] + +include::config/pack.txt[] + +include::config/pager.txt[] + +include::config/pretty.txt[] + +include::config/protocol.txt[] + +include::config/pull.txt[] + +include::config/push.txt[] + +include::config/rebase.txt[] + +include::config/receive.txt[] + +include::config/remote.txt[] + +include::config/remotes.txt[] + +include::config/repack.txt[] + +include::config/rerere.txt[] + +include::config/reset.txt[] + +include::config/sendemail.txt[] + +include::config/sequencer.txt[] + +include::config/showbranch.txt[] + +include::config/splitindex.txt[] + +include::config/ssh.txt[] + +include::config/status.txt[] + +include::config/stash.txt[] + +include::config/submodule.txt[] + +include::config/tag.txt[] + +include::config/transfer.txt[] + +include::config/uploadarchive.txt[] + +include::config/uploadpack.txt[] + +include::config/url.txt[] + +include::config/user.txt[] + +include::config/versionsort.txt[] + +include::config/web.txt[] + +include::config/worktree.txt[] diff --git a/Documentation/config/add.txt b/Documentation/config/add.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d753f006e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/add.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +add.ignoreErrors:: +add.ignore-errors (deprecated):: + Tells 'git add' to continue adding files when some files cannot be + added due to indexing errors. Equivalent to the `--ignore-errors` + option of linkgit:git-add[1]. `add.ignore-errors` is deprecated, + as it does not follow the usual naming convention for configuration + variables. diff --git a/Documentation/config/advice.txt b/Documentation/config/advice.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57fcd4c862 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/advice.txt @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +advice.*:: + These variables control various optional help messages designed to + aid new users. All 'advice.*' variables default to 'true', and you + can tell Git that you do not need help by setting these to 'false': ++ +-- + pushUpdateRejected:: + Set this variable to 'false' if you want to disable + 'pushNonFFCurrent', + 'pushNonFFMatching', 'pushAlreadyExists', + 'pushFetchFirst', and 'pushNeedsForce' + simultaneously. + pushNonFFCurrent:: + Advice shown when linkgit:git-push[1] fails due to a + non-fast-forward update to the current branch. + pushNonFFMatching:: + Advice shown when you ran linkgit:git-push[1] and pushed + 'matching refs' explicitly (i.e. you used ':', or + specified a refspec that isn't your current branch) and + it resulted in a non-fast-forward error. + pushAlreadyExists:: + Shown when linkgit:git-push[1] rejects an update that + does not qualify for fast-forwarding (e.g., a tag.) + pushFetchFirst:: + Shown when linkgit:git-push[1] rejects an update that + tries to overwrite a remote ref that points at an + object we do not have. + pushNeedsForce:: + Shown when linkgit:git-push[1] rejects an update that + tries to overwrite a remote ref that points at an + object that is not a commit-ish, or make the remote + ref point at an object that is not a commit-ish. + statusHints:: + Show directions on how to proceed from the current + state in the output of linkgit:git-status[1], in + the template shown when writing commit messages in + linkgit:git-commit[1], and in the help message shown + by linkgit:git-checkout[1] when switching branch. + statusUoption:: + Advise to consider using the `-u` option to linkgit:git-status[1] + when the command takes more than 2 seconds to enumerate untracked + files. + commitBeforeMerge:: + Advice shown when linkgit:git-merge[1] refuses to + merge to avoid overwriting local changes. + resetQuiet:: + Advice to consider using the `--quiet` option to linkgit:git-reset[1] + when the command takes more than 2 seconds to enumerate unstaged + changes after reset. + resolveConflict:: + Advice shown by various commands when conflicts + prevent the operation from being performed. + implicitIdentity:: + Advice on how to set your identity configuration when + your information is guessed from the system username and + domain name. + detachedHead:: + Advice shown when you used linkgit:git-checkout[1] to + move to the detach HEAD state, to instruct how to create + a local branch after the fact. + checkoutAmbiguousRemoteBranchName:: + Advice shown when the argument to + linkgit:git-checkout[1] ambiguously resolves to a + remote tracking branch on more than one remote in + situations where an unambiguous argument would have + otherwise caused a remote-tracking branch to be + checked out. See the `checkout.defaultRemote` + configuration variable for how to set a given remote + to used by default in some situations where this + advice would be printed. + amWorkDir:: + Advice that shows the location of the patch file when + linkgit:git-am[1] fails to apply it. + rmHints:: + In case of failure in the output of linkgit:git-rm[1], + show directions on how to proceed from the current state. + addEmbeddedRepo:: + Advice on what to do when you've accidentally added one + git repo inside of another. + ignoredHook:: + Advice shown if a hook is ignored because the hook is not + set as executable. + waitingForEditor:: + Print a message to the terminal whenever Git is waiting for + editor input from the user. +-- diff --git a/Documentation/config/alias.txt b/Documentation/config/alias.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b14178314 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/alias.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +alias.*:: + Command aliases for the linkgit:git[1] command wrapper - e.g. + after defining "alias.last = cat-file commit HEAD", the invocation + "git last" is equivalent to "git cat-file commit HEAD". To avoid + confusion and troubles with script usage, aliases that + hide existing Git commands are ignored. Arguments are split by + spaces, the usual shell quoting and escaping is supported. + A quote pair or a backslash can be used to quote them. ++ +If the alias expansion is prefixed with an exclamation point, +it will be treated as a shell command. For example, defining +"alias.new = !gitk --all --not ORIG_HEAD", the invocation +"git new" is equivalent to running the shell command +"gitk --all --not ORIG_HEAD". Note that shell commands will be +executed from the top-level directory of a repository, which may +not necessarily be the current directory. +`GIT_PREFIX` is set as returned by running 'git rev-parse --show-prefix' +from the original current directory. See linkgit:git-rev-parse[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/am.txt b/Documentation/config/am.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5bcad2efb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/am.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +am.keepcr:: + If true, git-am will call git-mailsplit for patches in mbox format + with parameter `--keep-cr`. In this case git-mailsplit will + not remove `\r` from lines ending with `\r\n`. Can be overridden + by giving `--no-keep-cr` from the command line. + See linkgit:git-am[1], linkgit:git-mailsplit[1]. + +am.threeWay:: + By default, `git am` will fail if the patch does not apply cleanly. When + set to true, this setting tells `git am` to fall back on 3-way merge if + the patch records the identity of blobs it is supposed to apply to and + we have those blobs available locally (equivalent to giving the `--3way` + option from the command line). Defaults to `false`. + See linkgit:git-am[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/apply.txt b/Documentation/config/apply.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8fb8ef763d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/apply.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +apply.ignoreWhitespace:: + When set to 'change', tells 'git apply' to ignore changes in + whitespace, in the same way as the `--ignore-space-change` + option. + When set to one of: no, none, never, false tells 'git apply' to + respect all whitespace differences. + See linkgit:git-apply[1]. + +apply.whitespace:: + Tells 'git apply' how to handle whitespaces, in the same way + as the `--whitespace` option. See linkgit:git-apply[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/blame.txt b/Documentation/config/blame.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67b5c1d1e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/blame.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +blame.blankBoundary:: + Show blank commit object name for boundary commits in + linkgit:git-blame[1]. This option defaults to false. + +blame.coloring:: + This determines the coloring scheme to be applied to blame + output. It can be 'repeatedLines', 'highlightRecent', + or 'none' which is the default. + +blame.date:: + Specifies the format used to output dates in linkgit:git-blame[1]. + If unset the iso format is used. For supported values, + see the discussion of the `--date` option at linkgit:git-log[1]. + +blame.showEmail:: + Show the author email instead of author name in linkgit:git-blame[1]. + This option defaults to false. + +blame.showRoot:: + Do not treat root commits as boundaries in linkgit:git-blame[1]. + This option defaults to false. diff --git a/Documentation/config/branch.txt b/Documentation/config/branch.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..019d60ede2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/branch.txt @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +branch.autoSetupMerge:: + Tells 'git branch' and 'git checkout' to set up new branches + so that linkgit:git-pull[1] will appropriately merge from the + starting point branch. Note that even if this option is not set, + this behavior can be chosen per-branch using the `--track` + and `--no-track` options. The valid settings are: `false` -- no + automatic setup is done; `true` -- automatic setup is done when the + starting point is a remote-tracking branch; `always` -- + automatic setup is done when the starting point is either a + local branch or remote-tracking + branch. This option defaults to true. + +branch.autoSetupRebase:: + When a new branch is created with 'git branch' or 'git checkout' + that tracks another branch, this variable tells Git to set + up pull to rebase instead of merge (see "branch.<name>.rebase"). + When `never`, rebase is never automatically set to true. + When `local`, rebase is set to true for tracked branches of + other local branches. + When `remote`, rebase is set to true for tracked branches of + remote-tracking branches. + When `always`, rebase will be set to true for all tracking + branches. + See "branch.autoSetupMerge" for details on how to set up a + branch to track another branch. + This option defaults to never. + +branch.sort:: + This variable controls the sort ordering of branches when displayed by + linkgit:git-branch[1]. Without the "--sort=<value>" option provided, the + value of this variable will be used as the default. + See linkgit:git-for-each-ref[1] field names for valid values. + +branch.<name>.remote:: + When on branch <name>, it tells 'git fetch' and 'git push' + which remote to fetch from/push to. The remote to push to + may be overridden with `remote.pushDefault` (for all branches). + The remote to push to, for the current branch, may be further + overridden by `branch.<name>.pushRemote`. If no remote is + configured, or if you are not on any branch, it defaults to + `origin` for fetching and `remote.pushDefault` for pushing. + Additionally, `.` (a period) is the current local repository + (a dot-repository), see `branch.<name>.merge`'s final note below. + +branch.<name>.pushRemote:: + When on branch <name>, it overrides `branch.<name>.remote` for + pushing. It also overrides `remote.pushDefault` for pushing + from branch <name>. When you pull from one place (e.g. your + upstream) and push to another place (e.g. your own publishing + repository), you would want to set `remote.pushDefault` to + specify the remote to push to for all branches, and use this + option to override it for a specific branch. + +branch.<name>.merge:: + Defines, together with branch.<name>.remote, the upstream branch + for the given branch. It tells 'git fetch'/'git pull'/'git rebase' which + branch to merge and can also affect 'git push' (see push.default). + When in branch <name>, it tells 'git fetch' the default + refspec to be marked for merging in FETCH_HEAD. The value is + handled like the remote part of a refspec, and must match a + ref which is fetched from the remote given by + "branch.<name>.remote". + The merge information is used by 'git pull' (which at first calls + 'git fetch') to lookup the default branch for merging. Without + this option, 'git pull' defaults to merge the first refspec fetched. + Specify multiple values to get an octopus merge. + If you wish to setup 'git pull' so that it merges into <name> from + another branch in the local repository, you can point + branch.<name>.merge to the desired branch, and use the relative path + setting `.` (a period) for branch.<name>.remote. + +branch.<name>.mergeOptions:: + Sets default options for merging into branch <name>. The syntax and + supported options are the same as those of linkgit:git-merge[1], but + option values containing whitespace characters are currently not + supported. + +branch.<name>.rebase:: + When true, rebase the branch <name> on top of the fetched branch, + instead of merging the default branch from the default remote when + "git pull" is run. See "pull.rebase" for doing this in a non + branch-specific manner. ++ +When `merges`, pass the `--rebase-merges` option to 'git rebase' +so that the local merge commits are included in the rebase (see +linkgit:git-rebase[1] for details). ++ +When preserve, also pass `--preserve-merges` along to 'git rebase' +so that locally committed merge commits will not be flattened +by running 'git pull'. ++ +When the value is `interactive`, the rebase is run in interactive mode. ++ +*NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use +it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] +for details). + +branch.<name>.description:: + Branch description, can be edited with + `git branch --edit-description`. Branch description is + automatically added in the format-patch cover letter or + request-pull summary. diff --git a/Documentation/config/browser.txt b/Documentation/config/browser.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..195df207a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/browser.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +browser.<tool>.cmd:: + Specify the command to invoke the specified browser. The + specified command is evaluated in shell with the URLs passed + as arguments. (See linkgit:git-web{litdd}browse[1].) + +browser.<tool>.path:: + Override the path for the given tool that may be used to + browse HTML help (see `-w` option in linkgit:git-help[1]) or a + working repository in gitweb (see linkgit:git-instaweb[1]). diff --git a/Documentation/config/checkout.txt b/Documentation/config/checkout.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4118fa196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/checkout.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +checkout.defaultRemote:: + When you run 'git checkout <something>' and only have one + remote, it may implicitly fall back on checking out and + tracking e.g. 'origin/<something>'. This stops working as soon + as you have more than one remote with a '<something>' + reference. This setting allows for setting the name of a + preferred remote that should always win when it comes to + disambiguation. The typical use-case is to set this to + `origin`. ++ +Currently this is used by linkgit:git-checkout[1] when 'git checkout +<something>' will checkout the '<something>' branch on another remote, +and by linkgit:git-worktree[1] when 'git worktree add' refers to a +remote branch. This setting might be used for other checkout-like +commands or functionality in the future. + +checkout.optimizeNewBranch:: + Optimizes the performance of "git checkout -b <new_branch>" when + using sparse-checkout. When set to true, git will not update the + repo based on the current sparse-checkout settings. This means it + will not update the skip-worktree bit in the index nor add/remove + files in the working directory to reflect the current sparse checkout + settings nor will it show the local changes. diff --git a/Documentation/config/clean.txt b/Documentation/config/clean.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a807c925b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/clean.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +clean.requireForce:: + A boolean to make git-clean do nothing unless given -f, + -i or -n. Defaults to true. diff --git a/Documentation/config/color.txt b/Documentation/config/color.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8375596c44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/color.txt @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +color.advice:: + A boolean to enable/disable color in hints (e.g. when a push + failed, see `advice.*` for a list). May be set to `always`, + `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors + are used only when the error output goes to a terminal. If + unset, then the value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). + +color.advice.hint:: + Use customized color for hints. + +color.blame.highlightRecent:: + This can be used to color the metadata of a blame line depending + on age of the line. ++ +This setting should be set to a comma-separated list of color and date settings, +starting and ending with a color, the dates should be set from oldest to newest. +The metadata will be colored given the colors if the the line was introduced +before the given timestamp, overwriting older timestamped colors. ++ +Instead of an absolute timestamp relative timestamps work as well, e.g. +2.weeks.ago is valid to address anything older than 2 weeks. ++ +It defaults to 'blue,12 month ago,white,1 month ago,red', which colors +everything older than one year blue, recent changes between one month and +one year old are kept white, and lines introduced within the last month are +colored red. + +color.blame.repeatedLines:: + Use the customized color for the part of git-blame output that + is repeated meta information per line (such as commit id, + author name, date and timezone). Defaults to cyan. + +color.branch:: + A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of + linkgit:git-branch[1]. May be set to `always`, + `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors are used + only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the + value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). + +color.branch.<slot>:: + Use customized color for branch coloration. `<slot>` is one of + `current` (the current branch), `local` (a local branch), + `remote` (a remote-tracking branch in refs/remotes/), + `upstream` (upstream tracking branch), `plain` (other + refs). + +color.diff:: + Whether to use ANSI escape sequences to add color to patches. + If this is set to `always`, linkgit:git-diff[1], + linkgit:git-log[1], and linkgit:git-show[1] will use color + for all patches. If it is set to `true` or `auto`, those + commands will only use color when output is to the terminal. + If unset, then the value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by + default). ++ +This does not affect linkgit:git-format-patch[1] or the +'git-diff-{asterisk}' plumbing commands. Can be overridden on the +command line with the `--color[=<when>]` option. + +color.diff.<slot>:: + Use customized color for diff colorization. `<slot>` specifies + which part of the patch to use the specified color, and is one + of `context` (context text - `plain` is a historical synonym), + `meta` (metainformation), `frag` + (hunk header), 'func' (function in hunk header), `old` (removed lines), + `new` (added lines), `commit` (commit headers), `whitespace` + (highlighting whitespace errors), `oldMoved` (deleted lines), + `newMoved` (added lines), `oldMovedDimmed`, `oldMovedAlternative`, + `oldMovedAlternativeDimmed`, `newMovedDimmed`, `newMovedAlternative` + `newMovedAlternativeDimmed` (See the '<mode>' + setting of '--color-moved' in linkgit:git-diff[1] for details), + `contextDimmed`, `oldDimmed`, `newDimmed`, `contextBold`, + `oldBold`, and `newBold` (see linkgit:git-range-diff[1] for details). + +color.decorate.<slot>:: + Use customized color for 'git log --decorate' output. `<slot>` is one + of `branch`, `remoteBranch`, `tag`, `stash` or `HEAD` for local + branches, remote-tracking branches, tags, stash and HEAD, respectively + and `grafted` for grafted commits. + +color.grep:: + When set to `always`, always highlight matches. When `false` (or + `never`), never. When set to `true` or `auto`, use color only + when the output is written to the terminal. If unset, then the + value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). + +color.grep.<slot>:: + Use customized color for grep colorization. `<slot>` specifies which + part of the line to use the specified color, and is one of ++ +-- +`context`;; + non-matching text in context lines (when using `-A`, `-B`, or `-C`) +`filename`;; + filename prefix (when not using `-h`) +`function`;; + function name lines (when using `-p`) +`lineNumber`;; + line number prefix (when using `-n`) +`column`;; + column number prefix (when using `--column`) +`match`;; + matching text (same as setting `matchContext` and `matchSelected`) +`matchContext`;; + matching text in context lines +`matchSelected`;; + matching text in selected lines +`selected`;; + non-matching text in selected lines +`separator`;; + separators between fields on a line (`:`, `-`, and `=`) + and between hunks (`--`) +-- + +color.interactive:: + When set to `always`, always use colors for interactive prompts + and displays (such as those used by "git-add --interactive" and + "git-clean --interactive"). When false (or `never`), never. + When set to `true` or `auto`, use colors only when the output is + to the terminal. If unset, then the value of `color.ui` is + used (`auto` by default). + +color.interactive.<slot>:: + Use customized color for 'git add --interactive' and 'git clean + --interactive' output. `<slot>` may be `prompt`, `header`, `help` + or `error`, for four distinct types of normal output from + interactive commands. + +color.pager:: + A boolean to enable/disable colored output when the pager is in + use (default is true). + +color.push:: + A boolean to enable/disable color in push errors. May be set to + `always`, `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which + case colors are used only when the error output goes to a terminal. + If unset, then the value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). + +color.push.error:: + Use customized color for push errors. + +color.remote:: + If set, keywords at the start of the line are highlighted. The + keywords are "error", "warning", "hint" and "success", and are + matched case-insensitively. May be set to `always`, `false` (or + `never`) or `auto` (or `true`). If unset, then the value of + `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). + +color.remote.<slot>:: + Use customized color for each remote keyword. `<slot>` may be + `hint`, `warning`, `success` or `error` which match the + corresponding keyword. + +color.showBranch:: + A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of + linkgit:git-show-branch[1]. May be set to `always`, + `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors are used + only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the + value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). + +color.status:: + A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of + linkgit:git-status[1]. May be set to `always`, + `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors are used + only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the + value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). + +color.status.<slot>:: + Use customized color for status colorization. `<slot>` is + one of `header` (the header text of the status message), + `added` or `updated` (files which are added but not committed), + `changed` (files which are changed but not added in the index), + `untracked` (files which are not tracked by Git), + `branch` (the current branch), + `nobranch` (the color the 'no branch' warning is shown in, defaulting + to red), + `localBranch` or `remoteBranch` (the local and remote branch names, + respectively, when branch and tracking information is displayed in the + status short-format), or + `unmerged` (files which have unmerged changes). + +color.transport:: + A boolean to enable/disable color when pushes are rejected. May be + set to `always`, `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which + case colors are used only when the error output goes to a terminal. + If unset, then the value of `color.ui` is used (`auto` by default). + +color.transport.rejected:: + Use customized color when a push was rejected. + +color.ui:: + This variable determines the default value for variables such + as `color.diff` and `color.grep` that control the use of color + per command family. Its scope will expand as more commands learn + configuration to set a default for the `--color` option. Set it + to `false` or `never` if you prefer Git commands not to use + color unless enabled explicitly with some other configuration + or the `--color` option. Set it to `always` if you want all + output not intended for machine consumption to use color, to + `true` or `auto` (this is the default since Git 1.8.4) if you + want such output to use color when written to the terminal. diff --git a/Documentation/config/column.txt b/Documentation/config/column.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76aa2f29dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/column.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +column.ui:: + Specify whether supported commands should output in columns. + This variable consists of a list of tokens separated by spaces + or commas: ++ +These options control when the feature should be enabled +(defaults to 'never'): ++ +-- +`always`;; + always show in columns +`never`;; + never show in columns +`auto`;; + show in columns if the output is to the terminal +-- ++ +These options control layout (defaults to 'column'). Setting any +of these implies 'always' if none of 'always', 'never', or 'auto' are +specified. ++ +-- +`column`;; + fill columns before rows +`row`;; + fill rows before columns +`plain`;; + show in one column +-- ++ +Finally, these options can be combined with a layout option (defaults +to 'nodense'): ++ +-- +`dense`;; + make unequal size columns to utilize more space +`nodense`;; + make equal size columns +-- + +column.branch:: + Specify whether to output branch listing in `git branch` in columns. + See `column.ui` for details. + +column.clean:: + Specify the layout when list items in `git clean -i`, which always + shows files and directories in columns. See `column.ui` for details. + +column.status:: + Specify whether to output untracked files in `git status` in columns. + See `column.ui` for details. + +column.tag:: + Specify whether to output tag listing in `git tag` in columns. + See `column.ui` for details. diff --git a/Documentation/config/commit.txt b/Documentation/config/commit.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c95573930 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/commit.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +commit.cleanup:: + This setting overrides the default of the `--cleanup` option in + `git commit`. See linkgit:git-commit[1] for details. Changing the + default can be useful when you always want to keep lines that begin + with comment character `#` in your log message, in which case you + would do `git config commit.cleanup whitespace` (note that you will + have to remove the help lines that begin with `#` in the commit log + template yourself, if you do this). + +commit.gpgSign:: + + A boolean to specify whether all commits should be GPG signed. + Use of this option when doing operations such as rebase can + result in a large number of commits being signed. It may be + convenient to use an agent to avoid typing your GPG passphrase + several times. + +commit.status:: + A boolean to enable/disable inclusion of status information in the + commit message template when using an editor to prepare the commit + message. Defaults to true. + +commit.template:: + Specify the pathname of a file to use as the template for + new commit messages. + +commit.verbose:: + A boolean or int to specify the level of verbose with `git commit`. + See linkgit:git-commit[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/completion.txt b/Documentation/config/completion.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d99bf33c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/completion.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +completion.commands:: + This is only used by git-completion.bash to add or remove + commands from the list of completed commands. Normally only + porcelain commands and a few select others are completed. You + can add more commands, separated by space, in this + variable. Prefixing the command with '-' will remove it from + the existing list. diff --git a/Documentation/config/core.txt b/Documentation/config/core.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0e6635fe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/core.txt @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ +core.fileMode:: + Tells Git if the executable bit of files in the working tree + is to be honored. ++ +Some filesystems lose the executable bit when a file that is +marked as executable is checked out, or checks out a +non-executable file with executable bit on. +linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] probe the filesystem +to see if it handles the executable bit correctly +and this variable is automatically set as necessary. ++ +A repository, however, may be on a filesystem that handles +the filemode correctly, and this variable is set to 'true' +when created, but later may be made accessible from another +environment that loses the filemode (e.g. exporting ext4 via +CIFS mount, visiting a Cygwin created repository with +Git for Windows or Eclipse). +In such a case it may be necessary to set this variable to 'false'. +See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. ++ +The default is true (when core.filemode is not specified in the config file). + +core.hideDotFiles:: + (Windows-only) If true, mark newly-created directories and files whose + name starts with a dot as hidden. If 'dotGitOnly', only the `.git/` + directory is hidden, but no other files starting with a dot. The + default mode is 'dotGitOnly'. + +core.ignoreCase:: + Internal variable which enables various workarounds to enable + Git to work better on filesystems that are not case sensitive, + like APFS, HFS+, FAT, NTFS, etc. For example, if a directory listing + finds "makefile" when Git expects "Makefile", Git will assume + it is really the same file, and continue to remember it as + "Makefile". ++ +The default is false, except linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] +will probe and set core.ignoreCase true if appropriate when the repository +is created. ++ +Git relies on the proper configuration of this variable for your operating +and file system. Modifying this value may result in unexpected behavior. + +core.precomposeUnicode:: + This option is only used by Mac OS implementation of Git. + When core.precomposeUnicode=true, Git reverts the unicode decomposition + of filenames done by Mac OS. This is useful when sharing a repository + between Mac OS and Linux or Windows. + (Git for Windows 1.7.10 or higher is needed, or Git under cygwin 1.7). + When false, file names are handled fully transparent by Git, + which is backward compatible with older versions of Git. + +core.protectHFS:: + If set to true, do not allow checkout of paths that would + be considered equivalent to `.git` on an HFS+ filesystem. + Defaults to `true` on Mac OS, and `false` elsewhere. + +core.protectNTFS:: + If set to true, do not allow checkout of paths that would + cause problems with the NTFS filesystem, e.g. conflict with + 8.3 "short" names. + Defaults to `true` on Windows, and `false` elsewhere. + +core.fsmonitor:: + If set, the value of this variable is used as a command which + will identify all files that may have changed since the + requested date/time. This information is used to speed up git by + avoiding unnecessary processing of files that have not changed. + See the "fsmonitor-watchman" section of linkgit:githooks[5]. + +core.trustctime:: + If false, the ctime differences between the index and the + working tree are ignored; useful when the inode change time + is regularly modified by something outside Git (file system + crawlers and some backup systems). + See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. True by default. + +core.splitIndex:: + If true, the split-index feature of the index will be used. + See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. False by default. + +core.untrackedCache:: + Determines what to do about the untracked cache feature of the + index. It will be kept, if this variable is unset or set to + `keep`. It will automatically be added if set to `true`. And + it will automatically be removed, if set to `false`. Before + setting it to `true`, you should check that mtime is working + properly on your system. + See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. `keep` by default. + +core.checkStat:: + When missing or is set to `default`, many fields in the stat + structure are checked to detect if a file has been modified + since Git looked at it. When this configuration variable is + set to `minimal`, sub-second part of mtime and ctime, the + uid and gid of the owner of the file, the inode number (and + the device number, if Git was compiled to use it), are + excluded from the check among these fields, leaving only the + whole-second part of mtime (and ctime, if `core.trustCtime` + is set) and the filesize to be checked. ++ +There are implementations of Git that do not leave usable values in +some fields (e.g. JGit); by excluding these fields from the +comparison, the `minimal` mode may help interoperability when the +same repository is used by these other systems at the same time. + +core.quotePath:: + Commands that output paths (e.g. 'ls-files', 'diff'), will + quote "unusual" characters in the pathname by enclosing the + pathname in double-quotes and escaping those characters with + backslashes in the same way C escapes control characters (e.g. + `\t` for TAB, `\n` for LF, `\\` for backslash) or bytes with + values larger than 0x80 (e.g. octal `\302\265` for "micro" in + UTF-8). If this variable is set to false, bytes higher than + 0x80 are not considered "unusual" any more. Double-quotes, + backslash and control characters are always escaped regardless + of the setting of this variable. A simple space character is + not considered "unusual". Many commands can output pathnames + completely verbatim using the `-z` option. The default value + is true. + +core.eol:: + Sets the line ending type to use in the working directory for + files that have the `text` property set when core.autocrlf is false. + Alternatives are 'lf', 'crlf' and 'native', which uses the platform's + native line ending. The default value is `native`. See + linkgit:gitattributes[5] for more information on end-of-line + conversion. + +core.safecrlf:: + If true, makes Git check if converting `CRLF` is reversible when + end-of-line conversion is active. Git will verify if a command + modifies a file in the work tree either directly or indirectly. + For example, committing a file followed by checking out the + same file should yield the original file in the work tree. If + this is not the case for the current setting of + `core.autocrlf`, Git will reject the file. The variable can + be set to "warn", in which case Git will only warn about an + irreversible conversion but continue the operation. ++ +CRLF conversion bears a slight chance of corrupting data. +When it is enabled, Git will convert CRLF to LF during commit and LF to +CRLF during checkout. A file that contains a mixture of LF and +CRLF before the commit cannot be recreated by Git. For text +files this is the right thing to do: it corrects line endings +such that we have only LF line endings in the repository. +But for binary files that are accidentally classified as text the +conversion can corrupt data. ++ +If you recognize such corruption early you can easily fix it by +setting the conversion type explicitly in .gitattributes. Right +after committing you still have the original file in your work +tree and this file is not yet corrupted. You can explicitly tell +Git that this file is binary and Git will handle the file +appropriately. ++ +Unfortunately, the desired effect of cleaning up text files with +mixed line endings and the undesired effect of corrupting binary +files cannot be distinguished. In both cases CRLFs are removed +in an irreversible way. For text files this is the right thing +to do because CRLFs are line endings, while for binary files +converting CRLFs corrupts data. ++ +Note, this safety check does not mean that a checkout will generate a +file identical to the original file for a different setting of +`core.eol` and `core.autocrlf`, but only for the current one. For +example, a text file with `LF` would be accepted with `core.eol=lf` +and could later be checked out with `core.eol=crlf`, in which case the +resulting file would contain `CRLF`, although the original file +contained `LF`. However, in both work trees the line endings would be +consistent, that is either all `LF` or all `CRLF`, but never mixed. A +file with mixed line endings would be reported by the `core.safecrlf` +mechanism. + +core.autocrlf:: + Setting this variable to "true" is the same as setting + the `text` attribute to "auto" on all files and core.eol to "crlf". + Set to true if you want to have `CRLF` line endings in your + working directory and the repository has LF line endings. + This variable can be set to 'input', + in which case no output conversion is performed. + +core.checkRoundtripEncoding:: + A comma and/or whitespace separated list of encodings that Git + performs UTF-8 round trip checks on if they are used in an + `working-tree-encoding` attribute (see linkgit:gitattributes[5]). + The default value is `SHIFT-JIS`. + +core.symlinks:: + If false, symbolic links are checked out as small plain files that + contain the link text. linkgit:git-update-index[1] and + linkgit:git-add[1] will not change the recorded type to regular + file. Useful on filesystems like FAT that do not support + symbolic links. ++ +The default is true, except linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] +will probe and set core.symlinks false if appropriate when the repository +is created. + +core.gitProxy:: + A "proxy command" to execute (as 'command host port') instead + of establishing direct connection to the remote server when + using the Git protocol for fetching. If the variable value is + in the "COMMAND for DOMAIN" format, the command is applied only + on hostnames ending with the specified domain string. This variable + may be set multiple times and is matched in the given order; + the first match wins. ++ +Can be overridden by the `GIT_PROXY_COMMAND` environment variable +(which always applies universally, without the special "for" +handling). ++ +The special string `none` can be used as the proxy command to +specify that no proxy be used for a given domain pattern. +This is useful for excluding servers inside a firewall from +proxy use, while defaulting to a common proxy for external domains. + +core.sshCommand:: + If this variable is set, `git fetch` and `git push` will + use the specified command instead of `ssh` when they need to + connect to a remote system. The command is in the same form as + the `GIT_SSH_COMMAND` environment variable and is overridden + when the environment variable is set. + +core.ignoreStat:: + If true, Git will avoid using lstat() calls to detect if files have + changed by setting the "assume-unchanged" bit for those tracked files + which it has updated identically in both the index and working tree. ++ +When files are modified outside of Git, the user will need to stage +the modified files explicitly (e.g. see 'Examples' section in +linkgit:git-update-index[1]). +Git will not normally detect changes to those files. ++ +This is useful on systems where lstat() calls are very slow, such as +CIFS/Microsoft Windows. ++ +False by default. + +core.preferSymlinkRefs:: + Instead of the default "symref" format for HEAD + and other symbolic reference files, use symbolic links. + This is sometimes needed to work with old scripts that + expect HEAD to be a symbolic link. + +core.alternateRefsCommand:: + When advertising tips of available history from an alternate, use the shell to + execute the specified command instead of linkgit:git-for-each-ref[1]. The + first argument is the absolute path of the alternate. Output must contain one + hex object id per line (i.e., the same as produced by `git for-each-ref + --format='%(objectname)'`). ++ +Note that you cannot generally put `git for-each-ref` directly into the config +value, as it does not take a repository path as an argument (but you can wrap +the command above in a shell script). + +core.alternateRefsPrefixes:: + When listing references from an alternate, list only references that begin + with the given prefix. Prefixes match as if they were given as arguments to + linkgit:git-for-each-ref[1]. To list multiple prefixes, separate them with + whitespace. If `core.alternateRefsCommand` is set, setting + `core.alternateRefsPrefixes` has no effect. + +core.bare:: + If true this repository is assumed to be 'bare' and has no + working directory associated with it. If this is the case a + number of commands that require a working directory will be + disabled, such as linkgit:git-add[1] or linkgit:git-merge[1]. ++ +This setting is automatically guessed by linkgit:git-clone[1] or +linkgit:git-init[1] when the repository was created. By default a +repository that ends in "/.git" is assumed to be not bare (bare = +false), while all other repositories are assumed to be bare (bare += true). + +core.worktree:: + Set the path to the root of the working tree. + If `GIT_COMMON_DIR` environment variable is set, core.worktree + is ignored and not used for determining the root of working tree. + This can be overridden by the `GIT_WORK_TREE` environment + variable and the `--work-tree` command-line option. + The value can be an absolute path or relative to the path to + the .git directory, which is either specified by --git-dir + or GIT_DIR, or automatically discovered. + If --git-dir or GIT_DIR is specified but none of + --work-tree, GIT_WORK_TREE and core.worktree is specified, + the current working directory is regarded as the top level + of your working tree. ++ +Note that this variable is honored even when set in a configuration +file in a ".git" subdirectory of a directory and its value differs +from the latter directory (e.g. "/path/to/.git/config" has +core.worktree set to "/different/path"), which is most likely a +misconfiguration. Running Git commands in the "/path/to" directory will +still use "/different/path" as the root of the work tree and can cause +confusion unless you know what you are doing (e.g. you are creating a +read-only snapshot of the same index to a location different from the +repository's usual working tree). + +core.logAllRefUpdates:: + Enable the reflog. Updates to a ref <ref> is logged to the file + "`$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>`", by appending the new and old + SHA-1, the date/time and the reason of the update, but + only when the file exists. If this configuration + variable is set to `true`, missing "`$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>`" + file is automatically created for branch heads (i.e. under + `refs/heads/`), remote refs (i.e. under `refs/remotes/`), + note refs (i.e. under `refs/notes/`), and the symbolic ref `HEAD`. + If it is set to `always`, then a missing reflog is automatically + created for any ref under `refs/`. ++ +This information can be used to determine what commit +was the tip of a branch "2 days ago". ++ +This value is true by default in a repository that has +a working directory associated with it, and false by +default in a bare repository. + +core.repositoryFormatVersion:: + Internal variable identifying the repository format and layout + version. + +core.sharedRepository:: + When 'group' (or 'true'), the repository is made shareable between + several users in a group (making sure all the files and objects are + group-writable). When 'all' (or 'world' or 'everybody'), the + repository will be readable by all users, additionally to being + group-shareable. When 'umask' (or 'false'), Git will use permissions + reported by umask(2). When '0xxx', where '0xxx' is an octal number, + files in the repository will have this mode value. '0xxx' will override + user's umask value (whereas the other options will only override + requested parts of the user's umask value). Examples: '0660' will make + the repo read/write-able for the owner and group, but inaccessible to + others (equivalent to 'group' unless umask is e.g. '0022'). '0640' is a + repository that is group-readable but not group-writable. + See linkgit:git-init[1]. False by default. + +core.warnAmbiguousRefs:: + If true, Git will warn you if the ref name you passed it is ambiguous + and might match multiple refs in the repository. True by default. + +core.compression:: + An integer -1..9, indicating a default compression level. + -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no compression, + and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being slowest. + If set, this provides a default to other compression variables, + such as `core.looseCompression` and `pack.compression`. + +core.looseCompression:: + An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects that + are not in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no + compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being + slowest. If not set, defaults to core.compression. If that is + not set, defaults to 1 (best speed). + +core.packedGitWindowSize:: + Number of bytes of a pack file to map into memory in a + single mapping operation. Larger window sizes may allow + your system to process a smaller number of large pack files + more quickly. Smaller window sizes will negatively affect + performance due to increased calls to the operating system's + memory manager, but may improve performance when accessing + a large number of large pack files. ++ +Default is 1 MiB if NO_MMAP was set at compile time, otherwise 32 +MiB on 32 bit platforms and 1 GiB on 64 bit platforms. This should +be reasonable for all users/operating systems. You probably do +not need to adjust this value. ++ +Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. + +core.packedGitLimit:: + Maximum number of bytes to map simultaneously into memory + from pack files. If Git needs to access more than this many + bytes at once to complete an operation it will unmap existing + regions to reclaim virtual address space within the process. ++ +Default is 256 MiB on 32 bit platforms and 32 TiB (effectively +unlimited) on 64 bit platforms. +This should be reasonable for all users/operating systems, except on +the largest projects. You probably do not need to adjust this value. ++ +Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. + +core.deltaBaseCacheLimit:: + Maximum number of bytes to reserve for caching base objects + that may be referenced by multiple deltified objects. By storing the + entire decompressed base objects in a cache Git is able + to avoid unpacking and decompressing frequently used base + objects multiple times. ++ +Default is 96 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable +for all users/operating systems, except on the largest projects. +You probably do not need to adjust this value. ++ +Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. + +core.bigFileThreshold:: + Files larger than this size are stored deflated, without + attempting delta compression. Storing large files without + delta compression avoids excessive memory usage, at the + slight expense of increased disk usage. Additionally files + larger than this size are always treated as binary. ++ +Default is 512 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable +for most projects as source code and other text files can still +be delta compressed, but larger binary media files won't be. ++ +Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. + +core.excludesFile:: + Specifies the pathname to the file that contains patterns to + describe paths that are not meant to be tracked, in addition + to '.gitignore' (per-directory) and '.git/info/exclude'. + Defaults to `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/ignore`. + If `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME` is either not set or empty, `$HOME/.config/git/ignore` + is used instead. See linkgit:gitignore[5]. + +core.askPass:: + Some commands (e.g. svn and http interfaces) that interactively + ask for a password can be told to use an external program given + via the value of this variable. Can be overridden by the `GIT_ASKPASS` + environment variable. If not set, fall back to the value of the + `SSH_ASKPASS` environment variable or, failing that, a simple password + prompt. The external program shall be given a suitable prompt as + command-line argument and write the password on its STDOUT. + +core.attributesFile:: + In addition to '.gitattributes' (per-directory) and + '.git/info/attributes', Git looks into this file for attributes + (see linkgit:gitattributes[5]). Path expansions are made the same + way as for `core.excludesFile`. Its default value is + `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/attributes`. If `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME` is either not + set or empty, `$HOME/.config/git/attributes` is used instead. + +core.hooksPath:: + By default Git will look for your hooks in the + '$GIT_DIR/hooks' directory. Set this to different path, + e.g. '/etc/git/hooks', and Git will try to find your hooks in + that directory, e.g. '/etc/git/hooks/pre-receive' instead of + in '$GIT_DIR/hooks/pre-receive'. ++ +The path can be either absolute or relative. A relative path is +taken as relative to the directory where the hooks are run (see +the "DESCRIPTION" section of linkgit:githooks[5]). ++ +This configuration variable is useful in cases where you'd like to +centrally configure your Git hooks instead of configuring them on a +per-repository basis, or as a more flexible and centralized +alternative to having an `init.templateDir` where you've changed +default hooks. + +core.editor:: + Commands such as `commit` and `tag` that let you edit + messages by launching an editor use the value of this + variable when it is set, and the environment variable + `GIT_EDITOR` is not set. See linkgit:git-var[1]. + +core.commentChar:: + Commands such as `commit` and `tag` that let you edit + messages consider a line that begins with this character + commented, and removes them after the editor returns + (default '#'). ++ +If set to "auto", `git-commit` would select a character that is not +the beginning character of any line in existing commit messages. + +core.filesRefLockTimeout:: + The length of time, in milliseconds, to retry when trying to + lock an individual reference. Value 0 means not to retry at + all; -1 means to try indefinitely. Default is 100 (i.e., + retry for 100ms). + +core.packedRefsTimeout:: + The length of time, in milliseconds, to retry when trying to + lock the `packed-refs` file. Value 0 means not to retry at + all; -1 means to try indefinitely. Default is 1000 (i.e., + retry for 1 second). + +core.pager:: + Text viewer for use by Git commands (e.g., 'less'). The value + is meant to be interpreted by the shell. The order of preference + is the `$GIT_PAGER` environment variable, then `core.pager` + configuration, then `$PAGER`, and then the default chosen at + compile time (usually 'less'). ++ +When the `LESS` environment variable is unset, Git sets it to `FRX` +(if `LESS` environment variable is set, Git does not change it at +all). If you want to selectively override Git's default setting +for `LESS`, you can set `core.pager` to e.g. `less -S`. This will +be passed to the shell by Git, which will translate the final +command to `LESS=FRX less -S`. The environment does not set the +`S` option but the command line does, instructing less to truncate +long lines. Similarly, setting `core.pager` to `less -+F` will +deactivate the `F` option specified by the environment from the +command-line, deactivating the "quit if one screen" behavior of +`less`. One can specifically activate some flags for particular +commands: for example, setting `pager.blame` to `less -S` enables +line truncation only for `git blame`. ++ +Likewise, when the `LV` environment variable is unset, Git sets it +to `-c`. You can override this setting by exporting `LV` with +another value or setting `core.pager` to `lv +c`. + +core.whitespace:: + A comma separated list of common whitespace problems to + notice. 'git diff' will use `color.diff.whitespace` to + highlight them, and 'git apply --whitespace=error' will + consider them as errors. You can prefix `-` to disable + any of them (e.g. `-trailing-space`): ++ +* `blank-at-eol` treats trailing whitespaces at the end of the line + as an error (enabled by default). +* `space-before-tab` treats a space character that appears immediately + before a tab character in the initial indent part of the line as an + error (enabled by default). +* `indent-with-non-tab` treats a line that is indented with space + characters instead of the equivalent tabs as an error (not enabled by + default). +* `tab-in-indent` treats a tab character in the initial indent part of + the line as an error (not enabled by default). +* `blank-at-eof` treats blank lines added at the end of file as an error + (enabled by default). +* `trailing-space` is a short-hand to cover both `blank-at-eol` and + `blank-at-eof`. +* `cr-at-eol` treats a carriage-return at the end of line as + part of the line terminator, i.e. with it, `trailing-space` + does not trigger if the character before such a carriage-return + is not a whitespace (not enabled by default). +* `tabwidth=<n>` tells how many character positions a tab occupies; this + is relevant for `indent-with-non-tab` and when Git fixes `tab-in-indent` + errors. The default tab width is 8. Allowed values are 1 to 63. + +core.fsyncObjectFiles:: + This boolean will enable 'fsync()' when writing object files. ++ +This is a total waste of time and effort on a filesystem that orders +data writes properly, but can be useful for filesystems that do not use +journalling (traditional UNIX filesystems) or that only journal metadata +and not file contents (OS X's HFS+, or Linux ext3 with "data=writeback"). + +core.preloadIndex:: + Enable parallel index preload for operations like 'git diff' ++ +This can speed up operations like 'git diff' and 'git status' especially +on filesystems like NFS that have weak caching semantics and thus +relatively high IO latencies. When enabled, Git will do the +index comparison to the filesystem data in parallel, allowing +overlapping IO's. Defaults to true. + +core.unsetenvvars:: + Windows-only: comma-separated list of environment variables' + names that need to be unset before spawning any other process. + Defaults to `PERL5LIB` to account for the fact that Git for + Windows insists on using its own Perl interpreter. + +core.createObject:: + You can set this to 'link', in which case a hardlink followed by + a delete of the source are used to make sure that object creation + will not overwrite existing objects. ++ +On some file system/operating system combinations, this is unreliable. +Set this config setting to 'rename' there; However, This will remove the +check that makes sure that existing object files will not get overwritten. + +core.notesRef:: + When showing commit messages, also show notes which are stored in + the given ref. The ref must be fully qualified. If the given + ref does not exist, it is not an error but means that no + notes should be printed. ++ +This setting defaults to "refs/notes/commits", and it can be overridden by +the `GIT_NOTES_REF` environment variable. See linkgit:git-notes[1]. + +core.commitGraph:: + If true, then git will read the commit-graph file (if it exists) + to parse the graph structure of commits. Defaults to false. See + linkgit:git-commit-graph[1] for more information. + +core.useReplaceRefs:: + If set to `false`, behave as if the `--no-replace-objects` + option was given on the command line. See linkgit:git[1] and + linkgit:git-replace[1] for more information. + +core.multiPackIndex:: + Use the multi-pack-index file to track multiple packfiles using a + single index. See link:technical/multi-pack-index.html[the + multi-pack-index design document]. + +core.sparseCheckout:: + Enable "sparse checkout" feature. See section "Sparse checkout" in + linkgit:git-read-tree[1] for more information. + +core.abbrev:: + Set the length object names are abbreviated to. If + unspecified or set to "auto", an appropriate value is + computed based on the approximate number of packed objects + in your repository, which hopefully is enough for + abbreviated object names to stay unique for some time. + The minimum length is 4. diff --git a/Documentation/config/credential.txt b/Documentation/config/credential.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60fb3189e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/credential.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +credential.helper:: + Specify an external helper to be called when a username or + password credential is needed; the helper may consult external + storage to avoid prompting the user for the credentials. Note + that multiple helpers may be defined. See linkgit:gitcredentials[7] + for details. + +credential.useHttpPath:: + When acquiring credentials, consider the "path" component of an http + or https URL to be important. Defaults to false. See + linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for more information. + +credential.username:: + If no username is set for a network authentication, use this username + by default. See credential.<context>.* below, and + linkgit:gitcredentials[7]. + +credential.<url>.*:: + Any of the credential.* options above can be applied selectively to + some credentials. For example "credential.https://example.com.username" + would set the default username only for https connections to + example.com. See linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for details on how URLs are + matched. + +credentialCache.ignoreSIGHUP:: + Tell git-credential-cache--daemon to ignore SIGHUP, instead of quitting. diff --git a/Documentation/diff-config.txt b/Documentation/config/diff.txt index 77caa66c2f..e48bb987d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/diff.txt @@ -177,7 +177,15 @@ diff.tool:: Any other value is treated as a custom diff tool and requires that a corresponding difftool.<tool>.cmd variable is defined. -include::mergetools-diff.txt[] +diff.guitool:: + Controls which diff tool is used by linkgit:git-difftool[1] when + the -g/--gui flag is specified. This variable overrides the value + configured in `merge.guitool`. The list below shows the valid + built-in values. Any other value is treated as a custom diff tool + and requires that a corresponding difftool.<guitool>.cmd variable + is defined. + +include::../mergetools-diff.txt[] diff.indentHeuristic:: Set this option to `true` to enable experimental heuristics @@ -208,3 +216,15 @@ diff.wsErrorHighlight:: whitespace errors are colored with `color.diff.whitespace`. The command line option `--ws-error-highlight=<kind>` overrides this setting. + +diff.colorMoved:: + If set to either a valid `<mode>` or a true value, moved lines + in a diff are colored differently, for details of valid modes + see '--color-moved' in linkgit:git-diff[1]. If simply set to + true the default color mode will be used. When set to false, + moved lines are not colored. + +diff.colorMovedWS:: + When moved lines are colored using e.g. the `diff.colorMoved` setting, + this option controls the `<mode>` how spaces are treated + for details of valid modes see '--color-moved-ws' in linkgit:git-diff[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/difftool.txt b/Documentation/config/difftool.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6762594480 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/difftool.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +difftool.<tool>.path:: + Override the path for the given tool. This is useful in case + your tool is not in the PATH. + +difftool.<tool>.cmd:: + Specify the command to invoke the specified diff tool. + The specified command is evaluated in shell with the following + variables available: 'LOCAL' is set to the name of the temporary + file containing the contents of the diff pre-image and 'REMOTE' + is set to the name of the temporary file containing the contents + of the diff post-image. + +difftool.prompt:: + Prompt before each invocation of the diff tool. diff --git a/Documentation/config/fastimport.txt b/Documentation/config/fastimport.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c1166e330d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/fastimport.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +fastimport.unpackLimit:: + If the number of objects imported by linkgit:git-fast-import[1] + is below this limit, then the objects will be unpacked into + loose object files. However if the number of imported objects + equals or exceeds this limit then the pack will be stored as a + pack. Storing the pack from a fast-import can make the import + operation complete faster, especially on slow filesystems. If + not set, the value of `transfer.unpackLimit` is used instead. diff --git a/Documentation/config/fetch.txt b/Documentation/config/fetch.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbfad6cdbb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/fetch.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +fetch.recurseSubmodules:: + This option can be either set to a boolean value or to 'on-demand'. + Setting it to a boolean changes the behavior of fetch and pull to + unconditionally recurse into submodules when set to true or to not + recurse at all when set to false. When set to 'on-demand' (the default + value), fetch and pull will only recurse into a populated submodule + when its superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule's + reference. + +fetch.fsckObjects:: + If it is set to true, git-fetch-pack will check all fetched + objects. See `transfer.fsckObjects` for what's + checked. Defaults to false. If not set, the value of + `transfer.fsckObjects` is used instead. + +fetch.fsck.<msg-id>:: + Acts like `fsck.<msg-id>`, but is used by + linkgit:git-fetch-pack[1] instead of linkgit:git-fsck[1]. See + the `fsck.<msg-id>` documentation for details. + +fetch.fsck.skipList:: + Acts like `fsck.skipList`, but is used by + linkgit:git-fetch-pack[1] instead of linkgit:git-fsck[1]. See + the `fsck.skipList` documentation for details. + +fetch.unpackLimit:: + If the number of objects fetched over the Git native + transfer is below this + limit, then the objects will be unpacked into loose object + files. However if the number of received objects equals or + exceeds this limit then the received pack will be stored as + a pack, after adding any missing delta bases. Storing the + pack from a push can make the push operation complete faster, + especially on slow filesystems. If not set, the value of + `transfer.unpackLimit` is used instead. + +fetch.prune:: + If true, fetch will automatically behave as if the `--prune` + option was given on the command line. See also `remote.<name>.prune` + and the PRUNING section of linkgit:git-fetch[1]. + +fetch.pruneTags:: + If true, fetch will automatically behave as if the + `refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*` refspec was provided when pruning, + if not set already. This allows for setting both this option + and `fetch.prune` to maintain a 1=1 mapping to upstream + refs. See also `remote.<name>.pruneTags` and the PRUNING + section of linkgit:git-fetch[1]. + +fetch.output:: + Control how ref update status is printed. Valid values are + `full` and `compact`. Default value is `full`. See section + OUTPUT in linkgit:git-fetch[1] for detail. + +fetch.negotiationAlgorithm:: + Control how information about the commits in the local repository is + sent when negotiating the contents of the packfile to be sent by the + server. Set to "skipping" to use an algorithm that skips commits in an + effort to converge faster, but may result in a larger-than-necessary + packfile; The default is "default" which instructs Git to use the default algorithm + that never skips commits (unless the server has acknowledged it or one + of its descendants). + Unknown values will cause 'git fetch' to error out. ++ +See also the `--negotiation-tip` option for linkgit:git-fetch[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/filter.txt b/Documentation/config/filter.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90dfe0ba5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/filter.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +filter.<driver>.clean:: + The command which is used to convert the content of a worktree + file to a blob upon checkin. See linkgit:gitattributes[5] for + details. + +filter.<driver>.smudge:: + The command which is used to convert the content of a blob + object to a worktree file upon checkout. See + linkgit:gitattributes[5] for details. diff --git a/Documentation/fmt-merge-msg-config.txt b/Documentation/config/fmt-merge-msg.txt index c73cfa90b7..c73cfa90b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/fmt-merge-msg-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/fmt-merge-msg.txt diff --git a/Documentation/config/format.txt b/Documentation/config/format.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc77941c48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/format.txt @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +format.attach:: + Enable multipart/mixed attachments as the default for + 'format-patch'. The value can also be a double quoted string + which will enable attachments as the default and set the + value as the boundary. See the --attach option in + linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. + +format.from:: + Provides the default value for the `--from` option to format-patch. + Accepts a boolean value, or a name and email address. If false, + format-patch defaults to `--no-from`, using commit authors directly in + the "From:" field of patch mails. If true, format-patch defaults to + `--from`, using your committer identity in the "From:" field of patch + mails and including a "From:" field in the body of the patch mail if + different. If set to a non-boolean value, format-patch uses that + value instead of your committer identity. Defaults to false. + +format.numbered:: + A boolean which can enable or disable sequence numbers in patch + subjects. It defaults to "auto" which enables it only if there + is more than one patch. It can be enabled or disabled for all + messages by setting it to "true" or "false". See --numbered + option in linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. + +format.headers:: + Additional email headers to include in a patch to be submitted + by mail. See linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. + +format.to:: +format.cc:: + Additional recipients to include in a patch to be submitted + by mail. See the --to and --cc options in + linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. + +format.subjectPrefix:: + The default for format-patch is to output files with the '[PATCH]' + subject prefix. Use this variable to change that prefix. + +format.signature:: + The default for format-patch is to output a signature containing + the Git version number. Use this variable to change that default. + Set this variable to the empty string ("") to suppress + signature generation. + +format.signatureFile:: + Works just like format.signature except the contents of the + file specified by this variable will be used as the signature. + +format.suffix:: + The default for format-patch is to output files with the suffix + `.patch`. Use this variable to change that suffix (make sure to + include the dot if you want it). + +format.pretty:: + The default pretty format for log/show/whatchanged command, + See linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], + linkgit:git-whatchanged[1]. + +format.thread:: + The default threading style for 'git format-patch'. Can be + a boolean value, or `shallow` or `deep`. `shallow` threading + makes every mail a reply to the head of the series, + where the head is chosen from the cover letter, the + `--in-reply-to`, and the first patch mail, in this order. + `deep` threading makes every mail a reply to the previous one. + A true boolean value is the same as `shallow`, and a false + value disables threading. + +format.signOff:: + A boolean value which lets you enable the `-s/--signoff` option of + format-patch by default. *Note:* Adding the Signed-off-by: line to a + patch should be a conscious act and means that you certify you have + the rights to submit this work under the same open source license. + Please see the 'SubmittingPatches' document for further discussion. + +format.coverLetter:: + A boolean that controls whether to generate a cover-letter when + format-patch is invoked, but in addition can be set to "auto", to + generate a cover-letter only when there's more than one patch. + +format.outputDirectory:: + Set a custom directory to store the resulting files instead of the + current working directory. + +format.useAutoBase:: + A boolean value which lets you enable the `--base=auto` option of + format-patch by default. diff --git a/Documentation/config/fsck.txt b/Documentation/config/fsck.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..879c5a29c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/fsck.txt @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +fsck.<msg-id>:: + During fsck git may find issues with legacy data which + wouldn't be generated by current versions of git, and which + wouldn't be sent over the wire if `transfer.fsckObjects` was + set. This feature is intended to support working with legacy + repositories containing such data. ++ +Setting `fsck.<msg-id>` will be picked up by linkgit:git-fsck[1], but +to accept pushes of such data set `receive.fsck.<msg-id>` instead, or +to clone or fetch it set `fetch.fsck.<msg-id>`. ++ +The rest of the documentation discusses `fsck.*` for brevity, but the +same applies for the corresponding `receive.fsck.*` and +`fetch.<msg-id>.*`. variables. ++ +Unlike variables like `color.ui` and `core.editor` the +`receive.fsck.<msg-id>` and `fetch.fsck.<msg-id>` variables will not +fall back on the `fsck.<msg-id>` configuration if they aren't set. To +uniformly configure the same fsck settings in different circumstances +all three of them they must all set to the same values. ++ +When `fsck.<msg-id>` is set, errors can be switched to warnings and +vice versa by configuring the `fsck.<msg-id>` setting where the +`<msg-id>` is the fsck message ID and the value is one of `error`, +`warn` or `ignore`. For convenience, fsck prefixes the error/warning +with the message ID, e.g. "missingEmail: invalid author/committer line +- missing email" means that setting `fsck.missingEmail = ignore` will +hide that issue. ++ +In general, it is better to enumerate existing objects with problems +with `fsck.skipList`, instead of listing the kind of breakages these +problematic objects share to be ignored, as doing the latter will +allow new instances of the same breakages go unnoticed. ++ +Setting an unknown `fsck.<msg-id>` value will cause fsck to die, but +doing the same for `receive.fsck.<msg-id>` and `fetch.fsck.<msg-id>` +will only cause git to warn. + +fsck.skipList:: + The path to a list of object names (i.e. one unabbreviated SHA-1 per + line) that are known to be broken in a non-fatal way and should + be ignored. On versions of Git 2.20 and later comments ('#'), empty + lines, and any leading and trailing whitespace is ignored. Everything + but a SHA-1 per line will error out on older versions. ++ +This feature is useful when an established project should be accepted +despite early commits containing errors that can be safely ignored +such as invalid committer email addresses. Note: corrupt objects +cannot be skipped with this setting. ++ +Like `fsck.<msg-id>` this variable has corresponding +`receive.fsck.skipList` and `fetch.fsck.skipList` variants. ++ +Unlike variables like `color.ui` and `core.editor` the +`receive.fsck.skipList` and `fetch.fsck.skipList` variables will not +fall back on the `fsck.skipList` configuration if they aren't set. To +uniformly configure the same fsck settings in different circumstances +all three of them they must all set to the same values. ++ +Older versions of Git (before 2.20) documented that the object names +list should be sorted. This was never a requirement, the object names +could appear in any order, but when reading the list we tracked whether +the list was sorted for the purposes of an internal binary search +implementation, which could save itself some work with an already sorted +list. Unless you had a humongous list there was no reason to go out of +your way to pre-sort the list. After Git version 2.20 a hash implementation +is used instead, so there's now no reason to pre-sort the list. diff --git a/Documentation/config/gc.txt b/Documentation/config/gc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c6fbb8a96f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/gc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +gc.aggressiveDepth:: + The depth parameter used in the delta compression + algorithm used by 'git gc --aggressive'. This defaults + to 50. + +gc.aggressiveWindow:: + The window size parameter used in the delta compression + algorithm used by 'git gc --aggressive'. This defaults + to 250. + +gc.auto:: + When there are approximately more than this many loose + objects in the repository, `git gc --auto` will pack them. + Some Porcelain commands use this command to perform a + light-weight garbage collection from time to time. The + default value is 6700. Setting this to 0 disables it. + +gc.autoPackLimit:: + When there are more than this many packs that are not + marked with `*.keep` file in the repository, `git gc + --auto` consolidates them into one larger pack. The + default value is 50. Setting this to 0 disables it. + +gc.autoDetach:: + Make `git gc --auto` return immediately and run in background + if the system supports it. Default is true. + +gc.bigPackThreshold:: + If non-zero, all packs larger than this limit are kept when + `git gc` is run. This is very similar to `--keep-base-pack` + except that all packs that meet the threshold are kept, not + just the base pack. Defaults to zero. Common unit suffixes of + 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. ++ +Note that if the number of kept packs is more than gc.autoPackLimit, +this configuration variable is ignored, all packs except the base pack +will be repacked. After this the number of packs should go below +gc.autoPackLimit and gc.bigPackThreshold should be respected again. + +gc.writeCommitGraph:: + If true, then gc will rewrite the commit-graph file when + linkgit:git-gc[1] is run. When using linkgit:git-gc[1] + '--auto' the commit-graph will be updated if housekeeping is + required. Default is false. See linkgit:git-commit-graph[1] + for details. + +gc.logExpiry:: + If the file gc.log exists, then `git gc --auto` will print + its content and exit with status zero instead of running + unless that file is more than 'gc.logExpiry' old. Default is + "1.day". See `gc.pruneExpire` for more ways to specify its + value. + +gc.packRefs:: + Running `git pack-refs` in a repository renders it + unclonable by Git versions prior to 1.5.1.2 over dumb + transports such as HTTP. This variable determines whether + 'git gc' runs `git pack-refs`. This can be set to `notbare` + to enable it within all non-bare repos or it can be set to a + boolean value. The default is `true`. + +gc.pruneExpire:: + When 'git gc' is run, it will call 'prune --expire 2.weeks.ago'. + Override the grace period with this config variable. The value + "now" may be used to disable this grace period and always prune + unreachable objects immediately, or "never" may be used to + suppress pruning. This feature helps prevent corruption when + 'git gc' runs concurrently with another process writing to the + repository; see the "NOTES" section of linkgit:git-gc[1]. + +gc.worktreePruneExpire:: + When 'git gc' is run, it calls + 'git worktree prune --expire 3.months.ago'. + This config variable can be used to set a different grace + period. The value "now" may be used to disable the grace + period and prune `$GIT_DIR/worktrees` immediately, or "never" + may be used to suppress pruning. + +gc.reflogExpire:: +gc.<pattern>.reflogExpire:: + 'git reflog expire' removes reflog entries older than + this time; defaults to 90 days. The value "now" expires all + entries immediately, and "never" suppresses expiration + altogether. With "<pattern>" (e.g. + "refs/stash") in the middle the setting applies only to + the refs that match the <pattern>. + +gc.reflogExpireUnreachable:: +gc.<pattern>.reflogExpireUnreachable:: + 'git reflog expire' removes reflog entries older than + this time and are not reachable from the current tip; + defaults to 30 days. The value "now" expires all entries + immediately, and "never" suppresses expiration altogether. + With "<pattern>" (e.g. "refs/stash") + in the middle, the setting applies only to the refs that + match the <pattern>. + +gc.rerereResolved:: + Records of conflicted merge you resolved earlier are + kept for this many days when 'git rerere gc' is run. + You can also use more human-readable "1.month.ago", etc. + The default is 60 days. See linkgit:git-rerere[1]. + +gc.rerereUnresolved:: + Records of conflicted merge you have not resolved are + kept for this many days when 'git rerere gc' is run. + You can also use more human-readable "1.month.ago", etc. + The default is 15 days. See linkgit:git-rerere[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/gitcvs.txt b/Documentation/config/gitcvs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02da427fd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/gitcvs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +gitcvs.commitMsgAnnotation:: + Append this string to each commit message. Set to empty string + to disable this feature. Defaults to "via git-CVS emulator". + +gitcvs.enabled:: + Whether the CVS server interface is enabled for this repository. + See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. + +gitcvs.logFile:: + Path to a log file where the CVS server interface well... logs + various stuff. See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. + +gitcvs.usecrlfattr:: + If true, the server will look up the end-of-line conversion + attributes for files to determine the `-k` modes to use. If + the attributes force Git to treat a file as text, + the `-k` mode will be left blank so CVS clients will + treat it as text. If they suppress text conversion, the file + will be set with '-kb' mode, which suppresses any newline munging + the client might otherwise do. If the attributes do not allow + the file type to be determined, then `gitcvs.allBinary` is + used. See linkgit:gitattributes[5]. + +gitcvs.allBinary:: + This is used if `gitcvs.usecrlfattr` does not resolve + the correct '-kb' mode to use. If true, all + unresolved files are sent to the client in + mode '-kb'. This causes the client to treat them + as binary files, which suppresses any newline munging it + otherwise might do. Alternatively, if it is set to "guess", + then the contents of the file are examined to decide if + it is binary, similar to `core.autocrlf`. + +gitcvs.dbName:: + Database used by git-cvsserver to cache revision information + derived from the Git repository. The exact meaning depends on the + used database driver, for SQLite (which is the default driver) this + is a filename. Supports variable substitution (see + linkgit:git-cvsserver[1] for details). May not contain semicolons (`;`). + Default: '%Ggitcvs.%m.sqlite' + +gitcvs.dbDriver:: + Used Perl DBI driver. You can specify any available driver + for this here, but it might not work. git-cvsserver is tested + with 'DBD::SQLite', reported to work with 'DBD::Pg', and + reported *not* to work with 'DBD::mysql'. Experimental feature. + May not contain double colons (`:`). Default: 'SQLite'. + See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. + +gitcvs.dbUser, gitcvs.dbPass:: + Database user and password. Only useful if setting `gitcvs.dbDriver`, + since SQLite has no concept of database users and/or passwords. + 'gitcvs.dbUser' supports variable substitution (see + linkgit:git-cvsserver[1] for details). + +gitcvs.dbTableNamePrefix:: + Database table name prefix. Prepended to the names of any + database tables used, allowing a single database to be used + for several repositories. Supports variable substitution (see + linkgit:git-cvsserver[1] for details). Any non-alphabetic + characters will be replaced with underscores. + +All gitcvs variables except for `gitcvs.usecrlfattr` and +`gitcvs.allBinary` can also be specified as +'gitcvs.<access_method>.<varname>' (where 'access_method' +is one of "ext" and "pserver") to make them apply only for the given +access method. diff --git a/Documentation/config/gitweb.txt b/Documentation/config/gitweb.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b51475108 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/gitweb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +gitweb.category:: +gitweb.description:: +gitweb.owner:: +gitweb.url:: + See linkgit:gitweb[1] for description. + +gitweb.avatar:: +gitweb.blame:: +gitweb.grep:: +gitweb.highlight:: +gitweb.patches:: +gitweb.pickaxe:: +gitweb.remote_heads:: +gitweb.showSizes:: +gitweb.snapshot:: + See linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] for description. diff --git a/Documentation/config/gpg.txt b/Documentation/config/gpg.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..590fe0d4ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/gpg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +gpg.program:: + Use this custom program instead of "`gpg`" found on `$PATH` when + making or verifying a PGP signature. The program must support the + same command-line interface as GPG, namely, to verify a detached + signature, "`gpg --verify $file - <$signature`" is run, and the + program is expected to signal a good signature by exiting with + code 0, and to generate an ASCII-armored detached signature, the + standard input of "`gpg -bsau $key`" is fed with the contents to be + signed, and the program is expected to send the result to its + standard output. + +gpg.format:: + Specifies which key format to use when signing with `--gpg-sign`. + Default is "openpgp" and another possible value is "x509". + +gpg.<format>.program:: + Use this to customize the program used for the signing format you + chose. (see `gpg.program` and `gpg.format`) `gpg.program` can still + be used as a legacy synonym for `gpg.openpgp.program`. The default + value for `gpg.x509.program` is "gpgsm". diff --git a/Documentation/config/grep.txt b/Documentation/config/grep.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44abe45a7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/grep.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +grep.lineNumber:: + If set to true, enable `-n` option by default. + +grep.column:: + If set to true, enable the `--column` option by default. + +grep.patternType:: + Set the default matching behavior. Using a value of 'basic', 'extended', + 'fixed', or 'perl' will enable the `--basic-regexp`, `--extended-regexp`, + `--fixed-strings`, or `--perl-regexp` option accordingly, while the + value 'default' will return to the default matching behavior. + +grep.extendedRegexp:: + If set to true, enable `--extended-regexp` option by default. This + option is ignored when the `grep.patternType` option is set to a value + other than 'default'. + +grep.threads:: + Number of grep worker threads to use. + See `grep.threads` in linkgit:git-grep[1] for more information. + +grep.fallbackToNoIndex:: + If set to true, fall back to git grep --no-index if git grep + is executed outside of a git repository. Defaults to false. diff --git a/Documentation/config/gui.txt b/Documentation/config/gui.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d30831a130 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/gui.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +gui.commitMsgWidth:: + Defines how wide the commit message window is in the + linkgit:git-gui[1]. "75" is the default. + +gui.diffContext:: + Specifies how many context lines should be used in calls to diff + made by the linkgit:git-gui[1]. The default is "5". + +gui.displayUntracked:: + Determines if linkgit:git-gui[1] shows untracked files + in the file list. The default is "true". + +gui.encoding:: + Specifies the default encoding to use for displaying of + file contents in linkgit:git-gui[1] and linkgit:gitk[1]. + It can be overridden by setting the 'encoding' attribute + for relevant files (see linkgit:gitattributes[5]). + If this option is not set, the tools default to the + locale encoding. + +gui.matchTrackingBranch:: + Determines if new branches created with linkgit:git-gui[1] should + default to tracking remote branches with matching names or + not. Default: "false". + +gui.newBranchTemplate:: + Is used as suggested name when creating new branches using the + linkgit:git-gui[1]. + +gui.pruneDuringFetch:: + "true" if linkgit:git-gui[1] should prune remote-tracking branches when + performing a fetch. The default value is "false". + +gui.trustmtime:: + Determines if linkgit:git-gui[1] should trust the file modification + timestamp or not. By default the timestamps are not trusted. + +gui.spellingDictionary:: + Specifies the dictionary used for spell checking commit messages in + the linkgit:git-gui[1]. When set to "none" spell checking is turned + off. + +gui.fastCopyBlame:: + If true, 'git gui blame' uses `-C` instead of `-C -C` for original + location detection. It makes blame significantly faster on huge + repositories at the expense of less thorough copy detection. + +gui.copyBlameThreshold:: + Specifies the threshold to use in 'git gui blame' original location + detection, measured in alphanumeric characters. See the + linkgit:git-blame[1] manual for more information on copy detection. + +gui.blamehistoryctx:: + Specifies the radius of history context in days to show in + linkgit:gitk[1] for the selected commit, when the `Show History + Context` menu item is invoked from 'git gui blame'. If this + variable is set to zero, the whole history is shown. diff --git a/Documentation/config/guitool.txt b/Documentation/config/guitool.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43fb9466ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/guitool.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +guitool.<name>.cmd:: + Specifies the shell command line to execute when the corresponding item + of the linkgit:git-gui[1] `Tools` menu is invoked. This option is + mandatory for every tool. The command is executed from the root of + the working directory, and in the environment it receives the name of + the tool as `GIT_GUITOOL`, the name of the currently selected file as + 'FILENAME', and the name of the current branch as 'CUR_BRANCH' (if + the head is detached, 'CUR_BRANCH' is empty). + +guitool.<name>.needsFile:: + Run the tool only if a diff is selected in the GUI. It guarantees + that 'FILENAME' is not empty. + +guitool.<name>.noConsole:: + Run the command silently, without creating a window to display its + output. + +guitool.<name>.noRescan:: + Don't rescan the working directory for changes after the tool + finishes execution. + +guitool.<name>.confirm:: + Show a confirmation dialog before actually running the tool. + +guitool.<name>.argPrompt:: + Request a string argument from the user, and pass it to the tool + through the `ARGS` environment variable. Since requesting an + argument implies confirmation, the 'confirm' option has no effect + if this is enabled. If the option is set to 'true', 'yes', or '1', + the dialog uses a built-in generic prompt; otherwise the exact + value of the variable is used. + +guitool.<name>.revPrompt:: + Request a single valid revision from the user, and set the + `REVISION` environment variable. In other aspects this option + is similar to 'argPrompt', and can be used together with it. + +guitool.<name>.revUnmerged:: + Show only unmerged branches in the 'revPrompt' subdialog. + This is useful for tools similar to merge or rebase, but not + for things like checkout or reset. + +guitool.<name>.title:: + Specifies the title to use for the prompt dialog. The default + is the tool name. + +guitool.<name>.prompt:: + Specifies the general prompt string to display at the top of + the dialog, before subsections for 'argPrompt' and 'revPrompt'. + The default value includes the actual command. diff --git a/Documentation/config/help.txt b/Documentation/config/help.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..224bbf5a28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/help.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +help.browser:: + Specify the browser that will be used to display help in the + 'web' format. See linkgit:git-help[1]. + +help.format:: + Override the default help format used by linkgit:git-help[1]. + Values 'man', 'info', 'web' and 'html' are supported. 'man' is + the default. 'web' and 'html' are the same. + +help.autoCorrect:: + Automatically correct and execute mistyped commands after + waiting for the given number of deciseconds (0.1 sec). If more + than one command can be deduced from the entered text, nothing + will be executed. If the value of this option is negative, + the corrected command will be executed immediately. If the + value is 0 - the command will be just shown but not executed. + This is the default. + +help.htmlPath:: + Specify the path where the HTML documentation resides. File system paths + and URLs are supported. HTML pages will be prefixed with this path when + help is displayed in the 'web' format. This defaults to the documentation + path of your Git installation. diff --git a/Documentation/config/http.txt b/Documentation/config/http.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a56d848bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/http.txt @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +http.proxy:: + Override the HTTP proxy, normally configured using the 'http_proxy', + 'https_proxy', and 'all_proxy' environment variables (see `curl(1)`). In + addition to the syntax understood by curl, it is possible to specify a + proxy string with a user name but no password, in which case git will + attempt to acquire one in the same way it does for other credentials. See + linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for more information. The syntax thus is + '[protocol://][user[:password]@]proxyhost[:port]'. This can be overridden + on a per-remote basis; see remote.<name>.proxy + +http.proxyAuthMethod:: + Set the method with which to authenticate against the HTTP proxy. This + only takes effect if the configured proxy string contains a user name part + (i.e. is of the form 'user@host' or 'user@host:port'). This can be + overridden on a per-remote basis; see `remote.<name>.proxyAuthMethod`. + Both can be overridden by the `GIT_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHMETHOD` environment + variable. Possible values are: ++ +-- +* `anyauth` - Automatically pick a suitable authentication method. It is + assumed that the proxy answers an unauthenticated request with a 407 + status code and one or more Proxy-authenticate headers with supported + authentication methods. This is the default. +* `basic` - HTTP Basic authentication +* `digest` - HTTP Digest authentication; this prevents the password from being + transmitted to the proxy in clear text +* `negotiate` - GSS-Negotiate authentication (compare the --negotiate option + of `curl(1)`) +* `ntlm` - NTLM authentication (compare the --ntlm option of `curl(1)`) +-- + +http.emptyAuth:: + Attempt authentication without seeking a username or password. This + can be used to attempt GSS-Negotiate authentication without specifying + a username in the URL, as libcurl normally requires a username for + authentication. + +http.delegation:: + Control GSSAPI credential delegation. The delegation is disabled + by default in libcurl since version 7.21.7. Set parameter to tell + the server what it is allowed to delegate when it comes to user + credentials. Used with GSS/kerberos. Possible values are: ++ +-- +* `none` - Don't allow any delegation. +* `policy` - Delegates if and only if the OK-AS-DELEGATE flag is set in the + Kerberos service ticket, which is a matter of realm policy. +* `always` - Unconditionally allow the server to delegate. +-- + + +http.extraHeader:: + Pass an additional HTTP header when communicating with a server. If + more than one such entry exists, all of them are added as extra + headers. To allow overriding the settings inherited from the system + config, an empty value will reset the extra headers to the empty list. + +http.cookieFile:: + The pathname of a file containing previously stored cookie lines, + which should be used + in the Git http session, if they match the server. The file format + of the file to read cookies from should be plain HTTP headers or + the Netscape/Mozilla cookie file format (see `curl(1)`). + NOTE that the file specified with http.cookieFile is used only as + input unless http.saveCookies is set. + +http.saveCookies:: + If set, store cookies received during requests to the file specified by + http.cookieFile. Has no effect if http.cookieFile is unset. + +http.sslVersion:: + The SSL version to use when negotiating an SSL connection, if you + want to force the default. The available and default version + depend on whether libcurl was built against NSS or OpenSSL and the + particular configuration of the crypto library in use. Internally + this sets the 'CURLOPT_SSL_VERSION' option; see the libcurl + documentation for more details on the format of this option and + for the ssl version supported. Actually the possible values of + this option are: + + - sslv2 + - sslv3 + - tlsv1 + - tlsv1.0 + - tlsv1.1 + - tlsv1.2 + - tlsv1.3 + ++ +Can be overridden by the `GIT_SSL_VERSION` environment variable. +To force git to use libcurl's default ssl version and ignore any +explicit http.sslversion option, set `GIT_SSL_VERSION` to the +empty string. + +http.sslCipherList:: + A list of SSL ciphers to use when negotiating an SSL connection. + The available ciphers depend on whether libcurl was built against + NSS or OpenSSL and the particular configuration of the crypto + library in use. Internally this sets the 'CURLOPT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST' + option; see the libcurl documentation for more details on the format + of this list. ++ +Can be overridden by the `GIT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST` environment variable. +To force git to use libcurl's default cipher list and ignore any +explicit http.sslCipherList option, set `GIT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST` to the +empty string. + +http.sslVerify:: + Whether to verify the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing + over HTTPS. Defaults to true. Can be overridden by the + `GIT_SSL_NO_VERIFY` environment variable. + +http.sslCert:: + File containing the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing + over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the `GIT_SSL_CERT` environment + variable. + +http.sslKey:: + File containing the SSL private key when fetching or pushing + over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the `GIT_SSL_KEY` environment + variable. + +http.sslCertPasswordProtected:: + Enable Git's password prompt for the SSL certificate. Otherwise + OpenSSL will prompt the user, possibly many times, if the + certificate or private key is encrypted. Can be overridden by the + `GIT_SSL_CERT_PASSWORD_PROTECTED` environment variable. + +http.sslCAInfo:: + File containing the certificates to verify the peer with when + fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the + `GIT_SSL_CAINFO` environment variable. + +http.sslCAPath:: + Path containing files with the CA certificates to verify the peer + with when fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden + by the `GIT_SSL_CAPATH` environment variable. + +http.sslBackend:: + Name of the SSL backend to use (e.g. "openssl" or "schannel"). + This option is ignored if cURL lacks support for choosing the SSL + backend at runtime. + +http.schannelCheckRevoke:: + Used to enforce or disable certificate revocation checks in cURL + when http.sslBackend is set to "schannel". Defaults to `true` if + unset. Only necessary to disable this if Git consistently errors + and the message is about checking the revocation status of a + certificate. This option is ignored if cURL lacks support for + setting the relevant SSL option at runtime. + +http.schannelUseSSLCAInfo:: + As of cURL v7.60.0, the Secure Channel backend can use the + certificate bundle provided via `http.sslCAInfo`, but that would + override the Windows Certificate Store. Since this is not desirable + by default, Git will tell cURL not to use that bundle by default + when the `schannel` backend was configured via `http.sslBackend`, + unless `http.schannelUseSSLCAInfo` overrides this behavior. + +http.pinnedpubkey:: + Public key of the https service. It may either be the filename of + a PEM or DER encoded public key file or a string starting with + 'sha256//' followed by the base64 encoded sha256 hash of the + public key. See also libcurl 'CURLOPT_PINNEDPUBLICKEY'. git will + exit with an error if this option is set but not supported by + cURL. + +http.sslTry:: + Attempt to use AUTH SSL/TLS and encrypted data transfers + when connecting via regular FTP protocol. This might be needed + if the FTP server requires it for security reasons or you wish + to connect securely whenever remote FTP server supports it. + Default is false since it might trigger certificate verification + errors on misconfigured servers. + +http.maxRequests:: + How many HTTP requests to launch in parallel. Can be overridden + by the `GIT_HTTP_MAX_REQUESTS` environment variable. Default is 5. + +http.minSessions:: + The number of curl sessions (counted across slots) to be kept across + requests. They will not be ended with curl_easy_cleanup() until + http_cleanup() is invoked. If USE_CURL_MULTI is not defined, this + value will be capped at 1. Defaults to 1. + +http.postBuffer:: + Maximum size in bytes of the buffer used by smart HTTP + transports when POSTing data to the remote system. + For requests larger than this buffer size, HTTP/1.1 and + Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used to avoid creating a + massive pack file locally. Default is 1 MiB, which is + sufficient for most requests. + +http.lowSpeedLimit, http.lowSpeedTime:: + If the HTTP transfer speed is less than 'http.lowSpeedLimit' + for longer than 'http.lowSpeedTime' seconds, the transfer is aborted. + Can be overridden by the `GIT_HTTP_LOW_SPEED_LIMIT` and + `GIT_HTTP_LOW_SPEED_TIME` environment variables. + +http.noEPSV:: + A boolean which disables using of EPSV ftp command by curl. + This can helpful with some "poor" ftp servers which don't + support EPSV mode. Can be overridden by the `GIT_CURL_FTP_NO_EPSV` + environment variable. Default is false (curl will use EPSV). + +http.userAgent:: + The HTTP USER_AGENT string presented to an HTTP server. The default + value represents the version of the client Git such as git/1.7.1. + This option allows you to override this value to a more common value + such as Mozilla/4.0. This may be necessary, for instance, if + connecting through a firewall that restricts HTTP connections to a set + of common USER_AGENT strings (but not including those like git/1.7.1). + Can be overridden by the `GIT_HTTP_USER_AGENT` environment variable. + +http.followRedirects:: + Whether git should follow HTTP redirects. If set to `true`, git + will transparently follow any redirect issued by a server it + encounters. If set to `false`, git will treat all redirects as + errors. If set to `initial`, git will follow redirects only for + the initial request to a remote, but not for subsequent + follow-up HTTP requests. Since git uses the redirected URL as + the base for the follow-up requests, this is generally + sufficient. The default is `initial`. + +http.<url>.*:: + Any of the http.* options above can be applied selectively to some URLs. + For a config key to match a URL, each element of the config key is + compared to that of the URL, in the following order: ++ +-- +. Scheme (e.g., `https` in `https://example.com/`). This field + must match exactly between the config key and the URL. + +. Host/domain name (e.g., `example.com` in `https://example.com/`). + This field must match between the config key and the URL. It is + possible to specify a `*` as part of the host name to match all subdomains + at this level. `https://*.example.com/` for example would match + `https://foo.example.com/`, but not `https://foo.bar.example.com/`. + +. Port number (e.g., `8080` in `http://example.com:8080/`). + This field must match exactly between the config key and the URL. + Omitted port numbers are automatically converted to the correct + default for the scheme before matching. + +. Path (e.g., `repo.git` in `https://example.com/repo.git`). The + path field of the config key must match the path field of the URL + either exactly or as a prefix of slash-delimited path elements. This means + a config key with path `foo/` matches URL path `foo/bar`. A prefix can only + match on a slash (`/`) boundary. Longer matches take precedence (so a config + key with path `foo/bar` is a better match to URL path `foo/bar` than a config + key with just path `foo/`). + +. User name (e.g., `user` in `https://user@example.com/repo.git`). If + the config key has a user name it must match the user name in the + URL exactly. If the config key does not have a user name, that + config key will match a URL with any user name (including none), + but at a lower precedence than a config key with a user name. +-- ++ +The list above is ordered by decreasing precedence; a URL that matches +a config key's path is preferred to one that matches its user name. For example, +if the URL is `https://user@example.com/foo/bar` a config key match of +`https://example.com/foo` will be preferred over a config key match of +`https://user@example.com`. ++ +All URLs are normalized before attempting any matching (the password part, +if embedded in the URL, is always ignored for matching purposes) so that +equivalent URLs that are simply spelled differently will match properly. +Environment variable settings always override any matches. The URLs that are +matched against are those given directly to Git commands. This means any URLs +visited as a result of a redirection do not participate in matching. diff --git a/Documentation/config/i18n.txt b/Documentation/config/i18n.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc25621731 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/i18n.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +i18n.commitEncoding:: + Character encoding the commit messages are stored in; Git itself + does not care per se, but this information is necessary e.g. when + importing commits from emails or in the gitk graphical history + browser (and possibly at other places in the future or in other + porcelains). See e.g. linkgit:git-mailinfo[1]. Defaults to 'utf-8'. + +i18n.logOutputEncoding:: + Character encoding the commit messages are converted to when + running 'git log' and friends. diff --git a/Documentation/config/imap.txt b/Documentation/config/imap.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06166fb5c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/imap.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +imap.folder:: + The folder to drop the mails into, which is typically the Drafts + folder. For example: "INBOX.Drafts", "INBOX/Drafts" or + "[Gmail]/Drafts". Required. + +imap.tunnel:: + Command used to setup a tunnel to the IMAP server through which + commands will be piped instead of using a direct network connection + to the server. Required when imap.host is not set. + +imap.host:: + A URL identifying the server. Use an `imap://` prefix for non-secure + connections and an `imaps://` prefix for secure connections. + Ignored when imap.tunnel is set, but required otherwise. + +imap.user:: + The username to use when logging in to the server. + +imap.pass:: + The password to use when logging in to the server. + +imap.port:: + An integer port number to connect to on the server. + Defaults to 143 for imap:// hosts and 993 for imaps:// hosts. + Ignored when imap.tunnel is set. + +imap.sslverify:: + A boolean to enable/disable verification of the server certificate + used by the SSL/TLS connection. Default is `true`. Ignored when + imap.tunnel is set. + +imap.preformattedHTML:: + A boolean to enable/disable the use of html encoding when sending + a patch. An html encoded patch will be bracketed with <pre> + and have a content type of text/html. Ironically, enabling this + option causes Thunderbird to send the patch as a plain/text, + format=fixed email. Default is `false`. + +imap.authMethod:: + Specify authenticate method for authentication with IMAP server. + If Git was built with the NO_CURL option, or if your curl version is older + than 7.34.0, or if you're running git-imap-send with the `--no-curl` + option, the only supported method is 'CRAM-MD5'. If this is not set + then 'git imap-send' uses the basic IMAP plaintext LOGIN command. diff --git a/Documentation/config/index.txt b/Documentation/config/index.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4b94b6bedc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/index.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +index.threads:: + Specifies the number of threads to spawn when loading the index. + This is meant to reduce index load time on multiprocessor machines. + Specifying 0 or 'true' will cause Git to auto-detect the number of + CPU's and set the number of threads accordingly. Specifying 1 or + 'false' will disable multithreading. Defaults to 'true'. + +index.version:: + Specify the version with which new index files should be + initialized. This does not affect existing repositories. diff --git a/Documentation/config/init.txt b/Documentation/config/init.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46fa8c6a08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/init.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +init.templateDir:: + Specify the directory from which templates will be copied. + (See the "TEMPLATE DIRECTORY" section of linkgit:git-init[1].) diff --git a/Documentation/config/instaweb.txt b/Documentation/config/instaweb.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..50cb2f7d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/instaweb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +instaweb.browser:: + Specify the program that will be used to browse your working + repository in gitweb. See linkgit:git-instaweb[1]. + +instaweb.httpd:: + The HTTP daemon command-line to start gitweb on your working + repository. See linkgit:git-instaweb[1]. + +instaweb.local:: + If true the web server started by linkgit:git-instaweb[1] will + be bound to the local IP (127.0.0.1). + +instaweb.modulePath:: + The default module path for linkgit:git-instaweb[1] to use + instead of /usr/lib/apache2/modules. Only used if httpd + is Apache. + +instaweb.port:: + The port number to bind the gitweb httpd to. See + linkgit:git-instaweb[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/interactive.txt b/Documentation/config/interactive.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad846dd7c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/interactive.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +interactive.singleKey:: + In interactive commands, allow the user to provide one-letter + input with a single key (i.e., without hitting enter). + Currently this is used by the `--patch` mode of + linkgit:git-add[1], linkgit:git-checkout[1], linkgit:git-commit[1], + linkgit:git-reset[1], and linkgit:git-stash[1]. Note that this + setting is silently ignored if portable keystroke input + is not available; requires the Perl module Term::ReadKey. + +interactive.diffFilter:: + When an interactive command (such as `git add --patch`) shows + a colorized diff, git will pipe the diff through the shell + command defined by this configuration variable. The command may + mark up the diff further for human consumption, provided that it + retains a one-to-one correspondence with the lines in the + original diff. Defaults to disabled (no filtering). diff --git a/Documentation/config/log.txt b/Documentation/config/log.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78d9e4453a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/log.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +log.abbrevCommit:: + If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and + linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--abbrev-commit`. You may + override this option with `--no-abbrev-commit`. + +log.date:: + Set the default date-time mode for the 'log' command. + Setting a value for log.date is similar to using 'git log''s + `--date` option. See linkgit:git-log[1] for details. + +log.decorate:: + Print out the ref names of any commits that are shown by the log + command. If 'short' is specified, the ref name prefixes 'refs/heads/', + 'refs/tags/' and 'refs/remotes/' will not be printed. If 'full' is + specified, the full ref name (including prefix) will be printed. + If 'auto' is specified, then if the output is going to a terminal, + the ref names are shown as if 'short' were given, otherwise no ref + names are shown. This is the same as the `--decorate` option + of the `git log`. + +log.follow:: + If `true`, `git log` will act as if the `--follow` option was used when + a single <path> is given. This has the same limitations as `--follow`, + i.e. it cannot be used to follow multiple files and does not work well + on non-linear history. + +log.graphColors:: + A list of colors, separated by commas, that can be used to draw + history lines in `git log --graph`. + +log.showRoot:: + If true, the initial commit will be shown as a big creation event. + This is equivalent to a diff against an empty tree. + Tools like linkgit:git-log[1] or linkgit:git-whatchanged[1], which + normally hide the root commit will now show it. True by default. + +log.showSignature:: + If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and + linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--show-signature`. + +log.mailmap:: + If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and + linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--use-mailmap`. diff --git a/Documentation/config/mailinfo.txt b/Documentation/config/mailinfo.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3854d4ae37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/mailinfo.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +mailinfo.scissors:: + If true, makes linkgit:git-mailinfo[1] (and therefore + linkgit:git-am[1]) act by default as if the --scissors option + was provided on the command-line. When active, this features + removes everything from the message body before a scissors + line (i.e. consisting mainly of ">8", "8<" and "-"). diff --git a/Documentation/config/mailmap.txt b/Documentation/config/mailmap.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48cbc30722 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/mailmap.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +mailmap.file:: + The location of an augmenting mailmap file. The default + mailmap, located in the root of the repository, is loaded + first, then the mailmap file pointed to by this variable. + The location of the mailmap file may be in a repository + subdirectory, or somewhere outside of the repository itself. + See linkgit:git-shortlog[1] and linkgit:git-blame[1]. + +mailmap.blob:: + Like `mailmap.file`, but consider the value as a reference to a + blob in the repository. If both `mailmap.file` and + `mailmap.blob` are given, both are parsed, with entries from + `mailmap.file` taking precedence. In a bare repository, this + defaults to `HEAD:.mailmap`. In a non-bare repository, it + defaults to empty. diff --git a/Documentation/config/man.txt b/Documentation/config/man.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a727d987a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/man.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +man.viewer:: + Specify the programs that may be used to display help in the + 'man' format. See linkgit:git-help[1]. + +man.<tool>.cmd:: + Specify the command to invoke the specified man viewer. The + specified command is evaluated in shell with the man page + passed as argument. (See linkgit:git-help[1].) + +man.<tool>.path:: + Override the path for the given tool that may be used to + display help in the 'man' format. See linkgit:git-help[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/merge-config.txt b/Documentation/config/merge.txt index 662c2713ca..d389c73929 100644 --- a/Documentation/merge-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/merge.txt @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ merge.verifySignatures:: If true, this is equivalent to the --verify-signatures command line option. See linkgit:git-merge[1] for details. -include::fmt-merge-msg-config.txt[] +include::fmt-merge-msg.txt[] merge.renameLimit:: The number of files to consider when performing rename detection @@ -63,7 +63,13 @@ merge.tool:: Any other value is treated as a custom merge tool and requires that a corresponding mergetool.<tool>.cmd variable is defined. -include::mergetools-merge.txt[] +merge.guitool:: + Controls which merge tool is used by linkgit:git-mergetool[1] when the + -g/--gui flag is specified. The list below shows the valid built-in values. + Any other value is treated as a custom merge tool and requires that a + corresponding mergetool.<guitool>.cmd variable is defined. + +include::../mergetools-merge.txt[] merge.verbosity:: Controls the amount of output shown by the recursive merge diff --git a/Documentation/config/mergetool.txt b/Documentation/config/mergetool.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09ed31dbfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/mergetool.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +mergetool.<tool>.path:: + Override the path for the given tool. This is useful in case + your tool is not in the PATH. + +mergetool.<tool>.cmd:: + Specify the command to invoke the specified merge tool. The + specified command is evaluated in shell with the following + variables available: 'BASE' is the name of a temporary file + containing the common base of the files to be merged, if available; + 'LOCAL' is the name of a temporary file containing the contents of + the file on the current branch; 'REMOTE' is the name of a temporary + file containing the contents of the file from the branch being + merged; 'MERGED' contains the name of the file to which the merge + tool should write the results of a successful merge. + +mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode:: + For a custom merge command, specify whether the exit code of + the merge command can be used to determine whether the merge was + successful. If this is not set to true then the merge target file + timestamp is checked and the merge assumed to have been successful + if the file has been updated, otherwise the user is prompted to + indicate the success of the merge. + +mergetool.meld.hasOutput:: + Older versions of `meld` do not support the `--output` option. + Git will attempt to detect whether `meld` supports `--output` + by inspecting the output of `meld --help`. Configuring + `mergetool.meld.hasOutput` will make Git skip these checks and + use the configured value instead. Setting `mergetool.meld.hasOutput` + to `true` tells Git to unconditionally use the `--output` option, + and `false` avoids using `--output`. + +mergetool.keepBackup:: + After performing a merge, the original file with conflict markers + can be saved as a file with a `.orig` extension. If this variable + is set to `false` then this file is not preserved. Defaults to + `true` (i.e. keep the backup files). + +mergetool.keepTemporaries:: + When invoking a custom merge tool, Git uses a set of temporary + files to pass to the tool. If the tool returns an error and this + variable is set to `true`, then these temporary files will be + preserved, otherwise they will be removed after the tool has + exited. Defaults to `false`. + +mergetool.writeToTemp:: + Git writes temporary 'BASE', 'LOCAL', and 'REMOTE' versions of + conflicting files in the worktree by default. Git will attempt + to use a temporary directory for these files when set `true`. + Defaults to `false`. + +mergetool.prompt:: + Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program. diff --git a/Documentation/config/notes.txt b/Documentation/config/notes.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aeef56d49a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/notes.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +notes.mergeStrategy:: + Which merge strategy to choose by default when resolving notes + conflicts. Must be one of `manual`, `ours`, `theirs`, `union`, or + `cat_sort_uniq`. Defaults to `manual`. See "NOTES MERGE STRATEGIES" + section of linkgit:git-notes[1] for more information on each strategy. + +notes.<name>.mergeStrategy:: + Which merge strategy to choose when doing a notes merge into + refs/notes/<name>. This overrides the more general + "notes.mergeStrategy". See the "NOTES MERGE STRATEGIES" section in + linkgit:git-notes[1] for more information on the available strategies. + +notes.displayRef:: + The (fully qualified) refname from which to show notes when + showing commit messages. The value of this variable can be set + to a glob, in which case notes from all matching refs will be + shown. You may also specify this configuration variable + several times. A warning will be issued for refs that do not + exist, but a glob that does not match any refs is silently + ignored. ++ +This setting can be overridden with the `GIT_NOTES_DISPLAY_REF` +environment variable, which must be a colon separated list of refs or +globs. ++ +The effective value of "core.notesRef" (possibly overridden by +GIT_NOTES_REF) is also implicitly added to the list of refs to be +displayed. + +notes.rewrite.<command>:: + When rewriting commits with <command> (currently `amend` or + `rebase`) and this variable is set to `true`, Git + automatically copies your notes from the original to the + rewritten commit. Defaults to `true`, but see + "notes.rewriteRef" below. + +notes.rewriteMode:: + When copying notes during a rewrite (see the + "notes.rewrite.<command>" option), determines what to do if + the target commit already has a note. Must be one of + `overwrite`, `concatenate`, `cat_sort_uniq`, or `ignore`. + Defaults to `concatenate`. ++ +This setting can be overridden with the `GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_MODE` +environment variable. + +notes.rewriteRef:: + When copying notes during a rewrite, specifies the (fully + qualified) ref whose notes should be copied. The ref may be a + glob, in which case notes in all matching refs will be copied. + You may also specify this configuration several times. ++ +Does not have a default value; you must configure this variable to +enable note rewriting. Set it to `refs/notes/commits` to enable +rewriting for the default commit notes. ++ +This setting can be overridden with the `GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_REF` +environment variable, which must be a colon separated list of refs or +globs. diff --git a/Documentation/config/pack.txt b/Documentation/config/pack.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..edac75c83f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/pack.txt @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +pack.window:: + The size of the window used by linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] when no + window size is given on the command line. Defaults to 10. + +pack.depth:: + The maximum delta depth used by linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] when no + maximum depth is given on the command line. Defaults to 50. + Maximum value is 4095. + +pack.windowMemory:: + The maximum size of memory that is consumed by each thread + in linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] for pack window memory when + no limit is given on the command line. The value can be + suffixed with "k", "m", or "g". When left unconfigured (or + set explicitly to 0), there will be no limit. + +pack.compression:: + An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects + in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no + compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being + slowest. If not set, defaults to core.compression. If that is + not set, defaults to -1, the zlib default, which is "a default + compromise between speed and compression (currently equivalent + to level 6)." ++ +Note that changing the compression level will not automatically recompress +all existing objects. You can force recompression by passing the -F option +to linkgit:git-repack[1]. + +pack.island:: + An extended regular expression configuring a set of delta + islands. See "DELTA ISLANDS" in linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] + for details. + +pack.islandCore:: + Specify an island name which gets to have its objects be + packed first. This creates a kind of pseudo-pack at the front + of one pack, so that the objects from the specified island are + hopefully faster to copy into any pack that should be served + to a user requesting these objects. In practice this means + that the island specified should likely correspond to what is + the most commonly cloned in the repo. See also "DELTA ISLANDS" + in linkgit:git-pack-objects[1]. + +pack.deltaCacheSize:: + The maximum memory in bytes used for caching deltas in + linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] before writing them out to a pack. + This cache is used to speed up the writing object phase by not + having to recompute the final delta result once the best match + for all objects is found. Repacking large repositories on machines + which are tight with memory might be badly impacted by this though, + especially if this cache pushes the system into swapping. + A value of 0 means no limit. The smallest size of 1 byte may be + used to virtually disable this cache. Defaults to 256 MiB. + +pack.deltaCacheLimit:: + The maximum size of a delta, that is cached in + linkgit:git-pack-objects[1]. This cache is used to speed up the + writing object phase by not having to recompute the final delta + result once the best match for all objects is found. + Defaults to 1000. Maximum value is 65535. + +pack.threads:: + Specifies the number of threads to spawn when searching for best + delta matches. This requires that linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] + be compiled with pthreads otherwise this option is ignored with a + warning. This is meant to reduce packing time on multiprocessor + machines. The required amount of memory for the delta search window + is however multiplied by the number of threads. + Specifying 0 will cause Git to auto-detect the number of CPU's + and set the number of threads accordingly. + +pack.indexVersion:: + Specify the default pack index version. Valid values are 1 for + legacy pack index used by Git versions prior to 1.5.2, and 2 for + the new pack index with capabilities for packs larger than 4 GB + as well as proper protection against the repacking of corrupted + packs. Version 2 is the default. Note that version 2 is enforced + and this config option ignored whenever the corresponding pack is + larger than 2 GB. ++ +If you have an old Git that does not understand the version 2 `*.idx` file, +cloning or fetching over a non native protocol (e.g. "http") +that will copy both `*.pack` file and corresponding `*.idx` file from the +other side may give you a repository that cannot be accessed with your +older version of Git. If the `*.pack` file is smaller than 2 GB, however, +you can use linkgit:git-index-pack[1] on the *.pack file to regenerate +the `*.idx` file. + +pack.packSizeLimit:: + The maximum size of a pack. This setting only affects + packing to a file when repacking, i.e. the git:// protocol + is unaffected. It can be overridden by the `--max-pack-size` + option of linkgit:git-repack[1]. Reaching this limit results + in the creation of multiple packfiles; which in turn prevents + bitmaps from being created. + The minimum size allowed is limited to 1 MiB. + The default is unlimited. + Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are + supported. + +pack.useBitmaps:: + When true, git will use pack bitmaps (if available) when packing + to stdout (e.g., during the server side of a fetch). Defaults to + true. You should not generally need to turn this off unless + you are debugging pack bitmaps. + +pack.writeBitmaps (deprecated):: + This is a deprecated synonym for `repack.writeBitmaps`. + +pack.writeBitmapHashCache:: + When true, git will include a "hash cache" section in the bitmap + index (if one is written). This cache can be used to feed git's + delta heuristics, potentially leading to better deltas between + bitmapped and non-bitmapped objects (e.g., when serving a fetch + between an older, bitmapped pack and objects that have been + pushed since the last gc). The downside is that it consumes 4 + bytes per object of disk space, and that JGit's bitmap + implementation does not understand it, causing it to complain if + Git and JGit are used on the same repository. Defaults to false. diff --git a/Documentation/config/pager.txt b/Documentation/config/pager.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3731cf66c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/pager.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +pager.<cmd>:: + If the value is boolean, turns on or off pagination of the + output of a particular Git subcommand when writing to a tty. + Otherwise, turns on pagination for the subcommand using the + pager specified by the value of `pager.<cmd>`. If `--paginate` + or `--no-pager` is specified on the command line, it takes + precedence over this option. To disable pagination for all + commands, set `core.pager` or `GIT_PAGER` to `cat`. diff --git a/Documentation/config/pretty.txt b/Documentation/config/pretty.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..063c6b63d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/pretty.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +pretty.<name>:: + Alias for a --pretty= format string, as specified in + linkgit:git-log[1]. Any aliases defined here can be used just + as the built-in pretty formats could. For example, + running `git config pretty.changelog "format:* %H %s"` + would cause the invocation `git log --pretty=changelog` + to be equivalent to running `git log "--pretty=format:* %H %s"`. + Note that an alias with the same name as a built-in format + will be silently ignored. diff --git a/Documentation/config/protocol.txt b/Documentation/config/protocol.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bfccc07491 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/protocol.txt @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +protocol.allow:: + If set, provide a user defined default policy for all protocols which + don't explicitly have a policy (`protocol.<name>.allow`). By default, + if unset, known-safe protocols (http, https, git, ssh, file) have a + default policy of `always`, known-dangerous protocols (ext) have a + default policy of `never`, and all other protocols have a default + policy of `user`. Supported policies: ++ +-- + +* `always` - protocol is always able to be used. + +* `never` - protocol is never able to be used. + +* `user` - protocol is only able to be used when `GIT_PROTOCOL_FROM_USER` is + either unset or has a value of 1. This policy should be used when you want a + protocol to be directly usable by the user but don't want it used by commands which + execute clone/fetch/push commands without user input, e.g. recursive + submodule initialization. + +-- + +protocol.<name>.allow:: + Set a policy to be used by protocol `<name>` with clone/fetch/push + commands. See `protocol.allow` above for the available policies. ++ +The protocol names currently used by git are: ++ +-- + - `file`: any local file-based path (including `file://` URLs, + or local paths) + + - `git`: the anonymous git protocol over a direct TCP + connection (or proxy, if configured) + + - `ssh`: git over ssh (including `host:path` syntax, + `ssh://`, etc). + + - `http`: git over http, both "smart http" and "dumb http". + Note that this does _not_ include `https`; if you want to configure + both, you must do so individually. + + - any external helpers are named by their protocol (e.g., use + `hg` to allow the `git-remote-hg` helper) +-- + +protocol.version:: + Experimental. If set, clients will attempt to communicate with a + server using the specified protocol version. If unset, no + attempt will be made by the client to communicate using a + particular protocol version, this results in protocol version 0 + being used. + Supported versions: ++ +-- + +* `0` - the original wire protocol. + +* `1` - the original wire protocol with the addition of a version string + in the initial response from the server. + +* `2` - link:technical/protocol-v2.html[wire protocol version 2]. + +-- diff --git a/Documentation/config/pull.txt b/Documentation/config/pull.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bb23a9947d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/pull.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +pull.ff:: + By default, Git does not create an extra merge commit when merging + a commit that is a descendant of the current commit. Instead, the + tip of the current branch is fast-forwarded. When set to `false`, + this variable tells Git to create an extra merge commit in such + a case (equivalent to giving the `--no-ff` option from the command + line). When set to `only`, only such fast-forward merges are + allowed (equivalent to giving the `--ff-only` option from the + command line). This setting overrides `merge.ff` when pulling. + +pull.rebase:: + When true, rebase branches on top of the fetched branch, instead + of merging the default branch from the default remote when "git + pull" is run. See "branch.<name>.rebase" for setting this on a + per-branch basis. ++ +When `merges`, pass the `--rebase-merges` option to 'git rebase' +so that the local merge commits are included in the rebase (see +linkgit:git-rebase[1] for details). ++ +When preserve, also pass `--preserve-merges` along to 'git rebase' +so that locally committed merge commits will not be flattened +by running 'git pull'. ++ +When the value is `interactive`, the rebase is run in interactive mode. ++ +*NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use +it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] +for details). + +pull.octopus:: + The default merge strategy to use when pulling multiple branches + at once. + +pull.twohead:: + The default merge strategy to use when pulling a single branch. diff --git a/Documentation/config/push.txt b/Documentation/config/push.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a0e000569 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/push.txt @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +push.default:: + Defines the action `git push` should take if no refspec is + explicitly given. Different values are well-suited for + specific workflows; for instance, in a purely central workflow + (i.e. the fetch source is equal to the push destination), + `upstream` is probably what you want. Possible values are: ++ +-- + +* `nothing` - do not push anything (error out) unless a refspec is + explicitly given. This is primarily meant for people who want to + avoid mistakes by always being explicit. + +* `current` - push the current branch to update a branch with the same + name on the receiving end. Works in both central and non-central + workflows. + +* `upstream` - push the current branch back to the branch whose + changes are usually integrated into the current branch (which is + called `@{upstream}`). This mode only makes sense if you are + pushing to the same repository you would normally pull from + (i.e. central workflow). + +* `tracking` - This is a deprecated synonym for `upstream`. + +* `simple` - in centralized workflow, work like `upstream` with an + added safety to refuse to push if the upstream branch's name is + different from the local one. ++ +When pushing to a remote that is different from the remote you normally +pull from, work as `current`. This is the safest option and is suited +for beginners. ++ +This mode has become the default in Git 2.0. + +* `matching` - push all branches having the same name on both ends. + This makes the repository you are pushing to remember the set of + branches that will be pushed out (e.g. if you always push 'maint' + and 'master' there and no other branches, the repository you push + to will have these two branches, and your local 'maint' and + 'master' will be pushed there). ++ +To use this mode effectively, you have to make sure _all_ the +branches you would push out are ready to be pushed out before +running 'git push', as the whole point of this mode is to allow you +to push all of the branches in one go. If you usually finish work +on only one branch and push out the result, while other branches are +unfinished, this mode is not for you. Also this mode is not +suitable for pushing into a shared central repository, as other +people may add new branches there, or update the tip of existing +branches outside your control. ++ +This used to be the default, but not since Git 2.0 (`simple` is the +new default). + +-- + +push.followTags:: + If set to true enable `--follow-tags` option by default. You + may override this configuration at time of push by specifying + `--no-follow-tags`. + +push.gpgSign:: + May be set to a boolean value, or the string 'if-asked'. A true + value causes all pushes to be GPG signed, as if `--signed` is + passed to linkgit:git-push[1]. The string 'if-asked' causes + pushes to be signed if the server supports it, as if + `--signed=if-asked` is passed to 'git push'. A false value may + override a value from a lower-priority config file. An explicit + command-line flag always overrides this config option. + +push.pushOption:: + When no `--push-option=<option>` argument is given from the + command line, `git push` behaves as if each <value> of + this variable is given as `--push-option=<value>`. ++ +This is a multi-valued variable, and an empty value can be used in a +higher priority configuration file (e.g. `.git/config` in a +repository) to clear the values inherited from a lower priority +configuration files (e.g. `$HOME/.gitconfig`). ++ +-- + +Example: + +/etc/gitconfig + push.pushoption = a + push.pushoption = b + +~/.gitconfig + push.pushoption = c + +repo/.git/config + push.pushoption = + push.pushoption = b + +This will result in only b (a and c are cleared). + +-- + +push.recurseSubmodules:: + Make sure all submodule commits used by the revisions to be pushed + are available on a remote-tracking branch. If the value is 'check' + then Git will verify that all submodule commits that changed in the + revisions to be pushed are available on at least one remote of the + submodule. If any commits are missing, the push will be aborted and + exit with non-zero status. If the value is 'on-demand' then all + submodules that changed in the revisions to be pushed will be + pushed. If on-demand was not able to push all necessary revisions + it will also be aborted and exit with non-zero status. If the value + is 'no' then default behavior of ignoring submodules when pushing + is retained. You may override this configuration at time of push by + specifying '--recurse-submodules=check|on-demand|no'. diff --git a/Documentation/rebase-config.txt b/Documentation/config/rebase.txt index 42e1ba7575..42e1ba7575 100644 --- a/Documentation/rebase-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/rebase.txt diff --git a/Documentation/config/receive.txt b/Documentation/config/receive.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..65f78aac37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/receive.txt @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +receive.advertiseAtomic:: + By default, git-receive-pack will advertise the atomic push + capability to its clients. If you don't want to advertise this + capability, set this variable to false. + +receive.advertisePushOptions:: + When set to true, git-receive-pack will advertise the push options + capability to its clients. False by default. + +receive.autogc:: + By default, git-receive-pack will run "git-gc --auto" after + receiving data from git-push and updating refs. You can stop + it by setting this variable to false. + +receive.certNonceSeed:: + By setting this variable to a string, `git receive-pack` + will accept a `git push --signed` and verifies it by using + a "nonce" protected by HMAC using this string as a secret + key. + +receive.certNonceSlop:: + When a `git push --signed` sent a push certificate with a + "nonce" that was issued by a receive-pack serving the same + repository within this many seconds, export the "nonce" + found in the certificate to `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE` to the + hooks (instead of what the receive-pack asked the sending + side to include). This may allow writing checks in + `pre-receive` and `post-receive` a bit easier. Instead of + checking `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_SLOP` environment variable + that records by how many seconds the nonce is stale to + decide if they want to accept the certificate, they only + can check `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_STATUS` is `OK`. + +receive.fsckObjects:: + If it is set to true, git-receive-pack will check all received + objects. See `transfer.fsckObjects` for what's checked. + Defaults to false. If not set, the value of + `transfer.fsckObjects` is used instead. + +receive.fsck.<msg-id>:: + Acts like `fsck.<msg-id>`, but is used by + linkgit:git-receive-pack[1] instead of + linkgit:git-fsck[1]. See the `fsck.<msg-id>` documentation for + details. + +receive.fsck.skipList:: + Acts like `fsck.skipList`, but is used by + linkgit:git-receive-pack[1] instead of + linkgit:git-fsck[1]. See the `fsck.skipList` documentation for + details. + +receive.keepAlive:: + After receiving the pack from the client, `receive-pack` may + produce no output (if `--quiet` was specified) while processing + the pack, causing some networks to drop the TCP connection. + With this option set, if `receive-pack` does not transmit + any data in this phase for `receive.keepAlive` seconds, it will + send a short keepalive packet. The default is 5 seconds; set + to 0 to disable keepalives entirely. + +receive.unpackLimit:: + If the number of objects received in a push is below this + limit then the objects will be unpacked into loose object + files. However if the number of received objects equals or + exceeds this limit then the received pack will be stored as + a pack, after adding any missing delta bases. Storing the + pack from a push can make the push operation complete faster, + especially on slow filesystems. If not set, the value of + `transfer.unpackLimit` is used instead. + +receive.maxInputSize:: + If the size of the incoming pack stream is larger than this + limit, then git-receive-pack will error out, instead of + accepting the pack file. If not set or set to 0, then the size + is unlimited. + +receive.denyDeletes:: + If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update that deletes + the ref. Use this to prevent such a ref deletion via a push. + +receive.denyDeleteCurrent:: + If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update that + deletes the currently checked out branch of a non-bare repository. + +receive.denyCurrentBranch:: + If set to true or "refuse", git-receive-pack will deny a ref update + to the currently checked out branch of a non-bare repository. + Such a push is potentially dangerous because it brings the HEAD + out of sync with the index and working tree. If set to "warn", + print a warning of such a push to stderr, but allow the push to + proceed. If set to false or "ignore", allow such pushes with no + message. Defaults to "refuse". ++ +Another option is "updateInstead" which will update the working +tree if pushing into the current branch. This option is +intended for synchronizing working directories when one side is not easily +accessible via interactive ssh (e.g. a live web site, hence the requirement +that the working directory be clean). This mode also comes in handy when +developing inside a VM to test and fix code on different Operating Systems. ++ +By default, "updateInstead" will refuse the push if the working tree or +the index have any difference from the HEAD, but the `push-to-checkout` +hook can be used to customize this. See linkgit:githooks[5]. + +receive.denyNonFastForwards:: + If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update which is + not a fast-forward. Use this to prevent such an update via a push, + even if that push is forced. This configuration variable is + set when initializing a shared repository. + +receive.hideRefs:: + This variable is the same as `transfer.hideRefs`, but applies + only to `receive-pack` (and so affects pushes, but not fetches). + An attempt to update or delete a hidden ref by `git push` is + rejected. + +receive.updateServerInfo:: + If set to true, git-receive-pack will run git-update-server-info + after receiving data from git-push and updating refs. + +receive.shallowUpdate:: + If set to true, .git/shallow can be updated when new refs + require new shallow roots. Otherwise those refs are rejected. diff --git a/Documentation/config/remote.txt b/Documentation/config/remote.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c4cad83a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/remote.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +remote.pushDefault:: + The remote to push to by default. Overrides + `branch.<name>.remote` for all branches, and is overridden by + `branch.<name>.pushRemote` for specific branches. + +remote.<name>.url:: + The URL of a remote repository. See linkgit:git-fetch[1] or + linkgit:git-push[1]. + +remote.<name>.pushurl:: + The push URL of a remote repository. See linkgit:git-push[1]. + +remote.<name>.proxy:: + For remotes that require curl (http, https and ftp), the URL to + the proxy to use for that remote. Set to the empty string to + disable proxying for that remote. + +remote.<name>.proxyAuthMethod:: + For remotes that require curl (http, https and ftp), the method to use for + authenticating against the proxy in use (probably set in + `remote.<name>.proxy`). See `http.proxyAuthMethod`. + +remote.<name>.fetch:: + The default set of "refspec" for linkgit:git-fetch[1]. See + linkgit:git-fetch[1]. + +remote.<name>.push:: + The default set of "refspec" for linkgit:git-push[1]. See + linkgit:git-push[1]. + +remote.<name>.mirror:: + If true, pushing to this remote will automatically behave + as if the `--mirror` option was given on the command line. + +remote.<name>.skipDefaultUpdate:: + If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating + using linkgit:git-fetch[1] or the `update` subcommand of + linkgit:git-remote[1]. + +remote.<name>.skipFetchAll:: + If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating + using linkgit:git-fetch[1] or the `update` subcommand of + linkgit:git-remote[1]. + +remote.<name>.receivepack:: + The default program to execute on the remote side when pushing. See + option --receive-pack of linkgit:git-push[1]. + +remote.<name>.uploadpack:: + The default program to execute on the remote side when fetching. See + option --upload-pack of linkgit:git-fetch-pack[1]. + +remote.<name>.tagOpt:: + Setting this value to --no-tags disables automatic tag following when + fetching from remote <name>. Setting it to --tags will fetch every + tag from remote <name>, even if they are not reachable from remote + branch heads. Passing these flags directly to linkgit:git-fetch[1] can + override this setting. See options --tags and --no-tags of + linkgit:git-fetch[1]. + +remote.<name>.vcs:: + Setting this to a value <vcs> will cause Git to interact with + the remote with the git-remote-<vcs> helper. + +remote.<name>.prune:: + When set to true, fetching from this remote by default will also + remove any remote-tracking references that no longer exist on the + remote (as if the `--prune` option was given on the command line). + Overrides `fetch.prune` settings, if any. + +remote.<name>.pruneTags:: + When set to true, fetching from this remote by default will also + remove any local tags that no longer exist on the remote if pruning + is activated in general via `remote.<name>.prune`, `fetch.prune` or + `--prune`. Overrides `fetch.pruneTags` settings, if any. ++ +See also `remote.<name>.prune` and the PRUNING section of +linkgit:git-fetch[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/remotes.txt b/Documentation/config/remotes.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cfe03221e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/remotes.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +remotes.<group>:: + The list of remotes which are fetched by "git remote update + <group>". See linkgit:git-remote[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/repack.txt b/Documentation/config/repack.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5c37813fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/repack.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +repack.useDeltaBaseOffset:: + By default, linkgit:git-repack[1] creates packs that use + delta-base offset. If you need to share your repository with + Git older than version 1.4.4, either directly or via a dumb + protocol such as http, then you need to set this option to + "false" and repack. Access from old Git versions over the + native protocol are unaffected by this option. + +repack.packKeptObjects:: + If set to true, makes `git repack` act as if + `--pack-kept-objects` was passed. See linkgit:git-repack[1] for + details. Defaults to `false` normally, but `true` if a bitmap + index is being written (either via `--write-bitmap-index` or + `repack.writeBitmaps`). + +repack.useDeltaIslands:: + If set to true, makes `git repack` act as if `--delta-islands` + was passed. Defaults to `false`. + +repack.writeBitmaps:: + When true, git will write a bitmap index when packing all + objects to disk (e.g., when `git repack -a` is run). This + index can speed up the "counting objects" phase of subsequent + packs created for clones and fetches, at the cost of some disk + space and extra time spent on the initial repack. This has + no effect if multiple packfiles are created. + Defaults to false. diff --git a/Documentation/config/rerere.txt b/Documentation/config/rerere.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40abdf6a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/rerere.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +rerere.autoUpdate:: + When set to true, `git-rerere` updates the index with the + resulting contents after it cleanly resolves conflicts using + previously recorded resolution. Defaults to false. + +rerere.enabled:: + Activate recording of resolved conflicts, so that identical + conflict hunks can be resolved automatically, should they be + encountered again. By default, linkgit:git-rerere[1] is + enabled if there is an `rr-cache` directory under the + `$GIT_DIR`, e.g. if "rerere" was previously used in the + repository. diff --git a/Documentation/config/reset.txt b/Documentation/config/reset.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63b7c45aac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/reset.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +reset.quiet:: + When set to true, 'git reset' will default to the '--quiet' option. diff --git a/Documentation/config/sendemail.txt b/Documentation/config/sendemail.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0006faf800 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/sendemail.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +sendemail.identity:: + A configuration identity. When given, causes values in the + 'sendemail.<identity>' subsection to take precedence over + values in the 'sendemail' section. The default identity is + the value of `sendemail.identity`. + +sendemail.smtpEncryption:: + See linkgit:git-send-email[1] for description. Note that this + setting is not subject to the 'identity' mechanism. + +sendemail.smtpssl (deprecated):: + Deprecated alias for 'sendemail.smtpEncryption = ssl'. + +sendemail.smtpsslcertpath:: + Path to ca-certificates (either a directory or a single file). + Set it to an empty string to disable certificate verification. + +sendemail.<identity>.*:: + Identity-specific versions of the 'sendemail.*' parameters + found below, taking precedence over those when this + identity is selected, through either the command-line or + `sendemail.identity`. + +sendemail.aliasesFile:: +sendemail.aliasFileType:: +sendemail.annotate:: +sendemail.bcc:: +sendemail.cc:: +sendemail.ccCmd:: +sendemail.chainReplyTo:: +sendemail.confirm:: +sendemail.envelopeSender:: +sendemail.from:: +sendemail.multiEdit:: +sendemail.signedoffbycc:: +sendemail.smtpPass:: +sendemail.suppresscc:: +sendemail.suppressFrom:: +sendemail.to:: +sendemail.tocmd:: +sendemail.smtpDomain:: +sendemail.smtpServer:: +sendemail.smtpServerPort:: +sendemail.smtpServerOption:: +sendemail.smtpUser:: +sendemail.thread:: +sendemail.transferEncoding:: +sendemail.validate:: +sendemail.xmailer:: + See linkgit:git-send-email[1] for description. + +sendemail.signedoffcc (deprecated):: + Deprecated alias for `sendemail.signedoffbycc`. + +sendemail.smtpBatchSize:: + Number of messages to be sent per connection, after that a relogin + will happen. If the value is 0 or undefined, send all messages in + one connection. + See also the `--batch-size` option of linkgit:git-send-email[1]. + +sendemail.smtpReloginDelay:: + Seconds wait before reconnecting to smtp server. + See also the `--relogin-delay` option of linkgit:git-send-email[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/sequencer.txt b/Documentation/config/sequencer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b48d532a96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/sequencer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +sequence.editor:: + Text editor used by `git rebase -i` for editing the rebase instruction file. + The value is meant to be interpreted by the shell when it is used. + It can be overridden by the `GIT_SEQUENCE_EDITOR` environment variable. + When not configured the default commit message editor is used instead. diff --git a/Documentation/config/showbranch.txt b/Documentation/config/showbranch.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e79ecd9ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/showbranch.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +showBranch.default:: + The default set of branches for linkgit:git-show-branch[1]. + See linkgit:git-show-branch[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/splitindex.txt b/Documentation/config/splitindex.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afdb186df8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/splitindex.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +splitIndex.maxPercentChange:: + When the split index feature is used, this specifies the + percent of entries the split index can contain compared to the + total number of entries in both the split index and the shared + index before a new shared index is written. + The value should be between 0 and 100. If the value is 0 then + a new shared index is always written, if it is 100 a new + shared index is never written. + By default the value is 20, so a new shared index is written + if the number of entries in the split index would be greater + than 20 percent of the total number of entries. + See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. + +splitIndex.sharedIndexExpire:: + When the split index feature is used, shared index files that + were not modified since the time this variable specifies will + be removed when a new shared index file is created. The value + "now" expires all entries immediately, and "never" suppresses + expiration altogether. + The default value is "2.weeks.ago". + Note that a shared index file is considered modified (for the + purpose of expiration) each time a new split-index file is + either created based on it or read from it. + See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/ssh.txt b/Documentation/config/ssh.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ca4bf93e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/ssh.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +ssh.variant:: + By default, Git determines the command line arguments to use + based on the basename of the configured SSH command (configured + using the environment variable `GIT_SSH` or `GIT_SSH_COMMAND` or + the config setting `core.sshCommand`). If the basename is + unrecognized, Git will attempt to detect support of OpenSSH + options by first invoking the configured SSH command with the + `-G` (print configuration) option and will subsequently use + OpenSSH options (if that is successful) or no options besides + the host and remote command (if it fails). ++ +The config variable `ssh.variant` can be set to override this detection. +Valid values are `ssh` (to use OpenSSH options), `plink`, `putty`, +`tortoiseplink`, `simple` (no options except the host and remote command). +The default auto-detection can be explicitly requested using the value +`auto`. Any other value is treated as `ssh`. This setting can also be +overridden via the environment variable `GIT_SSH_VARIANT`. ++ +The current command-line parameters used for each variant are as +follows: ++ +-- + +* `ssh` - [-p port] [-4] [-6] [-o option] [username@]host command + +* `simple` - [username@]host command + +* `plink` or `putty` - [-P port] [-4] [-6] [username@]host command + +* `tortoiseplink` - [-P port] [-4] [-6] -batch [username@]host command + +-- ++ +Except for the `simple` variant, command-line parameters are likely to +change as git gains new features. diff --git a/Documentation/config/stash.txt b/Documentation/config/stash.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c583d46d6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/stash.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +stash.showPatch:: + If this is set to true, the `git stash show` command without an + option will show the stash entry in patch form. Defaults to false. + See description of 'show' command in linkgit:git-stash[1]. + +stash.showStat:: + If this is set to true, the `git stash show` command without an + option will show diffstat of the stash entry. Defaults to true. + See description of 'show' command in linkgit:git-stash[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/status.txt b/Documentation/config/status.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed72fa7dae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/status.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +status.relativePaths:: + By default, linkgit:git-status[1] shows paths relative to the + current directory. Setting this variable to `false` shows paths + relative to the repository root (this was the default for Git + prior to v1.5.4). + +status.short:: + Set to true to enable --short by default in linkgit:git-status[1]. + The option --no-short takes precedence over this variable. + +status.branch:: + Set to true to enable --branch by default in linkgit:git-status[1]. + The option --no-branch takes precedence over this variable. + +status.displayCommentPrefix:: + If set to true, linkgit:git-status[1] will insert a comment + prefix before each output line (starting with + `core.commentChar`, i.e. `#` by default). This was the + behavior of linkgit:git-status[1] in Git 1.8.4 and previous. + Defaults to false. + +status.renameLimit:: + The number of files to consider when performing rename detection + in linkgit:git-status[1] and linkgit:git-commit[1]. Defaults to + the value of diff.renameLimit. + +status.renames:: + Whether and how Git detects renames in linkgit:git-status[1] and + linkgit:git-commit[1] . If set to "false", rename detection is + disabled. If set to "true", basic rename detection is enabled. + If set to "copies" or "copy", Git will detect copies, as well. + Defaults to the value of diff.renames. + +status.showStash:: + If set to true, linkgit:git-status[1] will display the number of + entries currently stashed away. + Defaults to false. + +status.showUntrackedFiles:: + By default, linkgit:git-status[1] and linkgit:git-commit[1] show + files which are not currently tracked by Git. Directories which + contain only untracked files, are shown with the directory name + only. Showing untracked files means that Git needs to lstat() all + the files in the whole repository, which might be slow on some + systems. So, this variable controls how the commands displays + the untracked files. Possible values are: ++ +-- +* `no` - Show no untracked files. +* `normal` - Show untracked files and directories. +* `all` - Show also individual files in untracked directories. +-- ++ +If this variable is not specified, it defaults to 'normal'. +This variable can be overridden with the -u|--untracked-files option +of linkgit:git-status[1] and linkgit:git-commit[1]. + +status.submoduleSummary:: + Defaults to false. + If this is set to a non zero number or true (identical to -1 or an + unlimited number), the submodule summary will be enabled and a + summary of commits for modified submodules will be shown (see + --summary-limit option of linkgit:git-submodule[1]). Please note + that the summary output command will be suppressed for all + submodules when `diff.ignoreSubmodules` is set to 'all' or only + for those submodules where `submodule.<name>.ignore=all`. The only + exception to that rule is that status and commit will show staged + submodule changes. To + also view the summary for ignored submodules you can either use + the --ignore-submodules=dirty command-line option or the 'git + submodule summary' command, which shows a similar output but does + not honor these settings. diff --git a/Documentation/config/submodule.txt b/Documentation/config/submodule.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a1293b051 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/submodule.txt @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +submodule.<name>.url:: + The URL for a submodule. This variable is copied from the .gitmodules + file to the git config via 'git submodule init'. The user can change + the configured URL before obtaining the submodule via 'git submodule + update'. If neither submodule.<name>.active or submodule.active are + set, the presence of this variable is used as a fallback to indicate + whether the submodule is of interest to git commands. + See linkgit:git-submodule[1] and linkgit:gitmodules[5] for details. + +submodule.<name>.update:: + The method by which a submodule is updated by 'git submodule update', + which is the only affected command, others such as + 'git checkout --recurse-submodules' are unaffected. It exists for + historical reasons, when 'git submodule' was the only command to + interact with submodules; settings like `submodule.active` + and `pull.rebase` are more specific. It is populated by + `git submodule init` from the linkgit:gitmodules[5] file. + See description of 'update' command in linkgit:git-submodule[1]. + +submodule.<name>.branch:: + The remote branch name for a submodule, used by `git submodule + update --remote`. Set this option to override the value found in + the `.gitmodules` file. See linkgit:git-submodule[1] and + linkgit:gitmodules[5] for details. + +submodule.<name>.fetchRecurseSubmodules:: + This option can be used to control recursive fetching of this + submodule. It can be overridden by using the --[no-]recurse-submodules + command-line option to "git fetch" and "git pull". + This setting will override that from in the linkgit:gitmodules[5] + file. + +submodule.<name>.ignore:: + Defines under what circumstances "git status" and the diff family show + a submodule as modified. When set to "all", it will never be considered + modified (but it will nonetheless show up in the output of status and + commit when it has been staged), "dirty" will ignore all changes + to the submodules work tree and + takes only differences between the HEAD of the submodule and the commit + recorded in the superproject into account. "untracked" will additionally + let submodules with modified tracked files in their work tree show up. + Using "none" (the default when this option is not set) also shows + submodules that have untracked files in their work tree as changed. + This setting overrides any setting made in .gitmodules for this submodule, + both settings can be overridden on the command line by using the + "--ignore-submodules" option. The 'git submodule' commands are not + affected by this setting. + +submodule.<name>.active:: + Boolean value indicating if the submodule is of interest to git + commands. This config option takes precedence over the + submodule.active config option. See linkgit:gitsubmodules[7] for + details. + +submodule.active:: + A repeated field which contains a pathspec used to match against a + submodule's path to determine if the submodule is of interest to git + commands. See linkgit:gitsubmodules[7] for details. + +submodule.recurse:: + Specifies if commands recurse into submodules by default. This + applies to all commands that have a `--recurse-submodules` option, + except `clone`. + Defaults to false. + +submodule.fetchJobs:: + Specifies how many submodules are fetched/cloned at the same time. + A positive integer allows up to that number of submodules fetched + in parallel. A value of 0 will give some reasonable default. + If unset, it defaults to 1. + +submodule.alternateLocation:: + Specifies how the submodules obtain alternates when submodules are + cloned. Possible values are `no`, `superproject`. + By default `no` is assumed, which doesn't add references. When the + value is set to `superproject` the submodule to be cloned computes + its alternates location relative to the superprojects alternate. + +submodule.alternateErrorStrategy:: + Specifies how to treat errors with the alternates for a submodule + as computed via `submodule.alternateLocation`. Possible values are + `ignore`, `info`, `die`. Default is `die`. diff --git a/Documentation/config/tag.txt b/Documentation/config/tag.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..663663bdec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/tag.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +tag.forceSignAnnotated:: + A boolean to specify whether annotated tags created should be GPG signed. + If `--annotate` is specified on the command line, it takes + precedence over this option. + +tag.sort:: + This variable controls the sort ordering of tags when displayed by + linkgit:git-tag[1]. Without the "--sort=<value>" option provided, the + value of this variable will be used as the default. + +tar.umask:: + This variable can be used to restrict the permission bits of + tar archive entries. The default is 0002, which turns off the + world write bit. The special value "user" indicates that the + archiving user's umask will be used instead. See umask(2) and + linkgit:git-archive[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/transfer.txt b/Documentation/config/transfer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a5dfe2fc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/transfer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +transfer.fsckObjects:: + When `fetch.fsckObjects` or `receive.fsckObjects` are + not set, the value of this variable is used instead. + Defaults to false. ++ +When set, the fetch or receive will abort in the case of a malformed +object or a link to a nonexistent object. In addition, various other +issues are checked for, including legacy issues (see `fsck.<msg-id>`), +and potential security issues like the existence of a `.GIT` directory +or a malicious `.gitmodules` file (see the release notes for v2.2.1 +and v2.17.1 for details). Other sanity and security checks may be +added in future releases. ++ +On the receiving side, failing fsckObjects will make those objects +unreachable, see "QUARANTINE ENVIRONMENT" in +linkgit:git-receive-pack[1]. On the fetch side, malformed objects will +instead be left unreferenced in the repository. ++ +Due to the non-quarantine nature of the `fetch.fsckObjects` +implementation it can not be relied upon to leave the object store +clean like `receive.fsckObjects` can. ++ +As objects are unpacked they're written to the object store, so there +can be cases where malicious objects get introduced even though the +"fetch" failed, only to have a subsequent "fetch" succeed because only +new incoming objects are checked, not those that have already been +written to the object store. That difference in behavior should not be +relied upon. In the future, such objects may be quarantined for +"fetch" as well. ++ +For now, the paranoid need to find some way to emulate the quarantine +environment if they'd like the same protection as "push". E.g. in the +case of an internal mirror do the mirroring in two steps, one to fetch +the untrusted objects, and then do a second "push" (which will use the +quarantine) to another internal repo, and have internal clients +consume this pushed-to repository, or embargo internal fetches and +only allow them once a full "fsck" has run (and no new fetches have +happened in the meantime). + +transfer.hideRefs:: + String(s) `receive-pack` and `upload-pack` use to decide which + refs to omit from their initial advertisements. Use more than + one definition to specify multiple prefix strings. A ref that is + under the hierarchies listed in the value of this variable is + excluded, and is hidden when responding to `git push` or `git + fetch`. See `receive.hideRefs` and `uploadpack.hideRefs` for + program-specific versions of this config. ++ +You may also include a `!` in front of the ref name to negate the entry, +explicitly exposing it, even if an earlier entry marked it as hidden. +If you have multiple hideRefs values, later entries override earlier ones +(and entries in more-specific config files override less-specific ones). ++ +If a namespace is in use, the namespace prefix is stripped from each +reference before it is matched against `transfer.hiderefs` patterns. +For example, if `refs/heads/master` is specified in `transfer.hideRefs` and +the current namespace is `foo`, then `refs/namespaces/foo/refs/heads/master` +is omitted from the advertisements but `refs/heads/master` and +`refs/namespaces/bar/refs/heads/master` are still advertised as so-called +"have" lines. In order to match refs before stripping, add a `^` in front of +the ref name. If you combine `!` and `^`, `!` must be specified first. ++ +Even if you hide refs, a client may still be able to steal the target +objects via the techniques described in the "SECURITY" section of the +linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] man page; it's best to keep private data in a +separate repository. + +transfer.unpackLimit:: + When `fetch.unpackLimit` or `receive.unpackLimit` are + not set, the value of this variable is used instead. + The default value is 100. diff --git a/Documentation/config/uploadarchive.txt b/Documentation/config/uploadarchive.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0698e8c1d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/uploadarchive.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +uploadarchive.allowUnreachable:: + If true, allow clients to use `git archive --remote` to request + any tree, whether reachable from the ref tips or not. See the + discussion in the "SECURITY" section of + linkgit:git-upload-archive[1] for more details. Defaults to + `false`. diff --git a/Documentation/config/uploadpack.txt b/Documentation/config/uploadpack.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed1c835695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/uploadpack.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +uploadpack.hideRefs:: + This variable is the same as `transfer.hideRefs`, but applies + only to `upload-pack` (and so affects only fetches, not pushes). + An attempt to fetch a hidden ref by `git fetch` will fail. See + also `uploadpack.allowTipSHA1InWant`. + +uploadpack.allowTipSHA1InWant:: + When `uploadpack.hideRefs` is in effect, allow `upload-pack` + to accept a fetch request that asks for an object at the tip + of a hidden ref (by default, such a request is rejected). + See also `uploadpack.hideRefs`. Even if this is false, a client + may be able to steal objects via the techniques described in the + "SECURITY" section of the linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] man page; it's + best to keep private data in a separate repository. + +uploadpack.allowReachableSHA1InWant:: + Allow `upload-pack` to accept a fetch request that asks for an + object that is reachable from any ref tip. However, note that + calculating object reachability is computationally expensive. + Defaults to `false`. Even if this is false, a client may be able + to steal objects via the techniques described in the "SECURITY" + section of the linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] man page; it's best to + keep private data in a separate repository. + +uploadpack.allowAnySHA1InWant:: + Allow `upload-pack` to accept a fetch request that asks for any + object at all. + Defaults to `false`. + +uploadpack.keepAlive:: + When `upload-pack` has started `pack-objects`, there may be a + quiet period while `pack-objects` prepares the pack. Normally + it would output progress information, but if `--quiet` was used + for the fetch, `pack-objects` will output nothing at all until + the pack data begins. Some clients and networks may consider + the server to be hung and give up. Setting this option instructs + `upload-pack` to send an empty keepalive packet every + `uploadpack.keepAlive` seconds. Setting this option to 0 + disables keepalive packets entirely. The default is 5 seconds. + +uploadpack.packObjectsHook:: + If this option is set, when `upload-pack` would run + `git pack-objects` to create a packfile for a client, it will + run this shell command instead. The `pack-objects` command and + arguments it _would_ have run (including the `git pack-objects` + at the beginning) are appended to the shell command. The stdin + and stdout of the hook are treated as if `pack-objects` itself + was run. I.e., `upload-pack` will feed input intended for + `pack-objects` to the hook, and expects a completed packfile on + stdout. ++ +Note that this configuration variable is ignored if it is seen in the +repository-level config (this is a safety measure against fetching from +untrusted repositories). + +uploadpack.allowFilter:: + If this option is set, `upload-pack` will support partial + clone and partial fetch object filtering. + +uploadpack.allowRefInWant:: + If this option is set, `upload-pack` will support the `ref-in-want` + feature of the protocol version 2 `fetch` command. This feature + is intended for the benefit of load-balanced servers which may + not have the same view of what OIDs their refs point to due to + replication delay. diff --git a/Documentation/config/url.txt b/Documentation/config/url.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5566c371d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/url.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +url.<base>.insteadOf:: + Any URL that starts with this value will be rewritten to + start, instead, with <base>. In cases where some site serves a + large number of repositories, and serves them with multiple + access methods, and some users need to use different access + methods, this feature allows people to specify any of the + equivalent URLs and have Git automatically rewrite the URL to + the best alternative for the particular user, even for a + never-before-seen repository on the site. When more than one + insteadOf strings match a given URL, the longest match is used. ++ +Note that any protocol restrictions will be applied to the rewritten +URL. If the rewrite changes the URL to use a custom protocol or remote +helper, you may need to adjust the `protocol.*.allow` config to permit +the request. In particular, protocols you expect to use for submodules +must be set to `always` rather than the default of `user`. See the +description of `protocol.allow` above. + +url.<base>.pushInsteadOf:: + Any URL that starts with this value will not be pushed to; + instead, it will be rewritten to start with <base>, and the + resulting URL will be pushed to. In cases where some site serves + a large number of repositories, and serves them with multiple + access methods, some of which do not allow push, this feature + allows people to specify a pull-only URL and have Git + automatically use an appropriate URL to push, even for a + never-before-seen repository on the site. When more than one + pushInsteadOf strings match a given URL, the longest match is + used. If a remote has an explicit pushurl, Git will ignore this + setting for that remote. diff --git a/Documentation/config/user.txt b/Documentation/config/user.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b5b2ba1199 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/user.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +user.email:: + Your email address to be recorded in any newly created commits. + Can be overridden by the `GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL`, `GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL`, and + `EMAIL` environment variables. See linkgit:git-commit-tree[1]. + +user.name:: + Your full name to be recorded in any newly created commits. + Can be overridden by the `GIT_AUTHOR_NAME` and `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME` + environment variables. See linkgit:git-commit-tree[1]. + +user.useConfigOnly:: + Instruct Git to avoid trying to guess defaults for `user.email` + and `user.name`, and instead retrieve the values only from the + configuration. For example, if you have multiple email addresses + and would like to use a different one for each repository, then + with this configuration option set to `true` in the global config + along with a name, Git will prompt you to set up an email before + making new commits in a newly cloned repository. + Defaults to `false`. + +user.signingKey:: + If linkgit:git-tag[1] or linkgit:git-commit[1] is not selecting the + key you want it to automatically when creating a signed tag or + commit, you can override the default selection with this variable. + This option is passed unchanged to gpg's --local-user parameter, + so you may specify a key using any method that gpg supports. diff --git a/Documentation/config/versionsort.txt b/Documentation/config/versionsort.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c7cc054fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/versionsort.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +versionsort.prereleaseSuffix (deprecated):: + Deprecated alias for `versionsort.suffix`. Ignored if + `versionsort.suffix` is set. + +versionsort.suffix:: + Even when version sort is used in linkgit:git-tag[1], tagnames + with the same base version but different suffixes are still sorted + lexicographically, resulting e.g. in prerelease tags appearing + after the main release (e.g. "1.0-rc1" after "1.0"). This + variable can be specified to determine the sorting order of tags + with different suffixes. ++ +By specifying a single suffix in this variable, any tagname containing +that suffix will appear before the corresponding main release. E.g. if +the variable is set to "-rc", then all "1.0-rcX" tags will appear before +"1.0". If specified multiple times, once per suffix, then the order of +suffixes in the configuration will determine the sorting order of tagnames +with those suffixes. E.g. if "-pre" appears before "-rc" in the +configuration, then all "1.0-preX" tags will be listed before any +"1.0-rcX" tags. The placement of the main release tag relative to tags +with various suffixes can be determined by specifying the empty suffix +among those other suffixes. E.g. if the suffixes "-rc", "", "-ck" and +"-bfs" appear in the configuration in this order, then all "v4.8-rcX" tags +are listed first, followed by "v4.8", then "v4.8-ckX" and finally +"v4.8-bfsX". ++ +If more than one suffixes match the same tagname, then that tagname will +be sorted according to the suffix which starts at the earliest position in +the tagname. If more than one different matching suffixes start at +that earliest position, then that tagname will be sorted according to the +longest of those suffixes. +The sorting order between different suffixes is undefined if they are +in multiple config files. diff --git a/Documentation/config/web.txt b/Documentation/config/web.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..beec8d1303 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/web.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +web.browser:: + Specify a web browser that may be used by some commands. + Currently only linkgit:git-instaweb[1] and linkgit:git-help[1] + may use it. diff --git a/Documentation/config/worktree.txt b/Documentation/config/worktree.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b853798fc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/worktree.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +worktree.guessRemote:: + With `add`, if no branch argument, and neither of `-b` nor + `-B` nor `--detach` are given, the command defaults to + creating a new branch from HEAD. If `worktree.guessRemote` is + set to true, `worktree add` tries to find a remote-tracking + branch whose name uniquely matches the new branch name. If + such a branch exists, it is checked out and set as "upstream" + for the new branch. If no such match can be found, it falls + back to creating a new branch from the current HEAD. diff --git a/Documentation/diff-options.txt b/Documentation/diff-options.txt index f394608b42..0378cd574e 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-options.txt @@ -286,10 +286,11 @@ zebra:: are painted using either the 'color.diff.{old,new}Moved' color or 'color.diff.{old,new}MovedAlternative'. The change between the two colors indicates that a new block was detected. -dimmed_zebra:: +dimmed-zebra:: Similar to 'zebra', but additional dimming of uninteresting parts of moved code is performed. The bordering lines of two adjacent blocks are considered interesting, the rest is uninteresting. + `dimmed_zebra` is a deprecated synonym. -- --color-moved-ws=<modes>:: diff --git a/Documentation/doc-diff b/Documentation/doc-diff new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..dfd9418778 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/doc-diff @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# Build two documentation trees and diff the resulting formatted output. +# Compared to a source diff, this can reveal mistakes in the formatting. +# For example: +# +# ./doc-diff origin/master HEAD +# +# would show the differences introduced by a branch based on master. + +OPTIONS_SPEC="\ +doc-diff [options] <from> <to> [-- <diff-options>] +doc-diff (-c|--clean) +-- +j=n parallel argument to pass to make +f force rebuild; do not rely on cached results +c,clean cleanup temporary working files +" +SUBDIRECTORY_OK=1 +. "$(git --exec-path)/git-sh-setup" + +parallel= +force= +clean= +while test $# -gt 0 +do + case "$1" in + -j) + parallel=$2; shift ;; + -c|--clean) + clean=t ;; + -f) + force=t ;; + --) + shift; break ;; + *) + usage ;; + esac + shift +done + +cd_to_toplevel +tmp=Documentation/tmp-doc-diff + +if test -n "$clean" +then + test $# -eq 0 || usage + git worktree remove --force "$tmp/worktree" 2>/dev/null + rm -rf "$tmp" + exit 0 +fi + +if test -z "$parallel" +then + parallel=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN 2>/dev/null) + if test $? != 0 || test -z "$parallel" + then + parallel=1 + fi +fi + +test $# -gt 1 || usage +from=$1; shift +to=$1; shift + +from_oid=$(git rev-parse --verify "$from") || exit 1 +to_oid=$(git rev-parse --verify "$to") || exit 1 + +if test -n "$force" +then + rm -rf "$tmp" +fi + +# We'll do both builds in a single worktree, which lets "make" reuse +# results that don't differ between the two trees. +if ! test -d "$tmp/worktree" +then + git worktree add -f --detach "$tmp/worktree" "$from" && + dots=$(echo "$tmp/worktree" | sed 's#[^/]*#..#g') && + ln -s "$dots/config.mak" "$tmp/worktree/config.mak" +fi + +# generate_render_makefile <srcdir> <dstdir> +generate_render_makefile () { + find "$1" -type f | + while read src + do + dst=$2/${src#$1/} + printf 'all:: %s\n' "$dst" + printf '%s: %s\n' "$dst" "$src" + printf '\t@echo >&2 " RENDER $(notdir $@)" && \\\n' + printf '\tmkdir -p $(dir $@) && \\\n' + printf '\tMANWIDTH=80 man $< >$@+ && \\\n' + printf '\tmv $@+ $@\n' + done +} + +# render_tree <committish_oid> +render_tree () { + # Skip install-man entirely if we already have an installed directory. + # We can't rely on make here, since "install-man" unconditionally + # copies the files (spending effort, but also updating timestamps that + # we then can't rely on during the render step). We use "mv" to make + # sure we don't get confused by a previous run that failed partway + # through. + if ! test -d "$tmp/installed/$1" + then + git -C "$tmp/worktree" checkout --detach "$1" && + make -j$parallel -C "$tmp/worktree" \ + GIT_VERSION=omitted \ + SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=0 \ + DESTDIR="$PWD/$tmp/installed/$1+" \ + install-man && + mv "$tmp/installed/$1+" "$tmp/installed/$1" + fi && + + # As with "installed" above, we skip the render if it's already been + # done. So using make here is primarily just about running in + # parallel. + if ! test -d "$tmp/rendered/$1" + then + generate_render_makefile "$tmp/installed/$1" "$tmp/rendered/$1+" | + make -j$parallel -f - && + mv "$tmp/rendered/$1+" "$tmp/rendered/$1" + fi +} + +render_tree $from_oid && +render_tree $to_oid && +git -C $tmp/rendered diff --no-index "$@" $from_oid $to_oid diff --git a/Documentation/fetch-options.txt b/Documentation/fetch-options.txt index 2d09f87b4b..fa0a3151b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/fetch-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/fetch-options.txt @@ -57,6 +57,9 @@ commits reachable from any of the given commits. The argument to this option may be a glob on ref names, a ref, or the (possibly abbreviated) SHA-1 of a commit. Specifying a glob is equivalent to specifying this option multiple times, one for each matching ref name. ++ +See also the `fetch.negotiationAlgorithm` configuration variable +documented in linkgit:git-config[1]. ifndef::git-pull[] --dry-run:: @@ -65,11 +68,16 @@ endif::git-pull[] -f:: --force:: - When 'git fetch' is used with `<rbranch>:<lbranch>` - refspec, it refuses to update the local branch - `<lbranch>` unless the remote branch `<rbranch>` it - fetches is a descendant of `<lbranch>`. This option - overrides that check. + When 'git fetch' is used with `<src>:<dst>` refspec it may + refuse to update the local branch as discussed +ifdef::git-pull[] + in the `<refspec>` part of the linkgit:git-fetch[1] + documentation. +endif::git-pull[] +ifndef::git-pull[] + in the `<refspec>` part below. +endif::git-pull[] + This option overrides that check. -k:: --keep:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-archimport.txt b/Documentation/git-archimport.txt index ea70653369..a595a0ffee 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-archimport.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-archimport.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ git-archimport(1) NAME ---- -git-archimport - Import an Arch repository into Git +git-archimport - Import a GNU Arch repository into Git SYNOPSIS @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION ----------- -Imports a project from one or more Arch repositories. It will follow branches +Imports a project from one or more GNU Arch repositories. +It will follow branches and repositories within the namespaces defined by the <archive/branch> parameters supplied. If it cannot find the remote branch a merge comes from it will just import it as a regular commit. If it can find it, it will mark it diff --git a/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt b/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt index 0f9ef2f25e..e99925184d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt @@ -633,11 +633,11 @@ and so at step 3) we compute f(X). Let's take the following graph as an example: ------------- - G-H-I-J - / \ + G-H-I-J + / \ A-B-C-D-E-F O - \ / - K-L-M-N + \ / + K-L-M-N ------------- If we compute the following non optimal function on it: @@ -649,25 +649,25 @@ g(X) = min(number_of_ancestors(X), number_of_descendants(X)) we get: ------------- - 4 3 2 1 - G-H-I-J + 4 3 2 1 + G-H-I-J 1 2 3 4 5 6/ \0 A-B-C-D-E-F O - \ / - K-L-M-N - 4 3 2 1 + \ / + K-L-M-N + 4 3 2 1 ------------- but with the algorithm used by git bisect we get: ------------- - 7 7 6 5 - G-H-I-J + 7 7 6 5 + G-H-I-J 1 2 3 4 5 6/ \0 A-B-C-D-E-F O - \ / - K-L-M-N - 7 7 6 5 + \ / + K-L-M-N + 7 7 6 5 ------------- So we chose G, H, K or L as the best bisection point, which is better @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ forked of the main branch at a commit named "D" like this: ------------- A-B-C-D-E-F-G <--main \ - H-I-J <--dev + H-I-J <--dev ------------- The commit "D" is called a "merge base" for branch "main" and "dev" diff --git a/Documentation/git-branch.txt b/Documentation/git-branch.txt index 1072ca0eb6..bf5316ffa9 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-branch.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [(--merged | --no-merged) [<commit>]] [--contains [<commit]] [--no-contains [<commit>]] [--points-at <object>] [--format=<format>] [<pattern>...] -'git branch' [--track | --no-track] [-l] [-f] <branchname> [<start-point>] +'git branch' [--track | --no-track] [-f] <branchname> [<start-point>] 'git branch' (--set-upstream-to=<upstream> | -u <upstream>) [<branchname>] 'git branch' --unset-upstream [<branchname>] 'git branch' (-m | -M) [<oldbranch>] <newbranch> @@ -100,8 +100,6 @@ OPTIONS The negated form `--no-create-reflog` only overrides an earlier `--create-reflog`, but currently does not negate the setting of `core.logAllRefUpdates`. -+ -The `-l` option is a deprecated synonym for `--create-reflog`. -f:: --force:: @@ -156,14 +154,11 @@ This option is only applicable in non-verbose mode. --all:: List both remote-tracking branches and local branches. +-l:: --list:: List branches. With optional `<pattern>...`, e.g. `git branch --list 'maint-*'`, list only the branches that match the pattern(s). -+ -This should not be confused with `git branch -l <branchname>`, -which creates a branch named `<branchname>` with a reflog. -See `--create-reflog` above for details. -v:: -vv:: @@ -268,10 +263,11 @@ start-point is either a local or remote-tracking branch. order of the value. You may use the --sort=<key> option multiple times, in which case the last key becomes the primary key. The keys supported are the same as those in `git - for-each-ref`. Sort order defaults to sorting based on the + for-each-ref`. Sort order defaults to the value configured for the + `branch.sort` variable if exists, or to sorting based on the full refname (including `refs/...` prefix). This lists detached HEAD (if present) first, then local branches and - finally remote-tracking branches. + finally remote-tracking branches. See linkgit:git-config[1]. --points-at <object>:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-cat-file.txt b/Documentation/git-cat-file.txt index f90f09b03f..74013335a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cat-file.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cat-file.txt @@ -104,6 +104,16 @@ OPTIONS buffering; this is much more efficient when invoking `--batch-check` on a large number of objects. +--unordered:: + When `--batch-all-objects` is in use, visit objects in an + order which may be more efficient for accessing the object + contents than hash order. The exact details of the order are + unspecified, but if you do not require a specific order, this + should generally result in faster output, especially with + `--batch`. Note that `cat-file` will still show each object + only once, even if it is stored multiple times in the + repository. + --allow-unknown-type:: Allow -s or -t to query broken/corrupt objects of unknown type. diff --git a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt index 9db02928c4..801de2f764 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt @@ -311,9 +311,9 @@ branch refers to a specific commit. Let's look at a repo with three commits, one of them tagged, and with branch 'master' checked out: ------------ - HEAD (refers to branch 'master') - | - v + HEAD (refers to branch 'master') + | + v a---b---c branch 'master' (refers to commit 'c') ^ | @@ -329,9 +329,9 @@ to commit 'd': ------------ $ edit; git add; git commit - HEAD (refers to branch 'master') - | - v + HEAD (refers to branch 'master') + | + v a---b---c---d branch 'master' (refers to commit 'd') ^ | @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ at what happens when we then checkout master: ------------ $ git checkout master - HEAD (refers to branch 'master') + HEAD (refers to branch 'master') e---f | / v a---b---c---d branch 'master' (refers to commit 'd') diff --git a/Documentation/git-column.txt b/Documentation/git-column.txt index 03d18465d4..763afabb6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-column.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-column.txt @@ -13,7 +13,10 @@ SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION ----------- -This command formats its input into multiple columns. +This command formats the lines of its standard input into a table with +multiple columns. Each input line occupies one cell of the table. It +is used internally by other git commands to format output into +columns. OPTIONS ------- @@ -23,7 +26,7 @@ OPTIONS --mode=<mode>:: Specify layout mode. See configuration variable column.ui for option - syntax. + syntax in linkgit:git-config[1]. --raw-mode=<n>:: Same as --mode but take mode encoded as a number. This is mainly used @@ -43,6 +46,34 @@ OPTIONS --padding=<N>:: The number of spaces between columns. One space by default. +EXAMPLES +------ + +Format data by columns: +------------ +$ seq 1 24 | git column --mode=column --padding=5 +1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 +2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 +3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 +------------ + +Format data by rows: +------------ +$ seq 1 21 | git column --mode=row --padding=5 +1 2 3 4 5 6 7 +8 9 10 11 12 13 14 +15 16 17 18 19 20 21 +------------ + +List some tags in a table with unequal column widths: +------------ +$ git tag --list 'v2.4.*' --column=row,dense +v2.4.0 v2.4.0-rc0 v2.4.0-rc1 v2.4.0-rc2 v2.4.0-rc3 +v2.4.1 v2.4.10 v2.4.11 v2.4.12 v2.4.2 +v2.4.3 v2.4.4 v2.4.5 v2.4.6 v2.4.7 +v2.4.8 v2.4.9 +------------ + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt b/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt index dececb79d7..624470e198 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ git-commit-graph(1) NAME ---- -git-commit-graph - Write and verify Git commit graph files +git-commit-graph - Write and verify Git commit-graph files SYNOPSIS @@ -17,24 +17,24 @@ SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION ----------- -Manage the serialized commit graph file. +Manage the serialized commit-graph file. OPTIONS ------- --object-dir:: - Use given directory for the location of packfiles and commit graph + Use given directory for the location of packfiles and commit-graph file. This parameter exists to specify the location of an alternate - that only has the objects directory, not a full .git directory. The - commit graph file is expected to be at <dir>/info/commit-graph and - the packfiles are expected to be in <dir>/pack. + that only has the objects directory, not a full `.git` directory. The + commit-graph file is expected to be at `<dir>/info/commit-graph` and + the packfiles are expected to be in `<dir>/pack`. COMMANDS -------- 'write':: -Write a commit graph file based on the commits found in packfiles. +Write a commit-graph file based on the commits found in packfiles. + With the `--stdin-packs` option, generate the new commit graph by walking objects only in the specified pack-indexes. (Cannot be combined @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ existing commit-graph file. 'read':: -Read a graph file given by the commit-graph file and output basic -details about the graph file. Used for debugging purposes. +Read the commit-graph file and output basic details about it. +Used for debugging purposes. 'verify':: @@ -66,27 +66,28 @@ database. Used to check for corrupted data. EXAMPLES -------- -* Write a commit graph file for the packed commits in your local .git folder. +* Write a commit-graph file for the packed commits in your local `.git` + directory. + ------------------------------------------------ $ git commit-graph write ------------------------------------------------ -* Write a graph file, extending the current graph file using commits -* in <pack-index>. +* Write a commit-graph file, extending the current commit-graph file + using commits in `<pack-index>`. + ------------------------------------------------ $ echo <pack-index> | git commit-graph write --stdin-packs ------------------------------------------------ -* Write a graph file containing all reachable commits. +* Write a commit-graph file containing all reachable commits. + ------------------------------------------------ $ git show-ref -s | git commit-graph write --stdin-commits ------------------------------------------------ -* Write a graph file containing all commits in the current -* commit-graph file along with those reachable from HEAD. +* Write a commit-graph file containing all commits in the current + commit-graph file along with those reachable from `HEAD`. + ------------------------------------------------ $ git rev-parse HEAD | git commit-graph write --stdin-commits --append diff --git a/Documentation/git-config.txt b/Documentation/git-config.txt index 18ddc78f42..1bfe9f56a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-config.txt @@ -45,13 +45,15 @@ unset an existing `--type` specifier with `--no-type`. When reading, the values are read from the system, global and repository local configuration files by default, and options -`--system`, `--global`, `--local` and `--file <filename>` can be -used to tell the command to read from only that location (see <<FILES>>). +`--system`, `--global`, `--local`, `--worktree` and +`--file <filename>` can be used to tell the command to read from only +that location (see <<FILES>>). When writing, the new value is written to the repository local configuration file by default, and options `--system`, `--global`, -`--file <filename>` can be used to tell the command to write to -that location (you can say `--local` but that is the default). +`--worktree`, `--file <filename>` can be used to tell the command to +write to that location (you can say `--local` but that is the +default). This command will fail with non-zero status upon error. Some exit codes are: @@ -131,6 +133,11 @@ from all available files. + See also <<FILES>>. +--worktree:: + Similar to `--local` except that `.git/config.worktree` is + read from or written to if `extensions.worktreeConfig` is + present. If not it's the same as `--local`. + -f config-file:: --file config-file:: Use the given config file instead of the one specified by GIT_CONFIG. @@ -188,8 +195,8 @@ Valid `<type>`'s include: --bool-or-int:: --path:: --expiry-date:: - Historical options for selecting a type specifier. Prefer instead `--type`, - (see: above). + Historical options for selecting a type specifier. Prefer instead `--type` + (see above). --no-type:: Un-sets the previously set type specifier (if one was previously set). This @@ -281,6 +288,10 @@ $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config:: $GIT_DIR/config:: Repository specific configuration file. +$GIT_DIR/config.worktree:: + This is optional and is only searched when + `extensions.worktreeConfig` is present in $GIT_DIR/config. + If no further options are given, all reading options will read all of these files that are available. If the global or the system-wide configuration file are not available they will be ignored. If the repository configuration @@ -299,9 +310,10 @@ configuration file. Note that this also affects options like `--replace-all` and `--unset`. *'git config' will only ever change one file at a time*. You can override these rules either by command-line options or by environment -variables. The `--global` and the `--system` options will limit the file used -to the global or system-wide file respectively. The `GIT_CONFIG` environment -variable has a similar effect, but you can specify any filename you want. +variables. The `--global`, `--system` and `--worktree` options will limit +the file used to the global, system-wide or per-worktree file respectively. +The `GIT_CONFIG` environment variable has a similar effect, but you +can specify any filename you want. ENVIRONMENT @@ -442,9 +454,9 @@ For URLs in `https://weak.example.com`, `http.sslVerify` is set to false, while it is set to `true` for all others: ------------ -% git config --bool --get-urlmatch http.sslverify https://good.example.com +% git config --type=bool --get-urlmatch http.sslverify https://good.example.com true -% git config --bool --get-urlmatch http.sslverify https://weak.example.com +% git config --type=bool --get-urlmatch http.sslverify https://weak.example.com false % git config --get-urlmatch http https://weak.example.com http.cookieFile /tmp/cookie.txt @@ -453,6 +465,27 @@ http.sslverify false include::config.txt[] +BUGS +---- +When using the deprecated `[section.subsection]` syntax, changing a value +will result in adding a multi-line key instead of a change, if the subsection +is given with at least one uppercase character. For example when the config +looks like + +-------- + [section.subsection] + key = value1 +-------- + +and running `git config section.Subsection.key value2` will result in + +-------- + [section.subsection] + key = value1 + key = value2 +-------- + + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-describe.txt b/Documentation/git-describe.txt index e027fb8c4b..ccdc5f83d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-describe.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-describe.txt @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ The command finds the most recent tag that is reachable from a commit. If the tag points to the commit, then only the tag is shown. Otherwise, it suffixes the tag name with the number of additional commits on top of the tagged object and the -abbreviated object name of the most recent commit. +abbreviated object name of the most recent commit. The result +is a "human-readable" object name which can also be used to +identify the commit to other git commands. By default (without --all or --tags) `git describe` only shows annotated tags. For more information about creating annotated tags diff --git a/Documentation/git-diff.txt b/Documentation/git-diff.txt index b180f1fa5b..030f162f30 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-diff.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-diff.txt @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ two blob objects, or changes between two files on disk. This form is to view the changes on the branch containing and up to the second <commit>, starting at a common ancestor of both <commit>. "git diff A\...B" is equivalent to - "git diff $(git-merge-base A B) B". You can omit any one + "git diff $(git merge-base A B) B". You can omit any one of <commit>, which has the same effect as using HEAD instead. -Just in case if you are doing something exotic, it should be +Just in case you are doing something exotic, it should be noted that all of the <commit> in the above description, except in the last two forms that use ".." notations, can be any <tree>. diff --git a/Documentation/git-fmt-merge-msg.txt b/Documentation/git-fmt-merge-msg.txt index 423b6e033b..6793d8fc05 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fmt-merge-msg.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fmt-merge-msg.txt @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ OPTIONS CONFIGURATION ------------- -include::fmt-merge-msg-config.txt[] +include::config/fmt-merge-msg.txt[] merge.summary:: Synonym to `merge.log`; this is deprecated and will be removed in diff --git a/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt b/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt index 085d177d97..901faef1bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ OPTIONS `xx`; for example `%00` interpolates to `\0` (NUL), `%09` to `\t` (TAB) and `%0a` to `\n` (LF). ---color[=<when>]: +--color[=<when>]:: Respect any colors specified in the `--format` option. The `<when>` field must be one of `always`, `never`, or `auto` (if `<when>` is absent, behave as if `always` was given). diff --git a/Documentation/git-gc.txt b/Documentation/git-gc.txt index f5bc98ccb3..c20ee6c789 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-gc.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-gc.txt @@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ Runs a number of housekeeping tasks within the current repository, such as compressing file revisions (to reduce disk space and increase performance), removing unreachable objects which may have been created from prior invocations of 'git add', packing refs, pruning -reflog, rerere metadata or stale working trees. +reflog, rerere metadata or stale working trees. May also update ancillary +indexes such as the commit-graph. Users are encouraged to run this task on a regular basis within each repository to maintain good disk space utilization and good diff --git a/Documentation/git-grep.txt b/Documentation/git-grep.txt index a3049af1a3..84fe236a8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-grep.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-grep.txt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [(-O | --open-files-in-pager) [<pager>]] [-z | --null] [ -o | --only-matching ] [-c | --count] [--all-match] [-q | --quiet] - [--max-depth <depth>] + [--max-depth <depth>] [--[no-]recursive] [--color[=<when>] | --no-color] [--break] [--heading] [-p | --show-function] [-A <post-context>] [-B <pre-context>] [-C <context>] @@ -119,11 +119,18 @@ OPTIONS --max-depth <depth>:: For each <pathspec> given on command line, descend at most <depth> - levels of directories. A negative value means no limit. + levels of directories. A value of -1 means no limit. This option is ignored if <pathspec> contains active wildcards. In other words if "a*" matches a directory named "a*", "*" is matched literally so --max-depth is still effective. +-r:: +--recursive:: + Same as `--max-depth=-1`; this is the default. + +--no-recursive:: + Same as `--max-depth=0`. + -w:: --word-regexp:: Match the pattern only at word boundary (either begin at the diff --git a/Documentation/git-help.txt b/Documentation/git-help.txt index 83d25d825a..aab5453bbb 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-help.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-help.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ git-help - Display help information about Git SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git help' [-a|--all [--verbose]] [-g|--guide] +'git help' [-a|--all [--[no-]verbose]] [-g|--guide] [-i|--info|-m|--man|-w|--web] [COMMAND|GUIDE] DESCRIPTION @@ -29,6 +29,10 @@ guide is brought up. The 'man' program is used by default for this purpose, but this can be overridden by other options or configuration variables. +If an alias is given, git shows the definition of the alias on +standard output. To get the manual page for the aliased command, use +`git COMMAND --help`. + Note that `git --help ...` is identical to `git help ...` because the former is internally converted into the latter. @@ -42,8 +46,10 @@ OPTIONS --all:: Prints all the available commands on the standard output. This option overrides any given command or guide name. - When used with `--verbose` print description for all recognized - commands. + +--verbose:: + When used with `--all` print description for all recognized + commands. This is the default. -c:: --config:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt b/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt index 7b157441eb..65b53fcc47 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt @@ -57,50 +57,7 @@ to appropriate values. Variables ~~~~~~~~~ -imap.folder:: - The folder to drop the mails into, which is typically the Drafts - folder. For example: "INBOX.Drafts", "INBOX/Drafts" or - "[Gmail]/Drafts". Required. - -imap.tunnel:: - Command used to setup a tunnel to the IMAP server through which - commands will be piped instead of using a direct network connection - to the server. Required when imap.host is not set. - -imap.host:: - A URL identifying the server. Use an `imap://` prefix for non-secure - connections and an `imaps://` prefix for secure connections. - Ignored when imap.tunnel is set, but required otherwise. - -imap.user:: - The username to use when logging in to the server. - -imap.pass:: - The password to use when logging in to the server. - -imap.port:: - An integer port number to connect to on the server. - Defaults to 143 for imap:// hosts and 993 for imaps:// hosts. - Ignored when imap.tunnel is set. - -imap.sslverify:: - A boolean to enable/disable verification of the server certificate - used by the SSL/TLS connection. Default is `true`. Ignored when - imap.tunnel is set. - -imap.preformattedHTML:: - A boolean to enable/disable the use of html encoding when sending - a patch. An html encoded patch will be bracketed with <pre> - and have a content type of text/html. Ironically, enabling this - option causes Thunderbird to send the patch as a plain/text, - format=fixed email. Default is `false`. - -imap.authMethod:: - Specify authenticate method for authentication with IMAP server. - If Git was built with the NO_CURL option, or if your curl version is older - than 7.34.0, or if you're running git-imap-send with the `--no-curl` - option, the only supported method is 'CRAM-MD5'. If this is not set - then 'git imap-send' uses the basic IMAP plaintext LOGIN command. +include::config/imap.txt[] Examples ~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/git-interpret-trailers.txt b/Documentation/git-interpret-trailers.txt index 9111c47a1b..a5e8b36f62 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-interpret-trailers.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-interpret-trailers.txt @@ -56,8 +56,9 @@ least one Git-generated or user-configured trailer and consists of at least 25% trailers. The group must be preceded by one or more empty (or whitespace-only) lines. The group must either be at the end of the message or be the last -non-whitespace lines before a line that starts with '---'. Such three -minus signs start the patch part of the message. +non-whitespace lines before a line that starts with '---' (followed by a +space or the end of the line). Such three minus signs start the patch +part of the message. See also `--no-divider` below. When reading trailers, there can be whitespaces after the token, the separator and the value. There can also be whitespaces @@ -88,7 +89,8 @@ OPTIONS Specify where all new trailers will be added. A setting provided with '--where' overrides all configuration variables and applies to all '--trailer' options until the next occurrence of - '--where' or '--no-where'. + '--where' or '--no-where'. Possible values are `after`, `before`, + `end` or `start`. --if-exists <action>:: --no-if-exists:: @@ -96,7 +98,8 @@ OPTIONS least one trailer with the same <token> in the message. A setting provided with '--if-exists' overrides all configuration variables and applies to all '--trailer' options until the next occurrence of - '--if-exists' or '--no-if-exists'. + '--if-exists' or '--no-if-exists'. Possible actions are `addIfDifferent`, + `addIfDifferentNeighbor`, `add`, `replace` and `doNothing`. --if-missing <action>:: --no-if-missing:: @@ -104,7 +107,8 @@ OPTIONS trailer with the same <token> in the message. A setting provided with '--if-missing' overrides all configuration variables and applies to all '--trailer' options until the next occurrence of - '--if-missing' or '--no-if-missing'. + '--if-missing' or '--no-if-missing'. Possible actions are `doNothing` + or `add`. --only-trailers:: Output only the trailers, not any other parts of the input. @@ -122,6 +126,11 @@ OPTIONS A convenience alias for `--only-trailers --only-input --unfold`. +--no-divider:: + Do not treat `---` as the end of the commit message. Use this + when you know your input contains just the commit message itself + (and not an email or the output of `git format-patch`). + CONFIGURATION VARIABLES ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-merge-base.txt b/Documentation/git-merge-base.txt index 502e00ec35..9f07f4f6ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-merge-base.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-merge-base.txt @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ topic origin/master`, the history of remote-tracking branch `origin/master` may have been rewound and rebuilt, leading to a history of this shape: - o---B2 + o---B2 / ---o---o---B1--o---o---o---B (origin/master) \ - B0 + B0 \ - D0---D1---D (topic) + D0---D1---D (topic) where `origin/master` used to point at commits B0, B1, B2 and now it points at B, and your `topic` branch was started on top of it back diff --git a/Documentation/git-merge.txt b/Documentation/git-merge.txt index eb36837f86..4cc86469f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-merge.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-merge.txt @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ include::merge-strategies.txt[] CONFIGURATION ------------- -include::merge-config.txt[] +include::config/merge.txt[] branch.<name>.mergeOptions:: Sets default options for merging into branch <name>. The syntax and diff --git a/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt b/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt index 3622d66488..0c7975a050 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt @@ -79,6 +79,17 @@ success of the resolution after the custom tool has exited. Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program to give the user a chance to skip the path. +-g:: +--gui:: + When 'git-mergetool' is invoked with the `-g` or `--gui` option + the default merge tool will be read from the configured + `merge.guitool` variable instead of `merge.tool`. + +--no-gui:: + This overrides a previous `-g` or `--gui` setting and reads the + default merge tool will be read from the configured `merge.tool` + variable. + -O<orderfile>:: Process files in the order specified in the <orderfile>, which has one shell glob pattern per line. diff --git a/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt b/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7778a2c85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +git-multi-pack-index(1) +======================= + +NAME +---- +git-multi-pack-index - Write and verify multi-pack-indexes + + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +'git multi-pack-index' [--object-dir=<dir>] <verb> + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +Write or verify a multi-pack-index (MIDX) file. + +OPTIONS +------- + +--object-dir=<dir>:: + Use given directory for the location of Git objects. We check + `<dir>/packs/multi-pack-index` for the current MIDX file, and + `<dir>/packs` for the pack-files to index. + +write:: + When given as the verb, write a new MIDX file to + `<dir>/packs/multi-pack-index`. + +verify:: + When given as the verb, verify the contents of the MIDX file + at `<dir>/packs/multi-pack-index`. + + +EXAMPLES +-------- + +* Write a MIDX file for the packfiles in the current .git folder. ++ +----------------------------------------------- +$ git multi-pack-index write +----------------------------------------------- + +* Write a MIDX file for the packfiles in an alternate object store. ++ +----------------------------------------------- +$ git multi-pack-index --object-dir <alt> write +----------------------------------------------- + +* Verify the MIDX file for the packfiles in the current .git folder. ++ +----------------------------------------------- +$ git multi-pack-index verify +----------------------------------------------- + + +SEE ALSO +-------- +See link:technical/multi-pack-index.html[The Multi-Pack-Index Design +Document] and link:technical/pack-format.html[The Multi-Pack-Index +Format] for more information on the multi-pack-index feature. + + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-p4.txt b/Documentation/git-p4.txt index f0de3b891b..f0a0280954 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-p4.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-p4.txt @@ -174,21 +174,21 @@ $ git p4 submit --update-shelve 1234 --update-shelve 2345 Unshelve ~~~~~~~~ Unshelving will take a shelved P4 changelist, and produce the equivalent git commit -in the branch refs/remotes/p4/unshelved/<changelist>. +in the branch refs/remotes/p4-unshelved/<changelist>. The git commit is created relative to the current origin revision (HEAD by default). -If the shelved changelist's parent revisions differ, git-p4 will refuse to unshelve; -you need to be unshelving onto an equivalent tree. +A parent commit is created based on the origin, and then the unshelve commit is +created based on that. The origin revision can be changed with the "--origin" option. -If the target branch in refs/remotes/p4/unshelved already exists, the old one will +If the target branch in refs/remotes/p4-unshelved already exists, the old one will be renamed. ---- $ git p4 sync $ git p4 unshelve 12345 -$ git show refs/remotes/p4/unshelved/12345 +$ git show p4-unshelved/12345 <submit more changes via p4 to the same files> $ git p4 unshelve 12345 <refuses to unshelve until git is in sync with p4 again> @@ -374,6 +374,14 @@ These options can be used to modify 'git p4 submit' behavior. been submitted. Implies --disable-rebase. Can also be set with git-p4.disableP4Sync. Sync with origin/master still goes ahead if possible. +Hook for submit +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The `p4-pre-submit` hook is executed if it exists and is executable. +The hook takes no parameters and nothing from standard input. Exiting with +non-zero status from this script prevents `git-p4 submit` from launching. + +One usage scenario is to run unit tests in the hook. + Rebase options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ These options can be used to modify 'git p4 rebase' behavior. diff --git a/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt b/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt index d95b472d16..40c825c381 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt @@ -289,6 +289,103 @@ Unexpected missing object will raise an error. --unpack-unreachable:: Keep unreachable objects in loose form. This implies `--revs`. +--delta-islands:: + Restrict delta matches based on "islands". See DELTA ISLANDS + below. + + +DELTA ISLANDS +------------- + +When possible, `pack-objects` tries to reuse existing on-disk deltas to +avoid having to search for new ones on the fly. This is an important +optimization for serving fetches, because it means the server can avoid +inflating most objects at all and just send the bytes directly from +disk. This optimization can't work when an object is stored as a delta +against a base which the receiver does not have (and which we are not +already sending). In that case the server "breaks" the delta and has to +find a new one, which has a high CPU cost. Therefore it's important for +performance that the set of objects in on-disk delta relationships match +what a client would fetch. + +In a normal repository, this tends to work automatically. The objects +are mostly reachable from the branches and tags, and that's what clients +fetch. Any deltas we find on the server are likely to be between objects +the client has or will have. + +But in some repository setups, you may have several related but separate +groups of ref tips, with clients tending to fetch those groups +independently. For example, imagine that you are hosting several "forks" +of a repository in a single shared object store, and letting clients +view them as separate repositories through `GIT_NAMESPACE` or separate +repos using the alternates mechanism. A naive repack may find that the +optimal delta for an object is against a base that is only found in +another fork. But when a client fetches, they will not have the base +object, and we'll have to find a new delta on the fly. + +A similar situation may exist if you have many refs outside of +`refs/heads/` and `refs/tags/` that point to related objects (e.g., +`refs/pull` or `refs/changes` used by some hosting providers). By +default, clients fetch only heads and tags, and deltas against objects +found only in those other groups cannot be sent as-is. + +Delta islands solve this problem by allowing you to group your refs into +distinct "islands". Pack-objects computes which objects are reachable +from which islands, and refuses to make a delta from an object `A` +against a base which is not present in all of `A`'s islands. This +results in slightly larger packs (because we miss some delta +opportunities), but guarantees that a fetch of one island will not have +to recompute deltas on the fly due to crossing island boundaries. + +When repacking with delta islands the delta window tends to get +clogged with candidates that are forbidden by the config. Repacking +with a big --window helps (and doesn't take as long as it otherwise +might because we can reject some object pairs based on islands before +doing any computation on the content). + +Islands are configured via the `pack.island` option, which can be +specified multiple times. Each value is a left-anchored regular +expressions matching refnames. For example: + +------------------------------------------- +[pack] +island = refs/heads/ +island = refs/tags/ +------------------------------------------- + +puts heads and tags into an island (whose name is the empty string; see +below for more on naming). Any refs which do not match those regular +expressions (e.g., `refs/pull/123`) is not in any island. Any object +which is reachable only from `refs/pull/` (but not heads or tags) is +therefore not a candidate to be used as a base for `refs/heads/`. + +Refs are grouped into islands based on their "names", and two regexes +that produce the same name are considered to be in the same +island. The names are computed from the regexes by concatenating any +capture groups from the regex, with a '-' dash in between. (And if +there are no capture groups, then the name is the empty string, as in +the above example.) This allows you to create arbitrary numbers of +islands. Only up to 14 such capture groups are supported though. + +For example, imagine you store the refs for each fork in +`refs/virtual/ID`, where `ID` is a numeric identifier. You might then +configure: + +------------------------------------------- +[pack] +island = refs/virtual/([0-9]+)/heads/ +island = refs/virtual/([0-9]+)/tags/ +island = refs/virtual/([0-9]+)/(pull)/ +------------------------------------------- + +That puts the heads and tags for each fork in their own island (named +"1234" or similar), and the pull refs for each go into their own +"1234-pull". + +Note that we pick a single island for each regex to go into, using "last +one wins" ordering (which allows repo-specific config to take precedence +over user-wide config, and so forth). + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-rev-list[1] diff --git a/Documentation/git-push.txt b/Documentation/git-push.txt index 55277a9781..a5fc54aeab 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-push.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-push.txt @@ -74,22 +74,57 @@ without any `<refspec>` on the command line. Otherwise, missing `:<dst>` means to update the same ref as the `<src>`. + The object referenced by <src> is used to update the <dst> reference -on the remote side. By default this is only allowed if <dst> is not -a tag (annotated or lightweight), and then only if it can fast-forward -<dst>. By having the optional leading `+`, you can tell Git to update -the <dst> ref even if it is not allowed by default (e.g., it is not a -fast-forward.) This does *not* attempt to merge <src> into <dst>. See -EXAMPLES below for details. -+ -`tag <tag>` means the same as `refs/tags/<tag>:refs/tags/<tag>`. -+ -Pushing an empty <src> allows you to delete the <dst> ref from -the remote repository. +on the remote side. Whether this is allowed depends on where in +`refs/*` the <dst> reference lives as described in detail below, in +those sections "update" means any modifications except deletes, which +as noted after the next few sections are treated differently. ++ +The `refs/heads/*` namespace will only accept commit objects, and +updates only if they can be fast-forwarded. ++ +The `refs/tags/*` namespace will accept any kind of object (as +commits, trees and blobs can be tagged), and any updates to them will +be rejected. ++ +It's possible to push any type of object to any namespace outside of +`refs/{tags,heads}/*`. In the case of tags and commits, these will be +treated as if they were the commits inside `refs/heads/*` for the +purposes of whether the update is allowed. ++ +I.e. a fast-forward of commits and tags outside `refs/{tags,heads}/*` +is allowed, even in cases where what's being fast-forwarded is not a +commit, but a tag object which happens to point to a new commit which +is a fast-forward of the commit the last tag (or commit) it's +replacing. Replacing a tag with an entirely different tag is also +allowed, if it points to the same commit, as well as pushing a peeled +tag, i.e. pushing the commit that existing tag object points to, or a +new tag object which an existing commit points to. ++ +Tree and blob objects outside of `refs/{tags,heads}/*` will be treated +the same way as if they were inside `refs/tags/*`, any update of them +will be rejected. ++ +All of the rules described above about what's not allowed as an update +can be overridden by adding an the optional leading `+` to a refspec +(or using `--force` command line option). The only exception to this +is that no amount of forcing will make the `refs/heads/*` namespace +accept a non-commit object. Hooks and configuration can also override +or amend these rules, see e.g. `receive.denyNonFastForwards` in +linkgit:git-config[1] and `pre-receive` and `update` in +linkgit:githooks[5]. ++ +Pushing an empty <src> allows you to delete the <dst> ref from the +remote repository. Deletions are always accepted without a leading `+` +in the refspec (or `--force`), except when forbidden by configuration +or hooks. See `receive.denyDeletes` in linkgit:git-config[1] and +`pre-receive` and `update` in linkgit:githooks[5]. + The special refspec `:` (or `+:` to allow non-fast-forward updates) directs Git to push "matching" branches: for every branch that exists on the local side, the remote side is updated if a branch of the same name already exists on the remote side. ++ +`tag <tag>` means the same as `refs/tags/<tag>:refs/tags/<tag>`. --all:: Push all branches (i.e. refs under `refs/heads/`); cannot be diff --git a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt index 1fbc6ebcde..80793bad8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Alternatively, you can undo the 'git rebase' with CONFIGURATION ------------- -include::rebase-config.txt[] +include::config/rebase.txt[] OPTIONS ------- @@ -441,7 +441,8 @@ See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. --exec <cmd>:: Append "exec <cmd>" after each line creating a commit in the final history. <cmd> will be interpreted as one or more shell - commands. + commands. Any command that fails will interrupt the rebase, + with exit code 1. + You may execute several commands by either using one instance of `--exec` with several commands: @@ -641,6 +642,9 @@ By replacing the command "pick" with the command "edit", you can tell the files and/or the commit message, amend the commit, and continue rebasing. +To interrupt the rebase (just like an "edit" command would do, but without +cherry-picking any commit first), use the "break" command. + If you just want to edit the commit message for a commit, replace the command "pick" with the command "reword". @@ -954,7 +958,7 @@ command fails, it is rescheduled immediately, with a helpful message how to proceed. The `reset` command resets the HEAD, index and worktree to the specified -revision. It is isimilar to an `exec git reset --hard <label>`, but +revision. It is similar to an `exec git reset --hard <label>`, but refuses to overwrite untracked files. If the `reset` command fails, it is rescheduled immediately, with a helpful message how to edit the todo list (this typically happens when a `reset` command was inserted into the todo diff --git a/Documentation/git-reflog.txt b/Documentation/git-reflog.txt index 472a6808cd..ff487ff77d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-reflog.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-reflog.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ depending on the subcommand: 'git reflog' ['show'] [log-options] [<ref>] 'git reflog expire' [--expire=<time>] [--expire-unreachable=<time>] [--rewrite] [--updateref] [--stale-fix] - [--dry-run | -n] [--verbose] [--all | <refs>...] + [--dry-run | -n] [--verbose] [--all [--single-worktree] | <refs>...] 'git reflog delete' [--rewrite] [--updateref] [--dry-run | -n] [--verbose] ref@\{specifier\}... 'git reflog exists' <ref> @@ -72,6 +72,11 @@ Options for `expire` --all:: Process the reflogs of all references. +--single-worktree:: + By default when `--all` is specified, reflogs from all working + trees are processed. This option limits the processing to reflogs + from the current working tree only. + --expire=<time>:: Prune entries older than the specified time. If this option is not specified, the expiration time is taken from the diff --git a/Documentation/git-repack.txt b/Documentation/git-repack.txt index d90e7907f4..aa0cc8bd44 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-repack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-repack.txt @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ OPTIONS Note that users fetching over dumb protocols will have to fetch the whole new pack in order to get any contained object, no matter how many other objects in that pack they already have locally. ++ +Promisor packfiles are repacked separately: if there are packfiles that +have an associated ".promisor" file, these packfiles will be repacked +into another separate pack, and an empty ".promisor" file corresponding +to the new separate pack will be written. -A:: Same as `-a`, unless `-d` is used. Then any unreachable @@ -155,6 +160,11 @@ depth is 4095. being removed. In addition, any unreachable loose objects will be packed (and their loose counterparts removed). +-i:: +--delta-islands:: + Pass the `--delta-islands` option to `git-pack-objects`, see + linkgit:git-pack-objects[1]. + Configuration ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-rerere.txt b/Documentation/git-rerere.txt index 031f31fa47..df310d2a58 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rerere.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rerere.txt @@ -211,6 +211,12 @@ would conflict the same way as the test merge you resolved earlier. 'git rerere' will be run by 'git rebase' to help you resolve this conflict. +[NOTE] 'git rerere' relies on the conflict markers in the file to +detect the conflict. If the file already contains lines that look the +same as lines with conflict markers, 'git rerere' may fail to record a +conflict resolution. To work around this, the `conflict-marker-size` +setting in linkgit:gitattributes[5] can be used. + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-reset.txt b/Documentation/git-reset.txt index 1d697d9962..2dac95c71a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-reset.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-reset.txt @@ -95,7 +95,10 @@ OPTIONS -q:: --quiet:: - Be quiet, only report errors. +--no-quiet:: + Be quiet, only report errors. The default behavior is set by the + `reset.quiet` config option. `--quiet` and `--no-quiet` will + override the default behavior. EXAMPLES diff --git a/Documentation/git-send-email.txt b/Documentation/git-send-email.txt index 465a4ecbed..62c6c76f27 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-send-email.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-send-email.txt @@ -190,7 +190,9 @@ $ git send-email --smtp-auth="PLAIN LOGIN GSSAPI" ... If at least one of the specified mechanisms matches the ones advertised by the SMTP server and if it is supported by the utilized SASL library, the mechanism is used for authentication. If neither 'sendemail.smtpAuth' nor `--smtp-auth` -is specified, all mechanisms supported by the SASL library can be used. +is specified, all mechanisms supported by the SASL library can be used. The +special value 'none' maybe specified to completely disable authentication +independently of `--smtp-user` --smtp-pass[=<password>]:: Password for SMTP-AUTH. The argument is optional: If no @@ -204,6 +206,9 @@ or on the command line. If a username has been specified (with specified (with `--smtp-pass` or `sendemail.smtpPass`), then a password is obtained using 'git-credential'. +--no-smtp-auth:: + Disable SMTP authentication. Short hand for `--smtp-auth=none` + --smtp-server=<host>:: If set, specifies the outgoing SMTP server to use (e.g. `smtp.example.com` or a raw IP address). Alternatively it can @@ -321,16 +326,19 @@ Automating auto-cc of: + -- -- 'author' will avoid including the patch author -- 'self' will avoid including the sender +- 'author' will avoid including the patch author. +- 'self' will avoid including the sender. - 'cc' will avoid including anyone mentioned in Cc lines in the patch header except for self (use 'self' for that). - 'bodycc' will avoid including anyone mentioned in Cc lines in the patch body (commit message) except for self (use 'self' for that). - 'sob' will avoid including anyone mentioned in Signed-off-by lines except - for self (use 'self' for that). + for self (use 'self' for that). +- 'misc-by' will avoid including anyone mentioned in Acked-by, + Reviewed-by, Tested-by and other "-by" lines in the patch body, + except Signed-off-by (use 'sob' for that). - 'cccmd' will avoid running the --cc-cmd. -- 'body' is equivalent to 'sob' + 'bodycc' +- 'body' is equivalent to 'sob' + 'bodycc' + 'misc-by'. - 'all' will suppress all auto cc values. -- + diff --git a/Documentation/git-show-branch.txt b/Documentation/git-show-branch.txt index 262db049d7..4a01371227 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-show-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-show-branch.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ DESCRIPTION ----------- Shows the commit ancestry graph starting from the commits named -with <rev>s or <globs>s (or all refs under refs/heads +with <rev>s or <glob>s (or all refs under refs/heads and/or refs/tags) semi-visually. It cannot show more than 29 branches and commits at a time. diff --git a/Documentation/git-tag.txt b/Documentation/git-tag.txt index 87c4288ffc..f2d644e3af 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-tag.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-tag.txt @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ options for details. variable if it exists, or lexicographic order otherwise. See linkgit:git-config[1]. ---color[=<when>]: +--color[=<when>]:: Respect any colors specified in the `--format` option. The `<when>` field must be one of `always`, `never`, or `auto` (if `<when>` is absent, behave as if `always` was given). @@ -187,6 +187,12 @@ This option is only applicable when listing tags without annotation lines. `--create-reflog`, but currently does not negate the setting of `core.logAllRefUpdates`. +--format=<format>:: + A string that interpolates `%(fieldname)` from a tag ref being shown + and the object it points at. The format is the same as + that of linkgit:git-for-each-ref[1]. When unspecified, + defaults to `%(refname:strip=2)`. + <tagname>:: The name of the tag to create, delete, or describe. The new tag name must pass all checks defined by @@ -198,12 +204,6 @@ This option is only applicable when listing tags without annotation lines. The object that the new tag will refer to, usually a commit. Defaults to HEAD. -<format>:: - A string that interpolates `%(fieldname)` from a tag ref being shown - and the object it points at. The format is the same as - that of linkgit:git-for-each-ref[1]. When unspecified, - defaults to `%(refname:strip=2)`. - CONFIGURATION ------------- By default, 'git tag' in sign-with-default mode (-s) will use your diff --git a/Documentation/git-update-index.txt b/Documentation/git-update-index.txt index 4e8e762e68..1c4d146a41 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-update-index.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-update-index.txt @@ -245,10 +245,10 @@ USING --CACHEINFO OR --INFO-ONLY current working directory. This is useful for minimum-checkout merging. -To pretend you have a file with mode and sha1 at path, say: +To pretend you have a file at path with mode and sha1, say: ---------------- -$ git update-index --cacheinfo <mode>,<sha1>,<path> +$ git update-index --add --cacheinfo <mode>,<sha1>,<path> ---------------- `--info-only` is used to register files without placing them in the object @@ -268,23 +268,20 @@ USING --INDEX-INFO multiple entry definitions from the standard input, and designed specifically for scripts. It can take inputs of three formats: - . mode SP sha1 TAB path -+ -The first format is what "git-apply --index-info" -reports, and used to reconstruct a partial tree -that is used for phony merge base tree when falling -back on 3-way merge. - . mode SP type SP sha1 TAB path + -The second format is to stuff 'git ls-tree' output -into the index file. +This format is to stuff `git ls-tree` output into the index. . mode SP sha1 SP stage TAB path + This format is to put higher order stages into the index file and matches 'git ls-files --stage' output. + . mode SP sha1 TAB path ++ +This format is no longer produced by any Git command, but is +and will continue to be supported by `update-index --index-info`. + To place a higher stage entry to the index, the path should first be removed by feeding a mode=0 entry for the path, and then feeding necessary input lines in the third format. diff --git a/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt b/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt index bc8fdfd469..9671423117 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ git-update-ref - Update the object name stored in a ref safely SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git update-ref' [-m <reason>] (-d <ref> [<oldvalue>] | [--no-deref] [--create-reflog] <ref> <newvalue> [<oldvalue>] | --stdin [-z]) +'git update-ref' [-m <reason>] [--no-deref] (-d <ref> [<oldvalue>] | [--create-reflog] <ref> <newvalue> [<oldvalue>] | --stdin [-z]) DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ a line to the log file "$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>" (dereferencing all symbolic refs before creating the log name) describing the change in ref value. Log lines are formatted as: - . oldsha1 SP newsha1 SP committer LF -+ + oldsha1 SP newsha1 SP committer LF + Where "oldsha1" is the 40 character hexadecimal value previously stored in <ref>, "newsha1" is the 40 character hexadecimal value of <newvalue> and "committer" is the committer's name, email address @@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ and date in the standard Git committer ident format. Optionally with -m: - . oldsha1 SP newsha1 SP committer TAB message LF -+ + oldsha1 SP newsha1 SP committer TAB message LF + Where all fields are as described above and "message" is the value supplied to the -m option. diff --git a/Documentation/git-upload-pack.txt b/Documentation/git-upload-pack.txt index 822ad593af..998f52d3df 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-upload-pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-upload-pack.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [verse] 'git-upload-pack' [--[no-]strict] [--timeout=<n>] [--stateless-rpc] [--advertise-refs] <directory> + DESCRIPTION ----------- Invoked by 'git fetch-pack', learns what diff --git a/Documentation/git-worktree.txt b/Documentation/git-worktree.txt index 9c26be40f4..cb86318f3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-worktree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-worktree.txt @@ -120,8 +120,16 @@ OPTIONS --force:: By default, `add` refuses to create a new working tree when `<commit-ish>` is a branch name and is already checked out by - another working tree and `remove` refuses to remove an unclean - working tree. This option overrides these safeguards. + another working tree, or if `<path>` is already assigned to some + working tree but is missing (for instance, if `<path>` was deleted + manually). This option overrides these safeguards. To add a missing but + locked working tree path, specify `--force` twice. ++ +`move` refuses to move a locked working tree unless `--force` is specified +twice. ++ +`remove` refuses to remove an unclean working tree unless `--force` is used. +To remove a locked working tree, specify `--force` twice. -b <new-branch>:: -B <new-branch>:: @@ -173,6 +181,10 @@ This can also be set up as the default behaviour by using the This format will remain stable across Git versions and regardless of user configuration. See below for details. +-q:: +--quiet:: + With 'add', suppress feedback messages. + -v:: --verbose:: With `prune`, report all removals. @@ -192,6 +204,65 @@ working trees, it can be used to identify worktrees. For example if you only have two working trees, at "/abc/def/ghi" and "/abc/def/ggg", then "ghi" or "def/ghi" is enough to point to the former working tree. +REFS +---- +In multiple working trees, some refs may be shared between all working +trees, some refs are local. One example is HEAD is different for all +working trees. This section is about the sharing rules and how to access +refs of one working tree from another. + +In general, all pseudo refs are per working tree and all refs starting +with "refs/" are shared. Pseudo refs are ones like HEAD which are +directly under GIT_DIR instead of inside GIT_DIR/refs. There are one +exception to this: refs inside refs/bisect and refs/worktree is not +shared. + +Refs that are per working tree can still be accessed from another +working tree via two special paths, main-worktree and worktrees. The +former gives access to per-worktree refs of the main working tree, +while the latter to all linked working trees. + +For example, main-worktree/HEAD or main-worktree/refs/bisect/good +resolve to the same value as the main working tree's HEAD and +refs/bisect/good respectively. Similarly, worktrees/foo/HEAD or +worktrees/bar/refs/bisect/bad are the same as +GIT_COMMON_DIR/worktrees/foo/HEAD and +GIT_COMMON_DIR/worktrees/bar/refs/bisect/bad. + +To access refs, it's best not to look inside GIT_DIR directly. Instead +use commands such as linkgit:git-rev-parse[1] or linkgit:git-update-ref[1] +which will handle refs correctly. + +CONFIGURATION FILE +------------------ +By default, the repository "config" file is shared across all working +trees. If the config variables `core.bare` or `core.worktree` are +already present in the config file, they will be applied to the main +working trees only. + +In order to have configuration specific to working trees, you can turn +on "worktreeConfig" extension, e.g.: + +------------ +$ git config extensions.worktreeConfig true +------------ + +In this mode, specific configuration stays in the path pointed by `git +rev-parse --git-path config.worktree`. You can add or update +configuration in this file with `git config --worktree`. Older Git +versions will refuse to access repositories with this extension. + +Note that in this file, the exception for `core.bare` and `core.worktree` +is gone. If you have them in $GIT_DIR/config before, you must move +them to the `config.worktree` of the main working tree. You may also +take this opportunity to review and move other configuration that you +do not want to share to all working trees: + + - `core.worktree` and `core.bare` should never be shared + + - `core.sparseCheckout` is recommended per working tree, unless you + are sure you always use sparse checkout for all working trees. + DETAILS ------- Each linked working tree has a private sub-directory in the repository's @@ -216,7 +287,8 @@ linked working tree `git rev-parse --git-path HEAD` returns `/path/other/test-next/.git/HEAD` or `/path/main/.git/HEAD`) while `git rev-parse --git-path refs/heads/master` uses $GIT_COMMON_DIR and returns `/path/main/.git/refs/heads/master`, -since refs are shared across all working trees. +since refs are shared across all working trees, except refs/bisect and +refs/worktree. See linkgit:gitrepository-layout[5] for more information. The rule of thumb is do not make any assumption about whether a path belongs to @@ -241,6 +313,9 @@ to `/path/main/.git/worktrees/test-next` then a file named `test-next` entry from being pruned. See linkgit:gitrepository-layout[5] for details. +When extensions.worktreeConfig is enabled, the config file +`.git/worktrees/<id>/config.worktree` is read after `.git/config` is. + LIST OUTPUT FORMAT ------------------ The worktree list command has two output formats. The default format shows the @@ -258,8 +333,8 @@ Porcelain Format The porcelain format has a line per attribute. Attributes are listed with a label and value separated by a single space. Boolean attributes (like 'bare' and 'detached') are listed as a label only, and are only present if and only -if the value is true. An empty line indicates the end of a worktree. For -example: +if the value is true. The first attribute of a worktree is always `worktree`, +an empty line indicates the end of the record. For example: ------------ $ git worktree list --porcelain diff --git a/Documentation/git.txt b/Documentation/git.txt index dba7f0c18e..00156d64aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/git.txt +++ b/Documentation/git.txt @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Note that omitting the `=` in `git -c foo.bar ...` is allowed and sets `foo.bar` to the boolean true value (just like `[foo]bar` would in a config file). Including the equals but with an empty value (like `git -c foo.bar= ...`) sets `foo.bar` to the empty string which `git config ---bool` will convert to `false`. +--type=bool` will convert to `false`. --exec-path[=<path>]:: Path to wherever your core Git programs are installed. @@ -402,11 +402,11 @@ Git so take care if using a foreign front-end. of Git object directories which can be used to search for Git objects. New objects will not be written to these directories. + - Entries that begin with `"` (double-quote) will be interpreted - as C-style quoted paths, removing leading and trailing - double-quotes and respecting backslash escapes. E.g., the value - `"path-with-\"-and-:-in-it":vanilla-path` has two paths: - `path-with-"-and-:-in-it` and `vanilla-path`. +Entries that begin with `"` (double-quote) will be interpreted +as C-style quoted paths, removing leading and trailing +double-quotes and respecting backslash escapes. E.g., the value +`"path-with-\"-and-:-in-it":vanilla-path` has two paths: +`path-with-"-and-:-in-it` and `vanilla-path`. `GIT_DIR`:: If the `GIT_DIR` environment variable is set then it @@ -599,8 +599,8 @@ trace messages into this file descriptor. + Alternatively, if the variable is set to an absolute path (starting with a '/' character), Git will interpret this -as a file path and will try to write the trace messages -into it. +as a file path and will try to append the trace messages +to it. + Unsetting the variable, or setting it to empty, "0" or "false" (case insensitive) disables trace messages. @@ -858,7 +858,9 @@ Reporting Bugs Report bugs to the Git mailing list <git@vger.kernel.org> where the development and maintenance is primarily done. You do not have to be -subscribed to the list to send a message there. +subscribed to the list to send a message there. See the list archive +at https://public-inbox.org/git for previous bug reports and other +discussions. Issues which are security relevant should be disclosed privately to the Git Security mailing list <git-security@googlegroups.com>. diff --git a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt index 92010b062e..b8392fc330 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt @@ -303,21 +303,21 @@ number of pitfalls: attribute. If you decide to use the `working-tree-encoding` attribute in your repository, then it is strongly recommended to ensure that all clients working with the repository support it. - - For example, Microsoft Visual Studio resources files (`*.rc`) or - PowerShell script files (`*.ps1`) are sometimes encoded in UTF-16. - If you declare `*.ps1` as files as UTF-16 and you add `foo.ps1` with - a `working-tree-encoding` enabled Git client, then `foo.ps1` will be - stored as UTF-8 internally. A client without `working-tree-encoding` - support will checkout `foo.ps1` as UTF-8 encoded file. This will - typically cause trouble for the users of this file. - - If a Git client, that does not support the `working-tree-encoding` - attribute, adds a new file `bar.ps1`, then `bar.ps1` will be - stored "as-is" internally (in this example probably as UTF-16). - A client with `working-tree-encoding` support will interpret the - internal contents as UTF-8 and try to convert it to UTF-16 on checkout. - That operation will fail and cause an error. ++ +For example, Microsoft Visual Studio resources files (`*.rc`) or +PowerShell script files (`*.ps1`) are sometimes encoded in UTF-16. +If you declare `*.ps1` as files as UTF-16 and you add `foo.ps1` with +a `working-tree-encoding` enabled Git client, then `foo.ps1` will be +stored as UTF-8 internally. A client without `working-tree-encoding` +support will checkout `foo.ps1` as UTF-8 encoded file. This will +typically cause trouble for the users of this file. ++ +If a Git client, that does not support the `working-tree-encoding` +attribute, adds a new file `bar.ps1`, then `bar.ps1` will be +stored "as-is" internally (in this example probably as UTF-16). +A client with `working-tree-encoding` support will interpret the +internal contents as UTF-8 and try to convert it to UTF-16 on checkout. +That operation will fail and cause an error. - Reencoding content to non-UTF encodings can cause errors as the conversion might not be UTF-8 round trip safe. If you suspect your diff --git a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt index f970196bc1..adc759612d 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt @@ -133,6 +133,12 @@ compares hostnames exactly, without considering whether two hosts are part of the same domain. Likewise, a config entry for `http://example.com` would not match: Git compares the protocols exactly. +If the "pattern" URL does include a path component, then this too must match +exactly: the context `https://example.com/bar/baz.git` will match a config +entry for `https://example.com/bar/baz.git` (in addition to matching the config +entry for `https://example.com`) but will not match a config entry for +`https://example.com/bar`. + CONFIGURATION OPTIONS --------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/githooks.txt b/Documentation/githooks.txt index e3c283a174..959044347e 100644 --- a/Documentation/githooks.txt +++ b/Documentation/githooks.txt @@ -485,6 +485,13 @@ The exit status determines whether git will use the data from the hook to limit its search. On error, it will fall back to verifying all files and folders. +p4-pre-submit +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. It takes no parameters and nothing +from standard input. Exiting with non-zero status from this script prevent +`git-p4 submit` from launching. Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/gitignore.txt b/Documentation/gitignore.txt index d107daaffd..1c94f08ff4 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitignore.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitignore.txt @@ -129,7 +129,8 @@ full pathname may have special meaning: matches zero or more directories. For example, "`a/**/b`" matches "`a/b`", "`a/x/b`", "`a/x/y/b`" and so on. - - Other consecutive asterisks are considered invalid. + - Other consecutive asterisks are considered regular asterisks and + will match according to the previous rules. NOTES ----- diff --git a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt index 4d63def206..312b6f9259 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt @@ -67,7 +67,8 @@ submodule.<name>.fetchRecurseSubmodules:: submodule.<name>.ignore:: Defines under what circumstances "git status" and the diff family show a submodule as modified. The following values are supported: - ++ +-- all;; The submodule will never be considered modified (but will nonetheless show up in the output of status and commit when it has been staged). @@ -84,12 +85,14 @@ submodule.<name>.ignore:: differences, and modifications to tracked and untracked files are shown. This is the default option. - If this option is also present in the submodules entry in .git/config - of the superproject, the setting there will override the one found in - .gitmodules. - Both settings can be overridden on the command line by using the - "--ignore-submodule" option. The 'git submodule' commands are not - affected by this setting. +If this option is also present in the submodules entry in .git/config +of the superproject, the setting there will override the one found in +.gitmodules. + +Both settings can be overridden on the command line by using the +"--ignore-submodule" option. The 'git submodule' commands are not +affected by this setting. +-- submodule.<name>.shallow:: When set to true, a clone of this submodule will be performed as a diff --git a/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt b/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt index e85148f05e..d501af9d77 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt @@ -95,8 +95,10 @@ refs:: References are stored in subdirectories of this directory. The 'git prune' command knows to preserve objects reachable from refs found in this directory and - its subdirectories. This directory is ignored if $GIT_COMMON_DIR - is set and "$GIT_COMMON_DIR/refs" will be used instead. + its subdirectories. + This directory is ignored (except refs/bisect and + refs/worktree) if $GIT_COMMON_DIR is set and + "$GIT_COMMON_DIR/refs" will be used instead. refs/heads/`name`:: records tip-of-the-tree commit objects of branch `name` @@ -143,6 +145,11 @@ config:: if $GIT_COMMON_DIR is set and "$GIT_COMMON_DIR/config" will be used instead. +config.worktree:: + Working directory specific configuration file for the main + working directory in multiple working directory setup (see + linkgit:git-worktree[1]). + branches:: A slightly deprecated way to store shorthands to be used to specify a URL to 'git fetch', 'git pull' and 'git push'. @@ -165,6 +172,11 @@ hooks:: each hook. This directory is ignored if $GIT_COMMON_DIR is set and "$GIT_COMMON_DIR/hooks" will be used instead. +common:: + When multiple working trees are used, most of files in + $GIT_DIR are per-worktree with a few known exceptions. All + files under 'common' however will be shared between all + working trees. index:: The current index file for the repository. It is @@ -275,6 +287,9 @@ worktrees/<id>/locked:: or manually by `git worktree prune`. The file may contain a string explaining why the repository is locked. +worktrees/<id>/config.worktree:: + Working directory specific configuration file. + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-init[1], diff --git a/Documentation/gitrevisions.txt b/Documentation/gitrevisions.txt index 1f6cceaefb..d407b7dee1 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitrevisions.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitrevisions.txt @@ -19,9 +19,10 @@ walk the revision graph (such as linkgit:git-log[1]), all commits which are reachable from that commit. For commands that walk the revision graph one can also specify a range of revisions explicitly. -In addition, some Git commands (such as linkgit:git-show[1]) also take -revision parameters which denote other objects than commits, e.g. blobs -("files") or trees ("directories of files"). +In addition, some Git commands (such as linkgit:git-show[1] and +linkgit:git-push[1]) can also take revision parameters which denote +other objects than commits, e.g. blobs ("files") or trees +("directories of files"). include::revisions.txt[] diff --git a/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt b/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt index 504c5f1a88..57999e9f36 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt @@ -169,11 +169,15 @@ ACTIVE SUBMODULES A submodule is considered active, - (a) if `submodule.<name>.active` is set to `true` - or - (b) if the submodule's path matches the pathspec in `submodule.active` - or - (c) if `submodule.<name>.url` is set. + a. if `submodule.<name>.active` is set to `true` ++ +or + + b. if the submodule's path matches the pathspec in `submodule.active` ++ +or + + c. if `submodule.<name>.url` is set. and these are evaluated in this order. diff --git a/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt b/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt index 9c8982ec98..c0a326e388 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt @@ -19,10 +19,12 @@ end of a line is ignored. See *perlsyn*(1) for details. An example: - # gitweb configuration file for http://git.example.org - # - our $projectroot = "/srv/git"; # FHS recommendation - our $site_name = 'Example.org >> Repos'; +------------------------------------------------ +# gitweb configuration file for http://git.example.org +# +our $projectroot = "/srv/git"; # FHS recommendation +our $site_name = 'Example.org >> Repos'; +------------------------------------------------ The configuration file is used to override the default settings that @@ -357,6 +359,7 @@ $home_link_str:: + For example, the following setting produces a breadcrumb trail like "home / dev / projects / ..." where "projects" is the home link. ++ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- our @extra_breadcrumbs = ( [ 'home' => 'https://www.example.org/' ], @@ -901,14 +904,16 @@ To enable blame, pickaxe search, and snapshot support (allowing "tar.gz" and "zip" snapshots), while allowing individual projects to turn them off, put the following in your GITWEB_CONFIG file: - $feature{'blame'}{'default'} = [1]; - $feature{'blame'}{'override'} = 1; +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +$feature{'blame'}{'default'} = [1]; +$feature{'blame'}{'override'} = 1; - $feature{'pickaxe'}{'default'} = [1]; - $feature{'pickaxe'}{'override'} = 1; +$feature{'pickaxe'}{'default'} = [1]; +$feature{'pickaxe'}{'override'} = 1; - $feature{'snapshot'}{'default'} = ['zip', 'tgz']; - $feature{'snapshot'}{'override'} = 1; +$feature{'snapshot'}{'default'} = ['zip', 'tgz']; +$feature{'snapshot'}{'override'} = 1; +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- If you allow overriding for the snapshot feature, you can specify which snapshot formats are globally disabled. You can also add any command-line diff --git a/Documentation/howto/update-hook-example.txt b/Documentation/howto/update-hook-example.txt index a5193b1e5c..89821ec74f 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/update-hook-example.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/update-hook-example.txt @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ case "$1" in info "The branch '$1' is new..." else # updating -- make sure it is a fast-forward - mb=$(git-merge-base "$2" "$3") + mb=$(git merge-base "$2" "$3") case "$mb,$2" in "$2,$mb") info "Update is fast-forward" ;; *) noff=y; info "This is not a fast-forward update.";; diff --git a/Documentation/howto/using-merge-subtree.txt b/Documentation/howto/using-merge-subtree.txt index 1ae8d1214e..a499a94ac2 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/using-merge-subtree.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/using-merge-subtree.txt @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Here is the command sequence you need: ---------------- $ git remote add -f Bproject /path/to/B <1> -$ git merge -s ours --no-commit Bproject/master <2> +$ git merge -s ours --no-commit --allow-unrelated-histories Bproject/master <2> $ git read-tree --prefix=dir-B/ -u Bproject/master <3> $ git commit -m "Merge B project as our subdirectory" <4> diff --git a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt index 6109ef09aa..417b638cd8 100644 --- a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt +++ b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt @@ -153,6 +153,9 @@ endif::git-rev-list[] and "N" for no signature - '%GS': show the name of the signer for a signed commit - '%GK': show the key used to sign a signed commit +- '%GF': show the fingerprint of the key used to sign a signed commit +- '%GP': show the fingerprint of the primary key whose subkey was used + to sign a signed commit - '%gD': reflog selector, e.g., `refs/stash@{1}` or `refs/stash@{2 minutes ago`}; the format follows the rules described for the `-g` option. The portion before the `@` is the refname as diff --git a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt index c579793af5..7d3a60f5b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt +++ b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt @@ -33,11 +33,40 @@ name. it requests fetching everything up to the given tag. + The remote ref that matches <src> -is fetched, and if <dst> is not empty string, the local -ref that matches it is fast-forwarded using <src>. -If the optional plus `+` is used, the local ref -is updated even if it does not result in a fast-forward -update. +is fetched, and if <dst> is not an empty string, an attempt +is made to update the local ref that matches it. ++ +Whether that update is allowed without `--force` depends on the ref +namespace it's being fetched to, the type of object being fetched, and +whether the update is considered to be a fast-forward. Generally, the +same rules apply for fetching as when pushing, see the `<refspec>...` +section of linkgit:git-push[1] for what those are. Exceptions to those +rules particular to 'git fetch' are noted below. ++ +Until Git version 2.20, and unlike when pushing with +linkgit:git-push[1], any updates to `refs/tags/*` would be accepted +without `+` in the refspec (or `--force`). When fetching, we promiscuously +considered all tag updates from a remote to be forced fetches. Since +Git version 2.20, fetching to update `refs/tags/*` works the same way +as when pushing. I.e. any updates will be rejected without `+` in the +refspec (or `--force`). ++ +Unlike when pushing with linkgit:git-push[1], any updates outside of +`refs/{tags,heads}/*` will be accepted without `+` in the refspec (or +`--force`), whether that's swapping e.g. a tree object for a blob, or +a commit for another commit that's doesn't have the previous commit as +an ancestor etc. ++ +Unlike when pushing with linkgit:git-push[1], there is no +configuration which'll amend these rules, and nothing like a +`pre-fetch` hook analogous to the `pre-receive` hook. ++ +As with pushing with linkgit:git-push[1], all of the rules described +above about what's not allowed as an update can be overridden by +adding an the optional leading `+` to a refspec (or using `--force` +command line option). The only exception to this is that no amount of +forcing will make the `refs/heads/*` namespace accept a non-commit +object. + [NOTE] When the remote branch you want to fetch is known to diff --git a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt index 7b273635de..bab5f50b17 100644 --- a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt @@ -731,6 +731,11 @@ the requested refs. + The form '--filter=sparse:path=<path>' similarly uses a sparse-checkout specification contained in <path>. ++ +The form '--filter=tree:<depth>' omits all blobs and trees whose depth +from the root tree is >= <depth> (minimum depth if an object is located +at multiple depths in the commits traversed). Currently, only <depth>=0 +is supported, which omits all blobs and trees. --no-filter:: Turn off any previous `--filter=` argument. @@ -756,7 +761,6 @@ Unexpected missing objects will raise an error. + The form '--missing=print' is like 'allow-any', but will also print a list of the missing objects. Object IDs are prefixed with a ``?'' character. -endif::git-rev-list[] --exclude-promisor-objects:: (For internal use only.) Prefilter object traversal at @@ -764,6 +768,7 @@ endif::git-rev-list[] stronger than `--missing=allow-promisor` because it limits the traversal, rather than just silencing errors about missing objects. +endif::git-rev-list[] --no-walk[=(sorted|unsorted)]:: Only show the given commits, but do not traverse their ancestors. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-diff.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-diff.txt index 8b001de0db..30fc0e9c93 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-diff.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-diff.txt @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ Calling sequence ---------------- * Prepare `struct diff_options` to record the set of diff options, and - then call `diff_setup()` to initialize this structure. This sets up - the vanilla default. + then call `repo_diff_setup()` to initialize this structure. This + sets up the vanilla default. * Fill in the options structure to specify desired output format, rename detection, etc. `diff_opt_parse()` can be used to parse options given diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-history-graph.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-history-graph.txt index 18142b6d29..d0d1707c8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-history-graph.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-history-graph.txt @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Calling sequence it is invoked. * For each commit, call `graph_next_line()` repeatedly, until - `graph_is_commit_finished()` returns non-zero. Each call go + `graph_is_commit_finished()` returns non-zero. Each call to `graph_next_line()` will output a single line of the graph. The resulting lines will not contain any newlines. `graph_next_line()` returns 1 if the resulting line contains the current commit, or 0 if this is merely a line @@ -115,7 +115,6 @@ struct commit *commit; struct git_graph *graph = graph_init(opts); while ((commit = get_revision(opts)) != NULL) { - graph_update(graph, commit); while (!graph_is_commit_finished(graph)) { struct strbuf sb; diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt index 829b558110..2b036d7838 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt @@ -183,10 +183,6 @@ There are some macros to easily define options: scale the provided value by 1024, 1024^2 or 1024^3 respectively. The scaled value is put into `unsigned_long_var`. -`OPT_DATE(short, long, ×tamp_t_var, description)`:: - Introduce an option with date argument, see `approxidate()`. - The timestamp is put into `timestamp_t_var`. - `OPT_EXPIRY_DATE(short, long, ×tamp_t_var, description)`:: Introduce an option with expiry date argument, see `parse_expiry_date()`. The timestamp is put into `timestamp_t_var`. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt index 55b878ade8..03f9ea6ac4 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ revision list. Functions --------- -`init_revisions`:: +`repo_init_revisions`:: - Initialize a rev_info structure with default values. The second + Initialize a rev_info structure with default values. The third parameter may be NULL or can be prefix path, and then the `.prefix` variable will be set to it. This is typically the first function you want to call when you want to deal with a revision list. After calling diff --git a/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt b/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt index c664acbd76..7805b0968c 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt @@ -15,13 +15,13 @@ There are two main costs here: 1. Decompressing and parsing commits. 2. Walking the entire graph to satisfy topological order constraints. -The commit graph file is a supplemental data structure that accelerates +The commit-graph file is a supplemental data structure that accelerates commit graph walks. If a user downgrades or disables the 'core.commitGraph' config setting, then the existing ODB is sufficient. The file is stored as "commit-graph" either in the .git/objects/info directory or in the info directory of an alternate. -The commit graph file stores the commit graph structure along with some +The commit-graph file stores the commit graph structure along with some extra metadata to speed up graph walks. By listing commit OIDs in lexi- cographic order, we can identify an integer position for each commit and refer to the parents of a commit using those integer positions. We use @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ that of a parent. Design Details -------------- -- The commit graph file is stored in a file named 'commit-graph' in the +- The commit-graph file is stored in a file named 'commit-graph' in the .git/objects/info directory. This could be stored in the info directory of an alternate. @@ -112,12 +112,24 @@ Design Details - The file format includes parameters for the object ID hash function, so a future change of hash algorithm does not require a change in format. +- Commit grafts and replace objects can change the shape of the commit + history. The latter can also be enabled/disabled on the fly using + `--no-replace-objects`. This leads to difficultly storing both possible + interpretations of a commit id, especially when computing generation + numbers. The commit-graph will not be read or written when + replace-objects or grafts are present. + +- Shallow clones create grafts of commits by dropping their parents. This + leads the commit-graph to think those commits have generation number 1. + If and when those commits are made unshallow, those generation numbers + become invalid. Since shallow clones are intended to restrict the commit + history to a very small set of commits, the commit-graph feature is less + helpful for these clones, anyway. The commit-graph will not be read or + written when shallow commits are present. + Future Work ----------- -- The commit graph feature currently does not honor commit grafts. This can - be remedied by duplicating or refactoring the current graft logic. - - After computing and storing generation numbers, we must make graph walks aware of generation numbers to gain the performance benefits they enable. This will mostly be accomplished by swapping a commit-date-ordered @@ -127,7 +139,7 @@ Future Work - 'log --topo-order' - 'tag --merged' -- A server could provide a commit graph file as part of the network protocol +- A server could provide a commit-graph file as part of the network protocol to avoid extra calculations by clients. This feature is only of benefit if the user is willing to trust the file, because verifying the file is correct is as hard as computing it from scratch. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt b/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt index 4ab6cd1012..bc2ace2a6e 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt @@ -59,14 +59,11 @@ that are believed to be cryptographically secure. Goals ----- -Where NewHash is a strong 256-bit hash function to replace SHA-1 (see -"Selection of a New Hash", below): - -1. The transition to NewHash can be done one local repository at a time. +1. The transition to SHA-256 can be done one local repository at a time. a. Requiring no action by any other party. - b. A NewHash repository can communicate with SHA-1 Git servers + b. A SHA-256 repository can communicate with SHA-1 Git servers (push/fetch). - c. Users can use SHA-1 and NewHash identifiers for objects + c. Users can use SHA-1 and SHA-256 identifiers for objects interchangeably (see "Object names on the command line", below). d. New signed objects make use of a stronger hash function than SHA-1 for their security guarantees. @@ -79,7 +76,7 @@ Where NewHash is a strong 256-bit hash function to replace SHA-1 (see Non-Goals --------- -1. Add NewHash support to Git protocol. This is valuable and the +1. Add SHA-256 support to Git protocol. This is valuable and the logical next step but it is out of scope for this initial design. 2. Transparently improving the security of existing SHA-1 signed objects. @@ -87,26 +84,26 @@ Non-Goals repository. 4. Taking the opportunity to fix other bugs in Git's formats and protocols. -5. Shallow clones and fetches into a NewHash repository. (This will - change when we add NewHash support to Git protocol.) -6. Skip fetching some submodules of a project into a NewHash - repository. (This also depends on NewHash support in Git +5. Shallow clones and fetches into a SHA-256 repository. (This will + change when we add SHA-256 support to Git protocol.) +6. Skip fetching some submodules of a project into a SHA-256 + repository. (This also depends on SHA-256 support in Git protocol.) Overview -------- We introduce a new repository format extension. Repositories with this -extension enabled use NewHash instead of SHA-1 to name their objects. +extension enabled use SHA-256 instead of SHA-1 to name their objects. This affects both object names and object content --- both the names of objects and all references to other objects within an object are switched to the new hash function. -NewHash repositories cannot be read by older versions of Git. +SHA-256 repositories cannot be read by older versions of Git. -Alongside the packfile, a NewHash repository stores a bidirectional -mapping between NewHash and SHA-1 object names. The mapping is generated +Alongside the packfile, a SHA-256 repository stores a bidirectional +mapping between SHA-256 and SHA-1 object names. The mapping is generated locally and can be verified using "git fsck". Object lookups use this -mapping to allow naming objects using either their SHA-1 and NewHash names +mapping to allow naming objects using either their SHA-1 and SHA-256 names interchangeably. "git cat-file" and "git hash-object" gain options to display an object @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ object database so that they can be named using the appropriate name (using the bidirectional hash mapping). Fetches from a SHA-1 based server convert the fetched objects into -NewHash form and record the mapping in the bidirectional mapping table +SHA-256 form and record the mapping in the bidirectional mapping table (see below for details). Pushes to a SHA-1 based server convert the objects being pushed into sha1 form so the server does not have to be aware of the hash function the client is using. @@ -125,19 +122,19 @@ Detailed Design --------------- Repository format extension ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -A NewHash repository uses repository format version `1` (see +A SHA-256 repository uses repository format version `1` (see Documentation/technical/repository-version.txt) with extensions `objectFormat` and `compatObjectFormat`: [core] repositoryFormatVersion = 1 [extensions] - objectFormat = newhash + objectFormat = sha256 compatObjectFormat = sha1 The combination of setting `core.repositoryFormatVersion=1` and populating `extensions.*` ensures that all versions of Git later than -`v0.99.9l` will die instead of trying to operate on the NewHash +`v0.99.9l` will die instead of trying to operate on the SHA-256 repository, instead producing an error message. # Between v0.99.9l and v2.7.0 @@ -155,36 +152,36 @@ repository extensions. Object names ~~~~~~~~~~~~ Objects can be named by their 40 hexadecimal digit sha1-name or 64 -hexadecimal digit newhash-name, plus names derived from those (see +hexadecimal digit sha256-name, plus names derived from those (see gitrevisions(7)). The sha1-name of an object is the SHA-1 of the concatenation of its type, length, a nul byte, and the object's sha1-content. This is the traditional <sha1> used in Git to name objects. -The newhash-name of an object is the NewHash of the concatenation of its -type, length, a nul byte, and the object's newhash-content. +The sha256-name of an object is the SHA-256 of the concatenation of its +type, length, a nul byte, and the object's sha256-content. Object format ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The content as a byte sequence of a tag, commit, or tree object named -by sha1 and newhash differ because an object named by newhash-name refers to -other objects by their newhash-names and an object named by sha1-name +by sha1 and sha256 differ because an object named by sha256-name refers to +other objects by their sha256-names and an object named by sha1-name refers to other objects by their sha1-names. -The newhash-content of an object is the same as its sha1-content, except -that objects referenced by the object are named using their newhash-names +The sha256-content of an object is the same as its sha1-content, except +that objects referenced by the object are named using their sha256-names instead of sha1-names. Because a blob object does not refer to any -other object, its sha1-content and newhash-content are the same. +other object, its sha1-content and sha256-content are the same. -The format allows round-trip conversion between newhash-content and +The format allows round-trip conversion between sha256-content and sha1-content. Object storage ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Loose objects use zlib compression and packed objects use the packed format described in Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt, just like -today. The content that is compressed and stored uses newhash-content +today. The content that is compressed and stored uses sha256-content instead of sha1-content. Pack index @@ -255,10 +252,10 @@ network byte order): up to and not including the table of CRC32 values. - Zero or more NUL bytes. - The trailer consists of the following: - - A copy of the 20-byte NewHash checksum at the end of the + - A copy of the 20-byte SHA-256 checksum at the end of the corresponding packfile. - - 20-byte NewHash checksum of all of the above. + - 20-byte SHA-256 checksum of all of the above. Loose object index ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -266,7 +263,7 @@ A new file $GIT_OBJECT_DIR/loose-object-idx contains information about all loose objects. Its format is # loose-object-idx - (newhash-name SP sha1-name LF)* + (sha256-name SP sha1-name LF)* where the object names are in hexadecimal format. The file is not sorted. @@ -292,8 +289,8 @@ To remove entries (e.g. in "git pack-refs" or "git-prune"): Translation table ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The index files support a bidirectional mapping between sha1-names -and newhash-names. The lookup proceeds similarly to ordinary object -lookups. For example, to convert a sha1-name to a newhash-name: +and sha256-names. The lookup proceeds similarly to ordinary object +lookups. For example, to convert a sha1-name to a sha256-name: 1. Look for the object in idx files. If a match is present in the idx's sorted list of truncated sha1-names, then: @@ -301,8 +298,8 @@ lookups. For example, to convert a sha1-name to a newhash-name: name order mapping. b. Read the corresponding entry in the full sha1-name table to verify we found the right object. If it is, then - c. Read the corresponding entry in the full newhash-name table. - That is the object's newhash-name. + c. Read the corresponding entry in the full sha256-name table. + That is the object's sha256-name. 2. Check for a loose object. Read lines from loose-object-idx until we find a match. @@ -318,25 +315,25 @@ for all objects in the object store. Reading an object's sha1-content ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -The sha1-content of an object can be read by converting all newhash-names -its newhash-content references to sha1-names using the translation table. +The sha1-content of an object can be read by converting all sha256-names +its sha256-content references to sha1-names using the translation table. Fetch ~~~~~ Fetching from a SHA-1 based server requires translating between SHA-1 -and NewHash based representations on the fly. +and SHA-256 based representations on the fly. SHA-1s named in the ref advertisement that are present on the client -can be translated to NewHash and looked up as local objects using the +can be translated to SHA-256 and looked up as local objects using the translation table. Negotiation proceeds as today. Any "have"s generated locally are converted to SHA-1 before being sent to the server, and SHA-1s -mentioned by the server are converted to NewHash when looking them up +mentioned by the server are converted to SHA-256 when looking them up locally. After negotiation, the server sends a packfile containing the -requested objects. We convert the packfile to NewHash format using +requested objects. We convert the packfile to SHA-256 format using the following steps: 1. index-pack: inflate each object in the packfile and compute its @@ -351,12 +348,12 @@ the following steps: (This list only contains objects reachable from the "wants". If the pack from the server contained additional extraneous objects, then they will be discarded.) -3. convert to newhash: open a new (newhash) packfile. Read the topologically +3. convert to sha256: open a new (sha256) packfile. Read the topologically sorted list just generated. For each object, inflate its - sha1-content, convert to newhash-content, and write it to the newhash - pack. Record the new sha1<->newhash mapping entry for use in the idx. + sha1-content, convert to sha256-content, and write it to the sha256 + pack. Record the new sha1<->sha256 mapping entry for use in the idx. 4. sort: reorder entries in the new pack to match the order of objects - in the pack the server generated and include blobs. Write a newhash idx + in the pack the server generated and include blobs. Write a sha256 idx file 5. clean up: remove the SHA-1 based pack file, index, and topologically sorted list obtained from the server in steps 1 @@ -388,16 +385,16 @@ send-pack. Signed Commits ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -We add a new field "gpgsig-newhash" to the commit object format to allow +We add a new field "gpgsig-sha256" to the commit object format to allow signing commits without relying on SHA-1. It is similar to the -existing "gpgsig" field. Its signed payload is the newhash-content of the -commit object with any "gpgsig" and "gpgsig-newhash" fields removed. +existing "gpgsig" field. Its signed payload is the sha256-content of the +commit object with any "gpgsig" and "gpgsig-sha256" fields removed. This means commits can be signed 1. using SHA-1 only, as in existing signed commit objects -2. using both SHA-1 and NewHash, by using both gpgsig-newhash and gpgsig +2. using both SHA-1 and SHA-256, by using both gpgsig-sha256 and gpgsig fields. -3. using only NewHash, by only using the gpgsig-newhash field. +3. using only SHA-256, by only using the gpgsig-sha256 field. Old versions of "git verify-commit" can verify the gpgsig signature in cases (1) and (2) without modifications and view case (3) as an @@ -405,24 +402,24 @@ ordinary unsigned commit. Signed Tags ~~~~~~~~~~~ -We add a new field "gpgsig-newhash" to the tag object format to allow +We add a new field "gpgsig-sha256" to the tag object format to allow signing tags without relying on SHA-1. Its signed payload is the -newhash-content of the tag with its gpgsig-newhash field and "-----BEGIN PGP +sha256-content of the tag with its gpgsig-sha256 field and "-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----" delimited in-body signature removed. This means tags can be signed 1. using SHA-1 only, as in existing signed tag objects -2. using both SHA-1 and NewHash, by using gpgsig-newhash and an in-body +2. using both SHA-1 and SHA-256, by using gpgsig-sha256 and an in-body signature. -3. using only NewHash, by only using the gpgsig-newhash field. +3. using only SHA-256, by only using the gpgsig-sha256 field. Mergetag embedding ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The mergetag field in the sha1-content of a commit contains the sha1-content of a tag that was merged by that commit. -The mergetag field in the newhash-content of the same commit contains the -newhash-content of the same tag. +The mergetag field in the sha256-content of the same commit contains the +sha256-content of the same tag. Submodules ~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -497,7 +494,7 @@ Caveats ------- Invalid objects ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -The conversion from sha1-content to newhash-content retains any +The conversion from sha1-content to sha256-content retains any brokenness in the original object (e.g., tree entry modes encoded with leading 0, tree objects whose paths are not sorted correctly, and commit objects without an author or committer). This is a deliberate @@ -516,7 +513,7 @@ allow lifting this restriction. Alternates ~~~~~~~~~~ -For the same reason, a newhash repository cannot borrow objects from a +For the same reason, a sha256 repository cannot borrow objects from a sha1 repository using objects/info/alternates or $GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_REPOSITORIES. @@ -524,20 +521,20 @@ git notes ~~~~~~~~~ The "git notes" tool annotates objects using their sha1-name as key. This design does not describe a way to migrate notes trees to use -newhash-names. That migration is expected to happen separately (for +sha256-names. That migration is expected to happen separately (for example using a file at the root of the notes tree to describe which hash it uses). Server-side cost ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Until Git protocol gains NewHash support, using NewHash based storage +Until Git protocol gains SHA-256 support, using SHA-256 based storage on public-facing Git servers is strongly discouraged. Once Git -protocol gains NewHash support, NewHash based servers are likely not +protocol gains SHA-256 support, SHA-256 based servers are likely not to support SHA-1 compatibility, to avoid what may be a very expensive hash reencode during clone and to encourage peers to modernize. The design described here allows fetches by SHA-1 clients of a -personal NewHash repository because it's not much more difficult than +personal SHA-256 repository because it's not much more difficult than allowing pushes from that repository. This support needs to be guarded by a configuration option --- servers like git.kernel.org that serve a large number of clients would not be expected to bear that cost. @@ -547,7 +544,7 @@ Meaning of signatures The signed payload for signed commits and tags does not explicitly name the hash used to identify objects. If some day Git adopts a new hash function with the same length as the current SHA-1 (40 -hexadecimal digit) or NewHash (64 hexadecimal digit) objects then the +hexadecimal digit) or SHA-256 (64 hexadecimal digit) objects then the intent behind the PGP signed payload in an object signature is unclear: @@ -562,7 +559,7 @@ Does this mean Git v2.12.0 is the commit with sha1-name e7e07d5a4fcc2a203d9873968ad3e6bd4d7419d7 or the commit with new-40-digit-hash-name e7e07d5a4fcc2a203d9873968ad3e6bd4d7419d7? -Fortunately NewHash and SHA-1 have different lengths. If Git starts +Fortunately SHA-256 and SHA-1 have different lengths. If Git starts using another hash with the same length to name objects, then it will need to change the format of signed payloads using that hash to address this issue. @@ -574,24 +571,24 @@ supports four different modes of operation: 1. ("dark launch") Treat object names input by the user as SHA-1 and convert any object names written to output to SHA-1, but store - objects using NewHash. This allows users to test the code with no + objects using SHA-256. This allows users to test the code with no visible behavior change except for performance. This allows allows running even tests that assume the SHA-1 hash function, to sanity-check the behavior of the new mode. - 2. ("early transition") Allow both SHA-1 and NewHash object names in + 2. ("early transition") Allow both SHA-1 and SHA-256 object names in input. Any object names written to output use SHA-1. This allows users to continue to make use of SHA-1 to communicate with peers (e.g. by email) that have not migrated yet and prepares for mode 3. - 3. ("late transition") Allow both SHA-1 and NewHash object names in - input. Any object names written to output use NewHash. In this + 3. ("late transition") Allow both SHA-1 and SHA-256 object names in + input. Any object names written to output use SHA-256. In this mode, users are using a more secure object naming method by default. The disruption is minimal as long as most of their peers are in mode 2 or mode 3. 4. ("post-transition") Treat object names input by the user as - NewHash and write output using NewHash. This is safer than mode 3 + SHA-256 and write output using SHA-256. This is safer than mode 3 because there is less risk that input is incorrectly interpreted using the wrong hash function. @@ -601,27 +598,31 @@ The user can also explicitly specify which format to use for a particular revision specifier and for output, overriding the mode. For example: -git --output-format=sha1 log abac87a^{sha1}..f787cac^{newhash} +git --output-format=sha1 log abac87a^{sha1}..f787cac^{sha256} -Selection of a New Hash ------------------------ +Choice of Hash +-------------- In early 2005, around the time that Git was written, Xiaoyun Wang, Yiqun Lisa Yin, and Hongbo Yu announced an attack finding SHA-1 collisions in 2^69 operations. In August they published details. Luckily, no practical demonstrations of a collision in full SHA-1 were published until 10 years later, in 2017. -The hash function NewHash to replace SHA-1 should be stronger than -SHA-1 was: we would like it to be trustworthy and useful in practice -for at least 10 years. +Git v2.13.0 and later subsequently moved to a hardened SHA-1 +implementation by default that mitigates the SHAttered attack, but +SHA-1 is still believed to be weak. + +The hash to replace this hardened SHA-1 should be stronger than SHA-1 +was: we would like it to be trustworthy and useful in practice for at +least 10 years. Some other relevant properties: 1. A 256-bit hash (long enough to match common security practice; not excessively long to hurt performance and disk usage). -2. High quality implementations should be widely available (e.g. in - OpenSSL). +2. High quality implementations should be widely available (e.g., in + OpenSSL and Apple CommonCrypto). 3. The hash function's properties should match Git's needs (e.g. Git requires collision and 2nd preimage resistance and does not require @@ -630,14 +631,13 @@ Some other relevant properties: 4. As a tiebreaker, the hash should be fast to compute (fortunately many contenders are faster than SHA-1). -Some hashes under consideration are SHA-256, SHA-512/256, SHA-256x16, -K12, and BLAKE2bp-256. +We choose SHA-256. Transition plan --------------- Some initial steps can be implemented independently of one another: - adding a hash function API (vtable) -- teaching fsck to tolerate the gpgsig-newhash field +- teaching fsck to tolerate the gpgsig-sha256 field - excluding gpgsig-* from the fields copied by "git commit --amend" - annotating tests that depend on SHA-1 values with a SHA1 test prerequisite @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ Next comes introduction of compatObjectFormat: - adding appropriate index entries when adding a new object to the object store - --output-format option -- ^{sha1} and ^{newhash} revision notation +- ^{sha1} and ^{sha256} revision notation - configuration to specify default input and output format (see "Object names on the command line" above) @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ The next step is supporting fetches and pushes to SHA-1 repositories: - allow pushes to a repository using the compat format - generate a topologically sorted list of the SHA-1 names of fetched objects -- convert the fetched packfile to newhash format and generate an idx +- convert the fetched packfile to sha256 format and generate an idx file - re-sort to match the order of objects in the fetched packfile @@ -680,30 +680,30 @@ The infrastructure supporting fetch also allows converting an existing repository. In converted repositories and new clones, end users can gain support for the new hash function without any visible change in behavior (see "dark launch" in the "Object names on the command line" -section). In particular this allows users to verify NewHash signatures +section). In particular this allows users to verify SHA-256 signatures on objects in the repository, and it should ensure the transition code is stable in production in preparation for using it more widely. Over time projects would encourage their users to adopt the "early transition" and then "late transition" modes to take advantage of the -new, more futureproof NewHash object names. +new, more futureproof SHA-256 object names. When objectFormat and compatObjectFormat are both set, commands -generating signatures would generate both SHA-1 and NewHash signatures +generating signatures would generate both SHA-1 and SHA-256 signatures by default to support both new and old users. -In projects using NewHash heavily, users could be encouraged to adopt +In projects using SHA-256 heavily, users could be encouraged to adopt the "post-transition" mode to avoid accidentally making implicit use of SHA-1 object names. Once a critical mass of users have upgraded to a version of Git that -can verify NewHash signatures and have converted their existing +can verify SHA-256 signatures and have converted their existing repositories to support verifying them, we can add support for a -setting to generate only NewHash signatures. This is expected to be at +setting to generate only SHA-256 signatures. This is expected to be at least a year later. That is also a good moment to advertise the ability to convert -repositories to use NewHash only, stripping out all SHA-1 related +repositories to use SHA-256 only, stripping out all SHA-1 related metadata. This improves performance by eliminating translation overhead and security by avoiding the possibility of accidentally relying on the safety of SHA-1. @@ -742,16 +742,16 @@ using the old hash function. Signed objects with multiple hashes ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Instead of introducing the gpgsig-newhash field in commit and tag objects -for newhash-content based signatures, an earlier version of this design -added "hash newhash <newhash-name>" fields to strengthen the existing +Instead of introducing the gpgsig-sha256 field in commit and tag objects +for sha256-content based signatures, an earlier version of this design +added "hash sha256 <sha256-name>" fields to strengthen the existing sha1-content based signatures. In other words, a single signature was used to attest to the object content using both hash functions. This had some advantages: * Using one signature instead of two speeds up the signing process. * Having one signed payload with both hashes allows the signer to - attest to the sha1-name and newhash-name referring to the same object. + attest to the sha1-name and sha256-name referring to the same object. * All users consume the same signature. Broken signatures are likely to be detected quickly using current versions of git. @@ -760,11 +760,11 @@ However, it also came with disadvantages: objects it references, even after the transition is complete and translation table is no longer needed for anything else. To support this, the design added fields such as "hash sha1 tree <sha1-name>" - and "hash sha1 parent <sha1-name>" to the newhash-content of a signed + and "hash sha1 parent <sha1-name>" to the sha256-content of a signed commit, complicating the conversion process. * Allowing signed objects without a sha1 (for after the transition is complete) complicated the design further, requiring a "nohash sha1" - field to suppress including "hash sha1" fields in the newhash-content + field to suppress including "hash sha1" fields in the sha256-content and signed payload. Lazily populated translation table @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ Lazily populated translation table Some of the work of building the translation table could be deferred to push time, but that would significantly complicate and slow down pushes. Calculating the sha1-name at object creation time at the same time it is -being streamed to disk and having its newhash-name calculated should be +being streamed to disk and having its sha256-name calculated should be an acceptable cost. Document History @@ -814,6 +814,12 @@ Incorporated suggestions from jonathantanmy and sbeller: * avoid loose object overhead by packing more aggressively in "git gc --auto" +Later history: + + See the history of this file in git.git for the history of subsequent + edits. This document history is no longer being maintained as it + would now be superfluous to the commit log + [1] http://public-inbox.org/git/CA+55aFzJtejiCjV0e43+9oR3QuJK2PiFiLQemytoLpyJWe6P9w@mail.gmail.com/ [2] http://public-inbox.org/git/CA+55aFz+gkAsDZ24zmePQuEs1XPS9BP_s8O7Q4wQ7LV7X5-oDA@mail.gmail.com/ [3] http://public-inbox.org/git/20170306084353.nrns455dvkdsfgo5@sigill.intra.peff.net/ diff --git a/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt b/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt index 64f49d0bbb..9c5b6f0fac 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt @@ -338,11 +338,11 @@ server advertises capability `allow-tip-sha1-in-want` or request_end request_end = "0000" / "done" - want_list = PKT-LINE(want NUL cap_list LF) + want_list = PKT-LINE(want SP cap_list LF) *(want_pkt) want_pkt = PKT-LINE(want LF) want = "want" SP id - cap_list = *(SP capability) SP + cap_list = capability *(SP capability) have_list = *PKT-LINE("have" SP id LF) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt index db3572626b..7c4d67aa6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt @@ -314,3 +314,44 @@ The remaining data of each directory block is grouped by type: - An ewah bitmap, the n-th bit indicates whether the n-th index entry is not CE_FSMONITOR_VALID. + +== End of Index Entry + + The End of Index Entry (EOIE) is used to locate the end of the variable + length index entries and the begining of the extensions. Code can take + advantage of this to quickly locate the index extensions without having + to parse through all of the index entries. + + Because it must be able to be loaded before the variable length cache + entries and other index extensions, this extension must be written last. + The signature for this extension is { 'E', 'O', 'I', 'E' }. + + The extension consists of: + + - 32-bit offset to the end of the index entries + + - 160-bit SHA-1 over the extension types and their sizes (but not + their contents). E.g. if we have "TREE" extension that is N-bytes + long, "REUC" extension that is M-bytes long, followed by "EOIE", + then the hash would be: + + SHA-1("TREE" + <binary representation of N> + + "REUC" + <binary representation of M>) + +== Index Entry Offset Table + + The Index Entry Offset Table (IEOT) is used to help address the CPU + cost of loading the index by enabling multi-threading the process of + converting cache entries from the on-disk format to the in-memory format. + The signature for this extension is { 'I', 'E', 'O', 'T' }. + + The extension consists of: + + - 32-bit version (currently 1) + + - A number of index offset entries each consisting of: + + - 32-bit offset from the begining of the file to the first cache entry + in this block of entries. + + - 32-bit count of cache entries in this block diff --git a/Documentation/technical/multi-pack-index.txt b/Documentation/technical/multi-pack-index.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7e57639f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/multi-pack-index.txt @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +Multi-Pack-Index (MIDX) Design Notes +==================================== + +The Git object directory contains a 'pack' directory containing +packfiles (with suffix ".pack") and pack-indexes (with suffix +".idx"). The pack-indexes provide a way to lookup objects and +navigate to their offset within the pack, but these must come +in pairs with the packfiles. This pairing depends on the file +names, as the pack-index differs only in suffix with its pack- +file. While the pack-indexes provide fast lookup per packfile, +this performance degrades as the number of packfiles increases, +because abbreviations need to inspect every packfile and we are +more likely to have a miss on our most-recently-used packfile. +For some large repositories, repacking into a single packfile +is not feasible due to storage space or excessive repack times. + +The multi-pack-index (MIDX for short) stores a list of objects +and their offsets into multiple packfiles. It contains: + +- A list of packfile names. +- A sorted list of object IDs. +- A list of metadata for the ith object ID including: + - A value j referring to the jth packfile. + - An offset within the jth packfile for the object. +- If large offsets are required, we use another list of large + offsets similar to version 2 pack-indexes. + +Thus, we can provide O(log N) lookup time for any number +of packfiles. + +Design Details +-------------- + +- The MIDX is stored in a file named 'multi-pack-index' in the + .git/objects/pack directory. This could be stored in the pack + directory of an alternate. It refers only to packfiles in that + same directory. + +- The pack.multiIndex config setting must be on to consume MIDX files. + +- The file format includes parameters for the object ID hash + function, so a future change of hash algorithm does not require + a change in format. + +- The MIDX keeps only one record per object ID. If an object appears + in multiple packfiles, then the MIDX selects the copy in the most- + recently modified packfile. + +- If there exist packfiles in the pack directory not registered in + the MIDX, then those packfiles are loaded into the `packed_git` + list and `packed_git_mru` cache. + +- The pack-indexes (.idx files) remain in the pack directory so we + can delete the MIDX file, set core.midx to false, or downgrade + without any loss of information. + +- The MIDX file format uses a chunk-based approach (similar to the + commit-graph file) that allows optional data to be added. + +Future Work +----------- + +- Add a 'verify' subcommand to the 'git midx' builtin to verify the + contents of the multi-pack-index file match the offsets listed in + the corresponding pack-indexes. + +- The multi-pack-index allows many packfiles, especially in a context + where repacking is expensive (such as a very large repo), or + unexpected maintenance time is unacceptable (such as a high-demand + build machine). However, the multi-pack-index needs to be rewritten + in full every time. We can extend the format to be incremental, so + writes are fast. By storing a small "tip" multi-pack-index that + points to large "base" MIDX files, we can keep writes fast while + still reducing the number of binary searches required for object + lookups. + +- The reachability bitmap is currently paired directly with a single + packfile, using the pack-order as the object order to hopefully + compress the bitmaps well using run-length encoding. This could be + extended to pair a reachability bitmap with a multi-pack-index. If + the multi-pack-index is extended to store a "stable object order" + (a function Order(hash) = integer that is constant for a given hash, + even as the multi-pack-index is updated) then a reachability bitmap + could point to a multi-pack-index and be updated independently. + +- Packfiles can be marked as "special" using empty files that share + the initial name but replace ".pack" with ".keep" or ".promisor". + We can add an optional chunk of data to the multi-pack-index that + records flags of information about the packfiles. This allows new + states, such as 'repacked' or 'redeltified', that can help with + pack maintenance in a multi-pack environment. It may also be + helpful to organize packfiles by object type (commit, tree, blob, + etc.) and use this metadata to help that maintenance. + +- The partial clone feature records special "promisor" packs that + may point to objects that are not stored locally, but available + on request to a server. The multi-pack-index does not currently + track these promisor packs. + +Related Links +------------- +[0] https://bugs.chromium.org/p/git/issues/detail?id=6 + Chromium work item for: Multi-Pack Index (MIDX) + +[1] https://public-inbox.org/git/20180107181459.222909-1-dstolee@microsoft.com/ + An earlier RFC for the multi-pack-index feature + +[2] https://public-inbox.org/git/alpine.DEB.2.20.1803091557510.23109@alexmv-linux/ + Git Merge 2018 Contributor's summit notes (includes discussion of MIDX) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt index 70a99fd142..cab5bdd2ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt @@ -252,3 +252,80 @@ Pack file entry: <+ corresponding packfile. 20-byte SHA-1-checksum of all of the above. + +== multi-pack-index (MIDX) files have the following format: + +The multi-pack-index files refer to multiple pack-files and loose objects. + +In order to allow extensions that add extra data to the MIDX, we organize +the body into "chunks" and provide a lookup table at the beginning of the +body. The header includes certain length values, such as the number of packs, +the number of base MIDX files, hash lengths and types. + +All 4-byte numbers are in network order. + +HEADER: + + 4-byte signature: + The signature is: {'M', 'I', 'D', 'X'} + + 1-byte version number: + Git only writes or recognizes version 1. + + 1-byte Object Id Version + Git only writes or recognizes version 1 (SHA1). + + 1-byte number of "chunks" + + 1-byte number of base multi-pack-index files: + This value is currently always zero. + + 4-byte number of pack files + +CHUNK LOOKUP: + + (C + 1) * 12 bytes providing the chunk offsets: + First 4 bytes describe chunk id. Value 0 is a terminating label. + Other 8 bytes provide offset in current file for chunk to start. + (Chunks are provided in file-order, so you can infer the length + using the next chunk position if necessary.) + + The remaining data in the body is described one chunk at a time, and + these chunks may be given in any order. Chunks are required unless + otherwise specified. + +CHUNK DATA: + + Packfile Names (ID: {'P', 'N', 'A', 'M'}) + Stores the packfile names as concatenated, null-terminated strings. + Packfiles must be listed in lexicographic order for fast lookups by + name. This is the only chunk not guaranteed to be a multiple of four + bytes in length, so should be the last chunk for alignment reasons. + + OID Fanout (ID: {'O', 'I', 'D', 'F'}) + The ith entry, F[i], stores the number of OIDs with first + byte at most i. Thus F[255] stores the total + number of objects. + + OID Lookup (ID: {'O', 'I', 'D', 'L'}) + The OIDs for all objects in the MIDX are stored in lexicographic + order in this chunk. + + Object Offsets (ID: {'O', 'O', 'F', 'F'}) + Stores two 4-byte values for every object. + 1: The pack-int-id for the pack storing this object. + 2: The offset within the pack. + If all offsets are less than 2^31, then the large offset chunk + will not exist and offsets are stored as in IDX v1. + If there is at least one offset value larger than 2^32-1, then + the large offset chunk must exist. If the large offset chunk + exists and the 31st bit is on, then removing that bit reveals + the row in the large offsets containing the 8-byte offset of + this object. + + [Optional] Object Large Offsets (ID: {'L', 'O', 'F', 'F'}) + 8-byte offsets into large packfiles. + +TRAILER: + + 20-byte SHA1-checksum of the above contents. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt index 508a344cf1..6ac774d5f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ Each Extra Parameter takes the form of `<key>=<value>` or `<key>`. Servers that receive any such Extra Parameters MUST ignore all unrecognized keys. Currently, the only Extra Parameter recognized is -"version=1". +"version" with a value of '1' or '2'. See protocol-v2.txt for more +information on protocol version 2. Git Transport ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt b/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt index 0bed2472c8..1ef66bd788 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt @@ -69,24 +69,24 @@ Design Details - A new pack-protocol capability "filter" is added to the fetch-pack and upload-pack negotiation. - - This uses the existing capability discovery mechanism. - See "filter" in Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt. ++ +This uses the existing capability discovery mechanism. +See "filter" in Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt. - Clients pass a "filter-spec" to clone and fetch which is passed to the server to request filtering during packfile construction. - - There are various filters available to accommodate different situations. - See "--filter=<filter-spec>" in Documentation/rev-list-options.txt. ++ +There are various filters available to accommodate different situations. +See "--filter=<filter-spec>" in Documentation/rev-list-options.txt. - On the server pack-objects applies the requested filter-spec as it creates "filtered" packfiles for the client. - - These filtered packfiles are *incomplete* in the traditional sense because - they may contain objects that reference objects not contained in the - packfile and that the client doesn't already have. For example, the - filtered packfile may contain trees or tags that reference missing blobs - or commits that reference missing trees. ++ +These filtered packfiles are *incomplete* in the traditional sense because +they may contain objects that reference objects not contained in the +packfile and that the client doesn't already have. For example, the +filtered packfile may contain trees or tags that reference missing blobs +or commits that reference missing trees. - On the client these incomplete packfiles are marked as "promisor packfiles" and treated differently by various commands. @@ -104,47 +104,47 @@ Handling Missing Objects to repository corruption. To differentiate these cases, the local repository specially indicates such filtered packfiles obtained from the promisor remote as "promisor packfiles". - - These promisor packfiles consist of a "<name>.promisor" file with - arbitrary contents (like the "<name>.keep" files), in addition to - their "<name>.pack" and "<name>.idx" files. ++ +These promisor packfiles consist of a "<name>.promisor" file with +arbitrary contents (like the "<name>.keep" files), in addition to +their "<name>.pack" and "<name>.idx" files. - The local repository considers a "promisor object" to be an object that it knows (to the best of its ability) that the promisor remote has promised that it has, either because the local repository has that object in one of its promisor packfiles, or because another promisor object refers to it. - - When Git encounters a missing object, Git can see if it a promisor object - and handle it appropriately. If not, Git can report a corruption. - - This means that there is no need for the client to explicitly maintain an - expensive-to-modify list of missing objects.[a] ++ +When Git encounters a missing object, Git can see if it a promisor object +and handle it appropriately. If not, Git can report a corruption. ++ +This means that there is no need for the client to explicitly maintain an +expensive-to-modify list of missing objects.[a] - Since almost all Git code currently expects any referenced object to be present locally and because we do not want to force every command to do a dry-run first, a fallback mechanism is added to allow Git to attempt to dynamically fetch missing objects from the promisor remote. - - When the normal object lookup fails to find an object, Git invokes - fetch-object to try to get the object from the server and then retry - the object lookup. This allows objects to be "faulted in" without - complicated prediction algorithms. - - For efficiency reasons, no check as to whether the missing object is - actually a promisor object is performed. - - Dynamic object fetching tends to be slow as objects are fetched one at - a time. ++ +When the normal object lookup fails to find an object, Git invokes +fetch-object to try to get the object from the server and then retry +the object lookup. This allows objects to be "faulted in" without +complicated prediction algorithms. ++ +For efficiency reasons, no check as to whether the missing object is +actually a promisor object is performed. ++ +Dynamic object fetching tends to be slow as objects are fetched one at +a time. - `checkout` (and any other command using `unpack-trees`) has been taught to bulk pre-fetch all required missing blobs in a single batch. - `rev-list` has been taught to print missing objects. - - This can be used by other commands to bulk prefetch objects. - For example, a "git log -p A..B" may internally want to first do - something like "git rev-list --objects --quiet --missing=print A..B" - and prefetch those objects in bulk. ++ +This can be used by other commands to bulk prefetch objects. +For example, a "git log -p A..B" may internally want to first do +something like "git rev-list --objects --quiet --missing=print A..B" +and prefetch those objects in bulk. - `fsck` has been updated to be fully aware of promisor objects. @@ -154,11 +154,11 @@ Handling Missing Objects - The global variable "fetch_if_missing" is used to control whether an object lookup will attempt to dynamically fetch a missing object or report an error. - - We are not happy with this global variable and would like to remove it, - but that requires significant refactoring of the object code to pass an - additional flag. We hope that concurrent efforts to add an ODB API can - encompass this. ++ +We are not happy with this global variable and would like to remove it, +but that requires significant refactoring of the object code to pass an +additional flag. We hope that concurrent efforts to add an ODB API can +encompass this. Fetching Missing Objects @@ -168,10 +168,10 @@ Fetching Missing Objects transport_fetch_refs(), setting a new transport option TRANS_OPT_NO_DEPENDENTS to indicate that only the objects themselves are desired, not any object that they refer to. - - Because some transports invoke fetch_pack() in the same process, fetch_pack() - has been updated to not use any object flags when the corresponding argument - (no_dependents) is set. ++ +Because some transports invoke fetch_pack() in the same process, fetch_pack() +has been updated to not use any object flags when the corresponding argument +(no_dependents) is set. - The local repository sends a request with the hashes of all requested objects as "want" lines, and does not perform any packfile negotiation. @@ -187,13 +187,13 @@ Current Limitations - The remote used for a partial clone (or the first partial fetch following a regular clone) is marked as the "promisor remote". - - We are currently limited to a single promisor remote and only that - remote may be used for subsequent partial fetches. - - We accept this limitation because we believe initial users of this - feature will be using it on repositories with a strong single central - server. ++ +We are currently limited to a single promisor remote and only that +remote may be used for subsequent partial fetches. ++ +We accept this limitation because we believe initial users of this +feature will be using it on repositories with a strong single central +server. - Dynamic object fetching will only ask the promisor remote for missing objects. We assume that the promisor remote has a complete view of the @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ Future Work - Allow more than one promisor remote and define a strategy for fetching missing objects from specific promisor remotes or of iterating over the set of promisor remotes until a missing object is found. - - A user might want to have multiple geographically-close cache servers - for fetching missing blobs while continuing to do filtered `git-fetch` - commands from the central server, for example. - - Or the user might want to work in a triangular work flow with multiple - promisor remotes that each have an incomplete view of the repository. ++ +A user might want to have multiple geographically-close cache servers +for fetching missing blobs while continuing to do filtered `git-fetch` +commands from the central server, for example. ++ +Or the user might want to work in a triangular work flow with multiple +promisor remotes that each have an incomplete view of the repository. - Allow repack to work on promisor packfiles (while keeping them distinct from non-promisor packfiles). @@ -238,25 +238,25 @@ Future Work - Investigate use of a long-running process to dynamically fetch a series of objects, such as proposed in [5,6] to reduce process startup and overhead costs. - - It would be nice if pack protocol V2 could allow that long-running - process to make a series of requests over a single long-running - connection. ++ +It would be nice if pack protocol V2 could allow that long-running +process to make a series of requests over a single long-running +connection. - Investigate pack protocol V2 to avoid the info/refs broadcast on each connection with the server to dynamically fetch missing objects. - Investigate the need to handle loose promisor objects. - - Objects in promisor packfiles are allowed to reference missing objects - that can be dynamically fetched from the server. An assumption was - made that loose objects are only created locally and therefore should - not reference a missing object. We may need to revisit that assumption - if, for example, we dynamically fetch a missing tree and store it as a - loose object rather than a single object packfile. - - This does not necessarily mean we need to mark loose objects as promisor; - it may be sufficient to relax the object lookup or is-promisor functions. ++ +Objects in promisor packfiles are allowed to reference missing objects +that can be dynamically fetched from the server. An assumption was +made that loose objects are only created locally and therefore should +not reference a missing object. We may need to revisit that assumption +if, for example, we dynamically fetch a missing tree and store it as a +loose object rather than a single object packfile. ++ +This does not necessarily mean we need to mark loose objects as promisor; +it may be sufficient to relax the object lookup or is-promisor functions. Non-Tasks @@ -265,13 +265,13 @@ Non-Tasks - Every time the subject of "demand loading blobs" comes up it seems that someone suggests that the server be allowed to "guess" and send additional objects that may be related to the requested objects. - - No work has gone into actually doing that; we're just documenting that - it is a common suggestion. We're not sure how it would work and have - no plans to work on it. - - It is valid for the server to send more objects than requested (even - for a dynamic object fetch), but we are not building on that. ++ +No work has gone into actually doing that; we're just documenting that +it is a common suggestion. We're not sure how it would work and have +no plans to work on it. ++ +It is valid for the server to send more objects than requested (even +for a dynamic object fetch), but we are not building on that. Footnotes @@ -282,43 +282,43 @@ Footnotes This would essentially be a sorted linear list of OIDs that the were omitted by the server during a clone or subsequent fetches. - This file would need to be loaded into memory on every object lookup. - It would need to be read, updated, and re-written (like the .git/index) - on every explicit "git fetch" command *and* on any dynamic object fetch. +This file would need to be loaded into memory on every object lookup. +It would need to be read, updated, and re-written (like the .git/index) +on every explicit "git fetch" command *and* on any dynamic object fetch. - The cost to read, update, and write this file could add significant - overhead to every command if there are many missing objects. For example, - if there are 100M missing blobs, this file would be at least 2GiB on disk. +The cost to read, update, and write this file could add significant +overhead to every command if there are many missing objects. For example, +if there are 100M missing blobs, this file would be at least 2GiB on disk. - With the "promisor" concept, we *infer* a missing object based upon the - type of packfile that references it. +With the "promisor" concept, we *infer* a missing object based upon the +type of packfile that references it. Related Links ------------- -[0] https://bugs.chromium.org/p/git/issues/detail?id=2 - Chromium work item for: Partial Clone +[0] https://crbug.com/git/2 + Bug#2: Partial Clone -[1] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170113155253.1644-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ - Subject: [RFC] Add support for downloading blobs on demand +[1] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170113155253.1644-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + + Subject: [RFC] Add support for downloading blobs on demand + Date: Fri, 13 Jan 2017 10:52:53 -0500 -[2] https://public-inbox.org/git/cover.1506714999.git.jonathantanmy@google.com/ - Subject: [PATCH 00/18] Partial clone (from clone to lazy fetch in 18 patches) +[2] https://public-inbox.org/git/cover.1506714999.git.jonathantanmy@google.com/ + + Subject: [PATCH 00/18] Partial clone (from clone to lazy fetch in 18 patches) + Date: Fri, 29 Sep 2017 13:11:36 -0700 -[3] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170426221346.25337-1-jonathantanmy@google.com/ - Subject: Proposal for missing blob support in Git repos +[3] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170426221346.25337-1-jonathantanmy@google.com/ + + Subject: Proposal for missing blob support in Git repos + Date: Wed, 26 Apr 2017 15:13:46 -0700 -[4] https://public-inbox.org/git/1488999039-37631-1-git-send-email-git@jeffhostetler.com/ - Subject: [PATCH 00/10] RFC Partial Clone and Fetch +[4] https://public-inbox.org/git/1488999039-37631-1-git-send-email-git@jeffhostetler.com/ + + Subject: [PATCH 00/10] RFC Partial Clone and Fetch + Date: Wed, 8 Mar 2017 18:50:29 +0000 -[5] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170505152802.6724-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ - Subject: [PATCH v7 00/10] refactor the filter process code into a reusable module +[5] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170505152802.6724-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + + Subject: [PATCH v7 00/10] refactor the filter process code into a reusable module + Date: Fri, 5 May 2017 11:27:52 -0400 -[6] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170714132651.170708-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ - Subject: [RFC/PATCH v2 0/1] Add support for downloading blobs on demand +[6] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170714132651.170708-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + + Subject: [RFC/PATCH v2 0/1] Add support for downloading blobs on demand + Date: Fri, 14 Jul 2017 09:26:50 -0400 diff --git a/Documentation/technical/rerere.txt b/Documentation/technical/rerere.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa22d7ace8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/rerere.txt @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +Rerere +====== + +This document describes the rerere logic. + +Conflict normalization +---------------------- + +To ensure recorded conflict resolutions can be looked up in the rerere +database, even when branches are merged in a different order, +different branches are merged that result in the same conflict, or +when different conflict style settings are used, rerere normalizes the +conflicts before writing them to the rerere database. + +Different conflict styles and branch names are normalized by stripping +the labels from the conflict markers, and removing the common ancestor +version from the `diff3` conflict style. Branches that are merged +in different order are normalized by sorting the conflict hunks. More +on each of those steps in the following sections. + +Once these two normalization operations are applied, a conflict ID is +calculated based on the normalized conflict, which is later used by +rerere to look up the conflict in the rerere database. + +Removing the common ancestor version +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Say we have three branches AB, AC and AC2. The common ancestor of +these branches has a file with a line containing the string "A" (for +brevity this is called "line A" in the rest of the document). In +branch AB this line is changed to "B", in AC, this line is changed to +"C", and branch AC2 is forked off of AC, after the line was changed to +"C". + +Forking a branch ABAC off of branch AB and then merging AC into it, we +get a conflict like the following: + + <<<<<<< HEAD + B + ======= + C + >>>>>>> AC + +Doing the analogous with AC2 (forking a branch ABAC2 off of branch AB +and then merging branch AC2 into it), using the diff3 conflict style, +we get a conflict like the following: + + <<<<<<< HEAD + B + ||||||| merged common ancestors + A + ======= + C + >>>>>>> AC2 + +By resolving this conflict, to leave line D, the user declares: + + After examining what branches AB and AC did, I believe that making + line A into line D is the best thing to do that is compatible with + what AB and AC wanted to do. + +As branch AC2 refers to the same commit as AC, the above implies that +this is also compatible what AB and AC2 wanted to do. + +By extension, this means that rerere should recognize that the above +conflicts are the same. To do this, the labels on the conflict +markers are stripped, and the common ancestor version is removed. The above +examples would both result in the following normalized conflict: + + <<<<<<< + B + ======= + C + >>>>>>> + +Sorting hunks +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +As before, lets imagine that a common ancestor had a file with line A +its early part, and line X in its late part. And then four branches +are forked that do these things: + + - AB: changes A to B + - AC: changes A to C + - XY: changes X to Y + - XZ: changes X to Z + +Now, forking a branch ABAC off of branch AB and then merging AC into +it, and forking a branch ACAB off of branch AC and then merging AB +into it, would yield the conflict in a different order. The former +would say "A became B or C, what now?" while the latter would say "A +became C or B, what now?" + +As a reminder, the act of merging AC into ABAC and resolving the +conflict to leave line D means that the user declares: + + After examining what branches AB and AC did, I believe that + making line A into line D is the best thing to do that is + compatible with what AB and AC wanted to do. + +So the conflict we would see when merging AB into ACAB should be +resolved the same way---it is the resolution that is in line with that +declaration. + +Imagine that similarly previously a branch XYXZ was forked from XY, +and XZ was merged into it, and resolved "X became Y or Z" into "X +became W". + +Now, if a branch ABXY was forked from AB and then merged XY, then ABXY +would have line B in its early part and line Y in its later part. +Such a merge would be quite clean. We can construct 4 combinations +using these four branches ((AB, AC) x (XY, XZ)). + +Merging ABXY and ACXZ would make "an early A became B or C, a late X +became Y or Z" conflict, while merging ACXY and ABXZ would make "an +early A became C or B, a late X became Y or Z". We can see there are +4 combinations of ("B or C", "C or B") x ("X or Y", "Y or X"). + +By sorting, the conflict is given its canonical name, namely, "an +early part became B or C, a late part becames X or Y", and whenever +any of these four patterns appear, and we can get to the same conflict +and resolution that we saw earlier. + +Without the sorting, we'd have to somehow find a previous resolution +from combinatorial explosion. + +Conflict ID calculation +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Once the conflict normalization is done, the conflict ID is calculated +as the sha1 hash of the conflict hunks appended to each other, +separated by <NUL> characters. The conflict markers are stripped out +before the sha1 is calculated. So in the example above, where we +merge branch AC which changes line A to line C, into branch AB, which +changes line A to line C, the conflict ID would be +SHA1('B<NUL>C<NUL>'). + +If there are multiple conflicts in one file, the sha1 is calculated +the same way with all hunks appended to each other, in the order in +which they appear in the file, separated by a <NUL> character. + +Nested conflicts +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Nested conflicts are handled very similarly to "simple" conflicts. +Similar to simple conflicts, the conflict is first normalized by +stripping the labels from conflict markers, stripping the common ancestor +version, and the sorting the conflict hunks, both for the outer and the +inner conflict. This is done recursively, so any number of nested +conflicts can be handled. + +Note that this only works for conflict markers that "cleanly nest". If +there are any unmatched conflict markers, rerere will fail to handle +the conflict and record a conflict resolution. + +The only difference is in how the conflict ID is calculated. For the +inner conflict, the conflict markers themselves are not stripped out +before calculating the sha1. + +Say we have the following conflict for example: + + <<<<<<< HEAD + 1 + ======= + <<<<<<< HEAD + 3 + ======= + 2 + >>>>>>> branch-2 + >>>>>>> branch-3~ + +After stripping out the labels of the conflict markers, and sorting +the hunks, the conflict would look as follows: + + <<<<<<< + 1 + ======= + <<<<<<< + 2 + ======= + 3 + >>>>>>> + >>>>>>> + +and finally the conflict ID would be calculated as: +`sha1('1<NUL><<<<<<<\n3\n=======\n2\n>>>>>>><NUL>')` |